
This is a modern-English version of Heraldry as art: An account of its development and practice, chiefly in England, originally written by Eve, G. W. (George William).
It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling,
and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If
you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.
Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.
HERALDRY AS ART
HERALDRY AS ART
Heraldry as Art
AN ACCOVNT OF ITS
DEVELOPMENT AND PRACTICE
CHIEFLY IN ENGLAND
AN ACCOUNT OF ITS
DEVELOPMENT AND PRACTICE
CHIEFLY IN ENGLAND
BY
BY
G. W. EVE
G. W. EVE
B. T. BATSFORD, 94 HIGH HOLBORN
LONDON 1907
B. T. BATSFORD, 94 HIGH HOLBORN
LONDON 1907
Butler & Tanner,
The Selwood Printing Works,
Frome, and London.
Butler & Tanner, The Selwood Printing Works, Frome, and London.
[Pg v]
[Pg v]
Preface
The intention of this book is to assist the workers in the many arts that are concerned with heraldry, in varying degrees, by putting before them as simply as possible the essential principles of heraldic art.
The purpose of this book is to help those who work in various fields related to heraldry by presenting the fundamental principles of heraldic art in the simplest way possible.
In this way it is hoped to contribute to the improvement in the treatment of heraldry that is already evident, as a result of the renewed recognition of its ornamental and historic importance, but which still leaves so much to be desired.
In this way, we hope to help improve the treatment of heraldry, which is already clearly benefiting from a renewed acknowledgment of its decorative and historical significance, but still has a long way to go.
It is hoped that not only artists but also those who are, or may become, interested in this attractive subject in other ways, will find herein some helpful information and direction. So that the work of the artist and the judgment and appreciation of the public may alike be furthered by a knowledge of the factors that go to make up heraldic design and of the technique of various methods of carrying it into execution.
It is hoped that not only artists but also anyone who is, or might become, interested in this captivating topic will find helpful information and guidance here. This way, both the work of the artist and the public's understanding and appreciation can be enhanced through knowledge of the elements that contribute to heraldic design and the techniques for implementing it effectively.
To this end the illustrations have been selected from a wide range of subjects and concise descriptions of the various processes have been included. And although the scope of the book cannot include all the methods of applying heraldry, in Bookbinding, Pottery and Tiles for example, the principles that are set forth will serve[Pg vi] all designers who properly consider the capabilities and limitations of their materials.
To achieve this, the illustrations have been chosen from a diverse array of subjects, and brief descriptions of the different processes are included. While the book can't cover every method of applying heraldry—like in bookbinding, pottery, and tiles—the principles outlined here will benefit all designers who thoughtfully consider the strengths and weaknesses of their materials.[Pg vi]
For many facilities in the preparation of the work I here beg to tender my very sincere thanks. To the Countess of Derby for the gracious loan of her bookplate; to the Earl of Mar and Kellie for permission to reproduce the shields at Alloa House; to Mr. W. H. Weldon, Norroy King of Arms, for the enamel plaque of his crest; to Mr. W. Brindley for a cast of the Warren shield; to Mr. N. H. J. Westlake for the Arms of Queen Jane Seymour, from his History of Stained Glass; to Messrs. Hardman of Birmingham for the loan of the Pugin drawings; to Messrs. E. C. and T. C. Jack for a reproduction of an embroidered shield.
For many resources in preparing this work, I want to express my heartfelt thanks. To the Countess of Derby for kindly lending her bookplate; to the Earl of Mar and Kellie for allowing the reproduction of the shields at Alloa House; to Mr. W. H. Weldon, Norroy King of Arms, for the enamel plaque of his crest; to Mr. W. Brindley for a cast of the Warren shield; to Mr. N. H. J. Westlake for the Arms of Queen Jane Seymour from his *History of Stained Glass*; to Messrs. Hardman of Birmingham for the loan of the Pugin drawings; and to Messrs. E. C. and T. C. Jack for reproducing an embroidered shield.
My best thanks are also due to Monsieur Emil Levy for leave to use illustrations from the Catalogue of the Spitzer Collection; to the Society of Antiquaries for the Black Prince’s shield; to the Society of Arts for the loan of sundry blocks; and to the officials of the Victoria and Albert Museum and the National Art Library for their usual and invariable helpfulness. Finally I am especially indebted to my publishers, Messrs. Batsford, who have spared neither time nor trouble on my behalf.
My sincere thanks also go to Monsieur Emil Levy for allowing me to use illustrations from the Catalogue of the Spitzer Collection; to the Society of Antiquaries for the Black Prince’s shield; to the Society of Arts for lending various blocks; and to the staff at the Victoria and Albert Museum and the National Art Library for their consistent and unwavering support. Lastly, I am especially grateful to my publishers, Messrs. Batsford, who have dedicated considerable time and effort on my behalf.
G. W. E.
G.W.E.
23, Sheen Gate Mansions,
23, Sheen Gate Mansions,
East Sheen, S.W.
East Sheen, SW
October, 1907.
October 1907.
[Pg vii]
[Pg vii]
Contents
PAGE | ||
Chapter 1. | INTRODUCTORY | 1 |
The Origin of Heraldry—Its Uses—Symbolism—Artistic Development—
The Character of Mediaeval Treatment—The Personal Quality—Fourteenth century Examples—The
Influence of the Tournaments—Renaissance Heraldry—Decadence—Gothic Revival—The Use of Examples—
The Aims of Heraldic Design. |
||
Chapter 2. | THE EVOLUTION OF SHIELD FORMS | 16 |
The Achievement—Its Composition and Proportions—Modifications of Proportion—The
Design of the Heraldic Group—Essential Qualities—Variability of Grouping—The Shield—Its
Structure and Shape as a Fighting Defence—The Norman Shield and its Successors—Shields “for Peace”
—Pageant Shields—How they were Made—The Tournament Shield—Evolution of Decorative Forms—Foliated
Shields—Fifteenth and Sixteenth Century Examples—Freedom in Shield Design—Heraldic Accuracy—What
is Essential. |
||
Chapter 3. | HERALDIC RULES | 39 |
A Simple Manual of Heraldic Facts—The Shield Surface—The Tinctures—Divisions of
the Field—Ordinaries—Sketches “in Trick”—Charges and their Arrangement. |
||
Chapter 4. | ANIMALS AND MONSTERS | 66 |
The Heraldic Lion as a Type—Examples of Various Periods—Heraldic Character—
Obligatory Poses and Decorative Distribution—Methods of Spacing—Characterization—Imaginary
Creatures—Unicorns, Dragons and Griffins. |
||
Chapter 5. | HERALDIC BIRDS AND OTHER FIGURES, ANIMATE AND INANIMATE | 89 |
Eagles—Early Types—Plan of Distribution—Other Birds—Bird Monsters—
Human Figures—Inanimate Charges—Crosses of many Forms—Fleurs-de-lis—Examples
of Various Periods—The Rose—The Irish Harp—Surface Treatment—Diaper, its use in Sculpture,
Painting and Engraving—Diapers of Badges. |
||
Chapter 6. | HELM, CREST AND MANTLING | 117 |
The Helm—Its Structure—Ceremonial Use—Development as Armour—Helmets and their
Mechanism—Tourney Helms—The Crest—How Made and Fixed—Examples of Actual Crests—Influence
of Practical Conditions on their Pose—Difficulties in Design and How to Deal with Them—
The Pose of Helmets—The Torse—Mantling—Its Evolution from Simple Drapery—Its Treatment
in Relation to Shield and Crested Helm—Colour—Certain Restrictions. |
||
Chapter 7. | ARMORIAL ACCESSORIES | 139 |
Supporters—Derivation from Badges—Special Conditions of their Pose—
Non-Heraldic Supporters—Amorini—Angels—Symbolic Figures—The Eagle of the Holy Roman
Empire—And of Prussia—The Imperial Crown—Authorized Type for Present Use—The Coronet of the
Prince of Wales—Coronets of Peers—The Question of the Cap—Baronets’ Badges—Insignia
of Knighthood—The Garter—The Collar and George—Other Orders—Relation of Orders to the
Shield—Their Importance as Indications of Relative Rank—Typical Examples. |
Chapter 8. | METHODS AND MATERIALS | 164 |
Illumination—Practical Directions—Methods of the Early Illuminators—Colour
Treatment—Heraldry in Enamel—Champlevé Enamel, Personal and Monumental—The Cloak Clasp of
Queen Eleanor—The Shield of William de Valence—Stall-plates of the Garter—“Limoges” Enamel—
Heraldic Enamel by Nardon Penicaud—Bassetaille—Plique-a-jour—Heraldry in Metal—Application
of Old Examples to Present Use—Bronze—Monumental Brasses—Cast Iron Firebacks—Pierced and
Chiselled Iron Lock-plates—Keys—Repoussé—Engraved Metal—Ceremonial Weapons and Implements—
Lead-work—Deposited Metal. |
||
Chapter 9. | ARCHITECTURAL DECORATION | 204 |
Badges at Blois—And at Hampton Court—Sculpture—Sgraffito—Gesso as a Material
for Heraldic Relief—Methods of Preparation—A Series of Shields in Painted Gesso—Poker Work—
Schemes of Decoration—Stained Glass—Technical Conditions—Colour Scheme—Working Drawings—
Pugin’s Designs for the Houses of Parliament—Powell’s Drawings—Armorial Windows at Ockwells
Manor—Painted Windows in Florence—The Swiss Painted Glass—Holbein. |
||
Chapter X. | EMBROIDERED HERALDRY | 246 |
Surcoats—Bardings—Embroidered Linen—Banners—Appliqué Work—Embroidered Badges—
The Toison d’or of Charles the Bold—Standards—The Proportions of Banners from Early Times—
The Direction of their Charges and the Reasons therefor—The Composition of the Union Jack—
Practical Explanation of its Construction—Painted Banners—How Prepared—Trumpet Banners—
Heraldic Lace. |
||
Chapter 11. | SOME MISCELLANEOUS CHARGES | 267 |
Heraldic Crowns—Chaplets—Roundels—Knots. |
||
Chapter 12. | MARKS OF CADENCY | 286 |
The Origin of the Label—Its Shape and Varieties—Ordinary Marks of Cadency—
Their Significance—How Displayed—Royal Cadency—The Distinguishing Marks of Cadency of Present
Personages of the Blood Royal. |
||
Table of Contents | 293 |
Illustration Analytical Index | 303 |
[Pg 1]
[Pg 1]
HERALDRY AS ART
Heraldry as Art
CHAPTER I
Introductory
In dealing with heraldry from the artist’s point of view, as a decorative subject which offers interesting scope for technical effort, it will not be necessary to go overmuch into the question of its origin, nor to elaborate its history beyond what is needed to give such knowledge of its methods as may help the doing of present work or the intelligent appreciation of the old. Nevertheless, the archaeological aspect of the subject, the conditions and rules of its existence, must also be carefully studied in order to ensure the correctness of the statement that heraldry makes and of which heraldic art is the expression.
When looking at heraldry from an artist’s perspective, as a decorative subject that allows for interesting technical work, we don’t need to dig too deep into its origins or discuss its history in detail beyond what's necessary to understand its methods. This understanding can help us with current projects and enhance our appreciation of the traditional styles. However, we must also study the archaeological aspects, the conditions, and the rules that govern its existence to ensure that the claims made by heraldry and its artistic expression are accurate.
As for its origin, we may safely say that heraldry, in its essence, began when man first used natural forms to symbolize, and ascribe to himself, those qualities—strength, courage, cunning—which he had full cause to recognize in the beasts with whom he struggled for existence; when he reproduced, as well as he could, their ferocious aspect, to strike terror into his human enemies while satisfying his own warlike vanity, and so adopted them as badges or even as totems.
As for its origin, we can confidently say that heraldry, at its core, started when humans first used natural forms to symbolize and claim the qualities—strength, courage, cunning—that they saw in the beasts they fought for survival. When they recreated, as best they could, the fierce appearance of those animals to instill fear in their human foes while also feeding their own warrior pride, they began to adopt them as symbols or even totems.
[Pg 2]
[Pg 2]
In Europe heraldry began to be systematized (as we know it) somewhere about the eleventh century, and it flourished exceedingly until about the middle of the sixteenth century, the period thus indicated being that of its greatest strength and beauty.
In Europe, heraldry started to be organized (as we know it) around the eleventh century, and it thrived significantly until about the middle of the sixteenth century, this time being its peak of strength and beauty.
The development of defensive armour dictated the placing on it of the badges that had for long been used in other ways, so that, being depicted on the shield, they became the arms, and became the crest when displayed on the head-piece. The device worked on the garment which covered the body armour made it a veritable coat of arms, and this term, as well as that of coat armour, came in time to be also applied to the similar armorials of the shield.
The evolution of protective armor led to the inclusion of emblems that had been used in different ways for a long time. When these emblems were shown on the shield, they became the insignia, and when displayed on the helmet, they became the crest. The design worked into the garment that covered the body armor transformed it into a true coat of arms, and over time, this term, along with coat armor, was also used to refer to the similar symbols on the shield.
The Crusades, in their aggregation of troops of various nationalities, helped to extend, in showing the necessity for, a regular system of heraldry as a means of distinguishing one party from another, and the feudal system itself with its numerous groups, each under its knightly or noble head in ever-extending subordination, conduced to the same end.
The Crusades, by bringing together soldiers from different nations, highlighted the need for a standardized system of heraldry to differentiate one group from another. The feudal system, with its many factions each led by a noble or knight in a hierarchy of loyalty, contributed to this goal as well.
The Tournaments which played so brilliant a part in the splendours of the Middle Ages also afforded fresh and greatest scope for heraldic magnificence. Being restricted for the most part to competitors of noble birth, many of whom were attracted from distant places, they afforded opportunity for observation and comparison of the various bearings. They naturally suggested the inclusion of foreign as well as native armorials in the heraldic MS. of the times, as we find them depicted in the Rolls of Arms. The necessity for well-ordered arrangement[Pg 3] soon made itself felt, and thence was evolved systematic heraldry as it now exists. The rules thus originated, being based on the ever-present difficulties which arose in the actual use of coat armour, were admirable for their purpose, for they were devised with a common-sense regard for the conditions under which they were to be applied, were at first simple and therefore easily understood.
The tournaments that played such a significant role in the glory of the Middle Ages also provided a new and greater opportunity for heraldic splendor. Mostly limited to contestants of noble birth, many of whom came from faraway places, they created chances to observe and compare various coats of arms. This naturally led to the inclusion of foreign as well as local armory in the heraldic MS. of the time, as shown in the Rolls of Arms. The need for a well-organized arrangement[Pg 3] soon became evident, leading to the development of systematic heraldry as we know it today. The rules that originated from this were well-suited for their purpose, as they were created with practical consideration for the conditions under which they would be used, initially simple and therefore easy to understand.
The manner in which the arms were displayed was the most conspicuous that was possible, every suitable space that offered itself being employed to bear them in one form or another. Thus in time they appeared on the shield, helmet and surcoat, and also on the ailettes, those flat pieces of steel which were used to still further deflect a blow which had slid from the helmet and might otherwise have injured the shoulder.
The way the arms were shown was the most noticeable possible, with every available space being used to display them in some form. Eventually, they appeared on the shield, helmet, and surcoat, as well as on the ailettes, those flat pieces of steel designed to deflect any blows that might slide off the helmet and potentially harm the shoulder.
The use of heraldry in battle or tournament by no means exhausted its possibilities, however, for even in the warlike Middle Ages armorials were used by priests and women, and by statesmen whose services were those of the council chamber rather than of the field. In every case their strong personal and allusive quality was felt to the full, and intensified the human interest in ordinary things. So that the enamelled brooch of Queen Eleanor, with its arms of her warrior husband Edward I linked with her own, becomes something more than a mere fastening; and the armorial robes of the noble wife who wears her husband’s armorials on her mantle, covering and protecting her own arms embroidered on her gown, are made beautiful expressions of a chivalrous idea.
The use of heraldry in battle or tournaments didn't exhaust its potential, as even in the warlike Middle Ages, armory was used by priests and women, as well as politicians whose contributions were more about council chambers than the battlefield. In every instance, their strong personal and symbolic quality was fully felt and heightened the human connection to everyday things. For example, the enamelled brooch of Queen Eleanor, with its design of her warrior husband Edward I linked with her own, becomes more than just a simple fastening; similarly, the heraldic robes of a noble wife wearing her husband's coat of arms on her mantle, covering and protecting her own arms embroidered on her gown, transform into beautiful expressions of a chivalrous ideal.
[Pg 4]
[Pg 4]
Heraldry was made especially interesting by the symbolic meanings which it embodied, thus expressing in its own way a very universal desire for significance in decorative forms. In the Middle Ages, especially full as they were of militant fervour and chivalric mysticism, symbolism entered into everything. Not the heraldry alone but every part of a knight’s armour had a mystic meaning, the knowledge of which was an important part of a knightly education. Many of these meanings are quaintly set forth in one of the books that Caxton printed, The Order of Chivalry. Therein the shield is considered as the especial emblem of its bearer and of his knightly duty, for “like as the stroke falleth down upon the shield and saveth the knight right so the knight ought to apparel him and present his body tofore his lord when he is in peril hurt or taken.” Even the manner of doing things was underlaid by beautiful ideas. So he who bore the sword of Justice in a ceremony was enjoined to bear it truly upright, for Justice should lean neither to one side nor the other, but be impartial between the two.
Heraldry became especially fascinating because of the symbolic meanings it represented, reflecting a universal desire for significance in decorative forms. In the Middle Ages, filled with fervor for battle and chivalric mysticism, symbolism permeated everything. Not just heraldry, but every part of a knight’s armor had a mystical meaning, and understanding these meanings was an essential aspect of a knight's education. Many of these meanings are charmingly explained in one of the books printed by Caxton, The Order of Chivalry. In this book, the shield is seen as the special emblem of its bearer and his knightly duty, for “just as the blow falls upon the shield and protects the knight, so the knight must present himself and offer his body to his lord when he is in danger of being harmed or captured.” Even the way things were done was based on beautiful ideas. Therefore, someone who carried the sword of Justice in a ceremony was instructed to hold it straight up, because Justice should not lean to one side or the other, but remain impartial to both.
Besides the creatures (lions and so forth) which were taken to signify strength, courage, fidelity and other virtues, there were also those which symbolized the great mystery of the perpetuation of life, which has appealed to the imagination of man throughout historic times. The Peacock, in the periodical renewing of his splendour of plumage; the Swan, emerging in spotless beauty from the dusky obscurity of its cygnet state, both expressed this universal idea. To Christian chivalry the Peacock typified the Resurrection and therefore Immortality, and[Pg 5] the Swan became the emblem of that cult of womanhood which was so beautiful and characteristic of knightly regard. The symbolism of the Cross and the emblems of saints and martyrs form a large part of heraldry, as is natural. Plants and flowers were naturally taken to express beautiful qualities—constancy, purity, love—as with similar intention they may still be acceptably employed in the wreaths and garlands which are, on occasion, associated with armorials.
Besides the animals (like lions and others) that represented strength, bravery, loyalty, and other virtues, there were also those that symbolized the profound mystery of life’s continuation, which has captured human imagination throughout history. The Peacock, with its periodic renewal of stunning feathers; the Swan, emerging in pristine beauty from the dark obscurity of its cygnet phase, both illustrated this universal concept. For Christian chivalry, the Peacock symbolized the Resurrection and thus Immortality, while the Swan became the emblem of the reverence for womanhood that was so beautiful and indicative of knightly admiration. The symbolism of the Cross and the symbols of saints and martyrs constitute a significant part of heraldry, as one would expect. Plants and flowers were naturally used to express beautiful qualities—faithfulness, purity, love—and with similar intentions, they can still be effectively used in the wreaths and garlands that are sometimes associated with coats of arms.
Symbolism of this kind has been lost to heraldry, not, however, leaving it without significance; for arms have also allusive meanings that are no less interesting as records of incidents that are thought worthy of remembrance.
Symbolism like this has faded from heraldry, but that doesn’t mean it’s insignificant; because coats of arms also hold meanings that are equally fascinating as reminders of events considered worth remembering.
Many mediaeval bearings originated in this way, the belt and buckles of Pelham, which commemorate the capture of the French king at Poitiers, for instance. The more modern kind of heraldic symbolism occurs in the arms of the great Admiral Sir Cloudesley Shovel, who commemorated his victory over the fleets of Turkey and France at the end of the seventeenth century by adding two crescents in chief, and a fleur-de-lis in base to his existing coat, gules a chevron ermine. In our own time successful generals embody in their armorials the badges of regiments with which they have been connected, or bear allusions to places where their successes have been won. In a more peaceful field the skill and assiduity of a distinguished physician may be rewarded by the addition to his arms of some part of the Royal insignia, to mark for all time the services he has rendered to the State. Such arms are conferred by special[Pg 6] grant, and are called Arms of Augmentation or Augmentations of Honour. In this way the inherent qualities of heraldry are seen to be very stable and to remain constant through the ages in spite of changes of manners and of general environment.
Many medieval symbols came about this way, like the belt and buckles of Pelham, which honor the capture of the French king at Poitiers. A more modern example of heraldic symbolism can be found in the arms of the great Admiral Sir Cloudesley Shovel, who celebrated his victory over the Turkish and French fleets at the end of the seventeenth century by adding two crescents at the top and a fleur-de-lis at the bottom to his existing coat, which featured a red chevron with ermine. In our time, successful generals incorporate the badges of their affiliated regiments into their heraldry or reference the locations of their victories. In a more peaceful context, the dedication and hard work of a distinguished physician may be recognized with the addition of some parts of the Royal insignia to their coat of arms, signifying their services to the State for all time. These arms are granted through special means and are called Arms of Augmentation or Augmentations of Honour. Through this lens, it's clear that the fundamental aspects of heraldry are quite stable and have remained consistent over the ages, despite changes in social behavior and the general environment.[Pg 6]
Our heraldry, which quickly reached a high degree of decorative excellence, developed as a system, in a natural way, on the line of its own necessities; as did its artistic expression in a great measure, though the latter owed much to transmitted designs and (mainly through the influence of the textiles and other importations) helped to perpetuate in Western art the beasts and birds and strange composite conceptions of the East. These ancient prototypes of familiar heraldic forms are singularly interesting, as sometimes possessing in a very marked degree qualities, such as vigorous expression and characteristic generalization of form, which teach valuable lessons in their application to modern use.
Our heraldry, which quickly achieved a high level of decorative excellence, developed naturally based on its own needs; likewise, its artistic expression largely evolved, although the latter borrowed heavily from previous designs and, primarily through the influence of textiles and other imports, helped to preserve in Western art the animals, birds, and unusual composite designs from the East. These ancient examples of familiar heraldic forms are particularly fascinating, as they often exhibit very pronounced qualities, such as strong expression and distinctive simplification of form, which provide valuable lessons for modern application.
Although at first the mediaeval draughtsman followed the drawing of his imported or traditional motives very closely (as in the lions of some of the thirteenth century MSS. and seals), he soon began to treat them in his own way, the way that came to be considered peculiarly heraldic. In thus handling his motives he was entirely himself, and the outcome was the natural result of the splendid sense of design which characterized him. The style is rightly considered purely heraldic because it arose from its own heraldic conditions, and was the result of the very sane intention that the thing done should be suited to the use to which it was to be put, viz. to serve as a distinctive badge which could be seen, and easily[Pg 7] read at a distance or when in motion. Such conditions dictated simple directness of treatment and resulted in that bold clear definition which combined with good distribution and the fine balance of colour that results from it, to produce a very decorative whole. Thus, as so frequently happens in other ways, the treatment at first suggested by reasons of practical convenience resulted in an effect of great decorative value. The method of depicting the pattern-like figures varied, as was natural, with the materials employed and with other varying circumstances, and, where opportunity served, a high degree of elaboration was reached; but whether the treatment was simple or elaborate, breadth of effect and decorative quality are nearly always conspicuous. The various methods of working, each satisfactory in its own way, are extremely interesting, as giving historic sanction to the choice of treatment in heraldic expression, and in opposition to the narrow view that as a certain kind of work admirably suits its purpose in its own place that same treatment should be obligatory in all other cases. The old work confirms the broader view, so that when a flat treatment, for example, in harmony or in contrast with surrounding decoration, seems desirable, the armorials may be done flatly; and when, on the other hand, a more elaborate treatment seems fit, modelling in relief or any other means of decorative expression may be properly employed. Nevertheless, the broad-minded advice to “do as you like” has been sometimes taken too literally. Order as well as freedom is necessary to the doing of good work, and that can only be secured by study of the subject from the systematic[Pg 8] or archaeological, as well as from the artistic side.
Although at first medieval artists closely followed the designs of their imported or traditional motifs (as seen in the lions of some 13th-century manuscripts and seals), they soon began to interpret them in their own unique way, creating a style that became distinctly heraldic. In this interpretation, the artists expressed their individuality, resulting in a natural outcome shaped by their remarkable sense of design. The style is correctly seen as purely heraldic because it developed from specific heraldic conditions, reflecting a clear intention for the work to function well for its intended purpose, namely, to serve as a recognizable badge that could be easily seen and read from a distance or while in motion. These requirements called for a straightforward approach, leading to a bold, clear definition combined with good composition and balanced color, creating a visually appealing whole. As often happens in various contexts, the practical considerations behind the initial treatment ended up yielding a result of significant decorative value. The methods of depicting these pattern-like figures naturally varied depending on the materials used and other changing circumstances, and where possible, a high level of detail was achieved; however, whether the approach was simple or intricate, the overall impact and decorative quality were nearly always prominent. The different working methods, each effective in its own way, are very interesting as they provide historical validation for the choices made in heraldic expression, contrasting with the narrow view that insists a particular approach must be used universally because it fits a certain kind of work perfectly in its context. The older works support a broader perspective, so that when a flat treatment, for instance, is desired in harmony with or in contrast to surrounding decoration, the armory can be depicted flatly; conversely, when a more detailed approach is appropriate, raised modeling or other decorative techniques can be rightly applied. However, the broader advice to "do as you please" has sometimes been taken too literally. Both order and freedom are essential for producing quality work, and achieving this requires studying the subject from systematic, archaeological, and artistic perspectives.
Heraldic art reached its greatest strength in the fourteenth century, as appears in what was perhaps the most beautiful example of the work of the period, the shield of arms in Canterbury Cathedral, said to be that of Edward the Black Prince (Fig. 1). It is probably one of the shields that were used for his funeral. Here the lions of the English coat are admirably distributed and are full of power and spirit. The fleurs-de-lis of France are beautifully free and graceful, and are equally well-designed to occupy their spaces and as well proportioned to them. The whole work, which is so valuable a lesson in the best qualities of heraldic design, has suffered from the wear of the centuries; but sufficient remains to show that when uninjured it must have been superb.
Heraldic art reached its peak in the fourteenth century, as seen in what might be the most beautiful example from that time, the shield of arms in Canterbury Cathedral, believed to belong to Edward the Black Prince (Fig. 1). This is likely one of the shields used at his funeral. Here, the lions of the English coat are masterfully arranged and full of strength and energy. The fleurs-de-lis of France are elegantly free and graceful, well-designed to fit their spaces and perfectly proportioned. The entire piece, which serves as an excellent example of the best qualities of heraldic design, has suffered from the wear of the centuries; however, enough remains to show that when it was intact, it must have been stunning.
Heraldic art continued finely decorative and expressive for a very considerable time until the forms which had shown so much spontaneity became more pattern-like, reverting in a measure to the character of such of the earlier figures as more nearly reproduced those of the textiles; for the fourteenth century examples, such as that to which we have just referred, show a conscious effort to express the attributes of strength and vitality which were associated with and were symbolized by the animals that were depicted. In the late mediaeval work this vivifying force became weakened under the numbing influence that is inseparable from the reiterated use of forms that have become stereotyped. In respect to the appeal which visible expression makes to the ordinary[Pg 9] mind as opposed to mere diagrammatic indication, the best work of the fourteenth century in its effort to depict recognized attributes links itself in intention with the work of the Renaissance, although the methods that were employed differed so greatly.
Heraldic art remained beautifully decorative and expressive for a long time until the designs, which initially had a lot of spontaneity, became more standardized, somewhat reverting to the style of earlier figures that closely matched those found in textiles. The examples from the fourteenth century, like the one we just mentioned, show a deliberate effort to convey the attributes of strength and vitality associated with the animals depicted. However, in later medieval work, this energizing force lost its impact due to the dulling effect of repeatedly using forms that became clichéd. In terms of how visible expressions appeal to the average mind rather than mere diagrammatic representation, the finest work of the fourteenth century, in its attempt to portray recognized attributes, connects in intention with the work of the Renaissance, even though the techniques used were quite different.

[Pg 10]
[Pg 10]
At the end of the fifteenth century the personal bearing of heraldry in war had almost ceased, but it remained an important feature of the tournaments during the whole period of their existence.
At the end of the fifteenth century, the personal significance of heraldry in warfare had almost disappeared, but it stayed an important aspect of tournaments throughout their entire existence.
Besides satisfying the martial sense which ever delights in brilliance and colour, it also gratified the desire for the expression of meaning in decoration, a mental attitude which heraldry exactly fitted. And heraldry thenceforward became mainly decorative, while retaining the allusive and symbolic qualities that are hardly separable from it.
Besides appealing to the martial spirit that loves brilliance and color, it also fulfilled the desire for meaningful decoration, a mindset perfectly suited to heraldry. From that point on, heraldry mainly became decorative while still keeping the suggestive and symbolic qualities that are inseparable from it.
In Tudor times the number of armorials increased in a very marked degree, no doubt sharing in the impetus given to the arts in England by the much-needed peace which followed the dynastic wars of York and Lancaster. As though to link it with that welcome event, beautiful and simple flowers added their charm to heraldry in notable quantity, and gillyflowers, columbine, marygold, and many more, appear on shields of arms and in crests, as well as in the garlands which were so admirably used as decorative accessories to the armorials.
In Tudor times, the number of coats of arms grew significantly, likely reflecting the boost given to the arts in England by the long-awaited peace that followed the York and Lancaster dynastic wars. To connect this with that positive change, beautiful and simple flowers were incorporated into heraldry in notable amounts. Gillyflowers, columbines, marigolds, and many others appeared on shields and in crests, as well as in the garlands that were expertly used as decorative accents for the armorials.
The Gothic heraldry, in common with the other decorative arts, having become formalized into a style from which the human interest had to a great extent gone, a change took place in harmony with the new feeling; but in the revolt from the formalism of late Gothic art heraldry frequently went to the opposite extreme, and employed naturalistic forms in an unsuitable way.
The Gothic heraldry, like other decorative arts, became formalized into a style that largely lost its human touch. A shift occurred that matched the new sentiment; however, in reacting against the formality of late Gothic art, heraldry often swung too far in the opposite direction and used naturalistic forms inappropriately.
Much of the Renaissance work, however, retained some of the best qualities of the Gothic, in the pose of the[Pg 11] figures and in the general composition, while in addition it attempted a more detailed characterization than before.
Much of the Renaissance work, however, kept some of the best qualities of the Gothic, in the pose of the[Pg 11] figures and in the overall composition, while also trying for a more detailed characterization than before.
In many respects it was very admirable and seems, in its suggestion of individual thought working on the traditions of an older style, to suggest the lines on which modern heraldic design might develop. German heraldry has followed these lines to a large extent, and though it has perhaps become over-florid, is still full of proofs of the advantage which results from continued touch with the Gothic.
In many ways, it was quite commendable and appears to hint at how personal ideas are building on the traditions of an earlier style, suggesting the paths modern heraldic design could take. German heraldry has largely followed these paths, and while it may have become somewhat overly elaborate, it still provides plenty of evidence of the benefits of maintaining a connection with the Gothic.
In this country there had been a constant succession of foreign masons and sculptors, from the time when, in the twelfth century, the Frenchman William of Sens came to restore Canterbury Cathedral, and the Renaissance style probably received its most effective impetus in England from Torregiano and his fellow Florentine artists when they superseded the native workers in the designing and carrying out of the tombs of Henry VII and others in the beginning of the sixteenth century. The king’s tomb was begun in 1503, and is a useful landmark in the history of the evolution of heraldic style. From this and similar works the English sculptors and designers learnt the methods of that revival of art on classic lines which had become developed in Italy for nearly a century before it made so definite an impression here.
In this country, there has been a steady stream of foreign masons and sculptors dating back to the twelfth century, when the Frenchman William of Sens came to restore Canterbury Cathedral. The Renaissance style likely gained its most significant momentum in England through Torregiano and his fellow Florentine artists, who took over from local craftsmen in designing and constructing the tombs of Henry VII and others at the beginning of the sixteenth century. The king’s tomb was started in 1503 and serves as an important landmark in the history of heraldic style's development. From this and similar works, English sculptors and designers learned the techniques of that revival of art based on classical principles that had been evolving in Italy for nearly a century before making a substantial impact here.
The work that was produced under these influences was marked by great vitality, variety and grace, until it, in its turn, became weak and uninteresting, so that by the seventeenth century it had degenerated into sheer[Pg 12] stiff ugliness that it is almost impossible to connect with the graceful strength of its prototypes.
The work created under these influences was full of energy, diversity, and elegance, until it eventually became weak and dull. By the seventeenth century, it had sunk into a rigid ugliness that makes it nearly impossible to relate to the graceful strength of its originals.[Pg 12]
Holbein, who worked here (except for a short interval) from 1526 until his death, executed, besides his paintings, many designs for goldsmith’s work and so forth, and has left some few heraldic drawings, probably designs for the decoration of books, such as dedicatory plates, or for stained glass; but the Italian influence was overpowering, and he left little permanent impression on heraldic style. An example of his heraldry may be referred to in Fig. 221, p. 243.
Holbein worked here from 1526 until he passed away, except for a brief period. In addition to his paintings, he created many designs for goldsmiths and other crafts, and he left behind a few heraldic drawings, likely for book decorations like dedications or stained glass. However, the Italian influence was so strong that he didn't leave a lasting mark on heraldic style. You can see an example of his heraldry in Fig. 221, p. 243.
As time went on, and the practical use of heraldry in the field became more remote, the sense of proportion became weakened, the decorative distribution of the early work was no longer sought after, and the general loss of grip is everywhere perceptible in the design; while in the execution, especially in later times, minute finish of detail took the place of the earlier breadth of treatment. The marked inferiority of the heraldry to the other decorative work of its time (a fault that is frequently visible in the work of the present day) points to a general loss of interest in the expression of heraldry, although its use was tenaciously adhered to, and it is abundantly evident that in the period which extended from the early seventeenth century until recent times regard for heraldry (when such regard existed at all except as a mere desire of display) was mainly directed to its systematic side and to the ever-increasing detail of its rules and precedents.
As time passed and the practical use of heraldry in the field became less common, the sense of proportion weakened, the decorative style of the early work was no longer pursued, and the overall decline was evident in the design. In execution, especially in later periods, the focus shifted to detailed finish instead of the earlier broader approach. The noticeable inferiority of heraldry compared to other decorative works of its time (a flaw often seen in today’s work) suggests a general loss of interest in heraldry’s expression, even though its use was stubbornly maintained. It’s clear that from the early seventeenth century to more recent times, any regard for heraldry (when it existed at all, apart from a mere desire for display) mainly focused on its systematic aspects and the ever-growing intricacies of its rules and traditions.
However, the Gothic revival in the early part of last century again directed attention to heraldry, and the[Pg 13] work of Williment, Pugin, Powell, Burges and others, showed once more how decoratively and expressively it could be handled when it was seriously studied and applied.
However, the Gothic revival in the early part of the last century brought attention back to heraldry, and the[Pg 13] work of Williment, Pugin, Powell, Burges, and others demonstrated once again how decoratively and expressively it could be utilized when given serious study and application.
With reference to the old examples, a study of which is absolutely necessary in order to understand the principles which underlie all heraldic design, it will be well to sound a note of warning against making a fetish of the work of any period, however good; against mere copying of old examples however excellent, except, of course, for purposes of study. To merely copy and piece together bits of precedent is not the way to make an artistic thing at all. A copy can have no vitality of its own, and cannot even reproduce that of its original. Even Pugin and Powell cannot be said, in spite of all their sympathy and power of draughtsmanship, to have altogether succeeded in suggesting the intense vigour which characterized the work of the originals that were followed. A broad view must be taken if new work is to harmonize with new conditions or be anything more than a mere shadow of a preceding style.
Referring to the old examples, which are essential to understand the principles behind all heraldic design, it’s important to caution against idolizing the work from any particular period, no matter how great it is; against simply reproducing old examples, no matter how exceptional, except for study purposes. Just copying and piecing together fragments of past work doesn’t create something artistic. A copy can’t have its own vitality and can’t even replicate that of the original. Even Pugin and Powell, despite their sensitivity and drawing skills, can’t be said to have fully captured the intense energy that defined the work of the originals they drew inspiration from. A broad perspective is necessary if new work is to align with contemporary conditions or be anything more than a mere echo of an earlier style.
Heraldry in order to be expressive and interesting ought to be original, or perhaps one should rather say individual, in treatment; an effort to express itself by means of the artistic qualities that the old work possesses and teaches us to admire, rather than a copy of its forms. By original is meant something that the artist thinks out for himself, his individual expression of what he wishes to convey, with all the help that he can obtain from his knowledge of previous work, but without feeling himself bound to imitate it. Points of resemblance are inevitable.[Pg 14] It is hardly possible to avoid showing the influence of the examples from which the artist has learnt his craft, nor does it matter; but when the copy is intentional and the intention stops at that, the work ceases to interest as individual design. All styles should be studied for the sake of the lessons they may teach in the application of the ordinary principles of design to correct heraldic motives, for, after all, that and fitness are what constitute good heraldry. Composition, the balance of mass and arrangement of line, with all their various possibilities, may be learned from all forms and styles of art, pictorial as well as ornamental, that is itself based on sound principles. The appreciation of such points and their satisfactory application constitute what we know as the sense and power of design, and they must be understood before one can pretend to practise or discuss it.
Heraldry, to be expressive and engaging, should be original, or better yet, unique in its approach; it should aim to express itself through the artistic qualities that the old works possess and teach us to appreciate, rather than simply copying their forms. By original, we mean something that the artist creates for themselves, an individual expression of what they want to convey, using all the insights gained from their knowledge of previous works, without feeling obligated to imitate them. Similarities are unavoidable. It's nearly impossible to avoid reflecting the influence of the examples from which the artist has learned their craft, and that's okay; however, when the imitation is intentional and doesn't go beyond that, the work loses interest as a unique design. All styles should be studied for the lessons they offer in applying fundamental design principles to proper heraldic themes because, in the end, that and suitability are what define good heraldry. Composition, the balance of mass and arrangement of lines, along with all their various possibilities, can be learned from all forms and styles of art, both pictorial and ornamental, that are grounded in sound principles. Understanding these aspects and successfully applying them is what we refer to as the sense and skill of design, and this knowledge is essential before anyone can claim to practice or discuss it.[Pg 14]
Heraldry in its setting forth may be regarded in two ways. As the depicting of an actual shield, crest, helm and so forth, as they would be shown in a picture of a tournament, for instance; or, as a presentation of the heraldic facts in the way that is thought most expressive without having too much regard to preceding renderings. The former way seems more suitable to the execution of ancient and historic arms or of such as are to accompany Gothic surroundings, and the latter to be more likely to harmonize with modern decorative conditions, as well as to possess more vitality and variety in itself. This harmony with surrounding decoration, whether on a wall or in a book or in any other way, is one of the essentials of good design and must be continually kept in mind. Another, equally important, is that work should[Pg 15] be designed with direct regard to the materials and methods by which it is to be done. These very obvious points cannot be too often insisted upon, however wearisome the reiteration, for neglect of them is at the bottom of most bad work.
Heraldry can be viewed in two ways. One way is to show an actual shield, crest, helm, and so on, like you would see in a picture of a tournament; the other way is to present the heraldic elements in the most expressive way, without focusing too much on earlier interpretations. The first approach seems better for displaying ancient and historic arms or for those that will accompany Gothic settings, while the second approach is more likely to fit with modern decorative styles and offers more life and variety. Achieving harmony with surrounding decoration—whether on a wall, in a book, or in any other format—is essential for good design and must always be considered. Another important factor is that designs should be created with a clear understanding of the materials and methods that will be used. These obvious points cannot be stressed enough, no matter how repetitive it may seem, because ignoring them is often the root cause of poor work.
Careless treatment of the heraldry, with which it is, nevertheless, obliged to deal more or less, sooner or later, seems to pervade applied art and to spoil what is otherwise meritorious work. Doubtless much of the mischief arises from fear lest improving the drawing or composition may violate heraldic rules; and this brings us to the necessity of acquiring so much knowledge of the systematic side of heraldry as will suffice to show what points are really essential (and therefore to be carefully preserved and if need be accented), and what, on the other hand, may be modified or ignored. This may best be done by study of the system of heraldic description known as blazon, which is described further on. But before proceeding to do so it will be necessary to deal first with an heraldic composition as a whole.
Careless handling of heraldry, which it has to engage with eventually, tends to affect applied art and ruin what would otherwise be commendable work. A lot of this problem likely stems from the fear that changing the drawing or layout might breach heraldic rules; this brings us to the need to gain enough understanding of the systematic aspects of heraldry to identify what elements are truly essential (and thus should be carefully preserved and emphasized if necessary), and what can be altered or ignored. The best way to achieve this is by studying the system of heraldic description known as blazon, which is explained further on. But before moving on to that, we should first address heraldic composition as a whole.
[Pg 16]
[Pg 16]
CHAPTER II
Evolution of Shield Forms
The armorial group, called an “Achievement” of Arms, principally consists of the shield and the crest, the latter supported on its helm, and accompanied by the mantling or lambrequins, and in addition, mottoes, coronets, supporters and other accessories proper to the occasion may form part of its composition. The term “achievement” (sometimes corrupted into hatchment) may be applied to any heraldic group whether it be a complete presentation of full armorials or only a selected part of them. In the simple arrangement of shield, helmet and crest, the proportion of the parts to each other remained fairly constant from the end of the thirteenth century down to the Renaissance, that is to say throughout the whole mediaeval period, and may be taken roughly to be rather more than two-fifths of the whole height for the shield and rather less than three-fifths for the helmet and crest.
The armorial group, known as an “Achievement” of Arms, mainly consists of the shield and the crest, with the latter sitting on its helm and accompanied by the mantling or lambrequins. Additionally, mottoes, coronets, supporters, and other items relevant to the occasion can be part of its design. The term “achievement” (sometimes incorrectly referred to as hatchment) can apply to any heraldic group, whether it's a complete display of full armorials or just a selected portion of them. In the basic arrangement of shield, helmet, and crest, the proportions of the parts to each other remained fairly consistent from the end of the thirteenth century through the Renaissance, which means throughout the entire medieval period, and can be roughly estimated as just over two-fifths of the total height for the shield and just under three-fifths for the helmet and crest.
This, it need hardly be said, must not be taken for actual measurement, but only as suggesting the relative weight in the design of its component parts. The result[Pg 17] of these proportions is to bring the helm a little above the actual middle of the composition, and its place is then found to be a very satisfactory one, in which it serves as a central point on which the other objects group themselves. There is also seen to be due scope for the clear definition of the details of both arms and crest, while there is an appropriate suggestion of dignity in the whole effect. The principal artists of the Renaissance, Dürer above all, appear to have fully appreciated this, similar proportions appearing in the best type of Renaissance work as in that of the Gothic period.
This shouldn’t be seen as an actual measurement, but rather as a suggestion of the relative weight in designing its parts. The result[Pg 17] of these proportions positions the helm slightly above the center of the composition, and it turns out to be a very pleasing placement, acting as a focal point around which the other elements arrange themselves. There’s also enough space for clearly defining the details of both arms and the crest, while the overall effect conveys an appropriate sense of dignity. The main artists of the Renaissance, especially Dürer, seemed to fully recognize this, as similar proportions can be seen in the best Renaissance works just as they were in the Gothic period.
Such proportions were no doubt suggested by those of the actual things themselves, but not wholly so; for in other cases the object of the artist was rather to display the armorials to the best effect than to copy their appearance when they were being used in another way.
Such proportions were definitely inspired by the actual objects themselves, but not entirely; in other cases, the artist's goal was more about showcasing the heraldry effectively rather than replicating their appearance when being used differently.
Fig. 2, the reverse of the Great Seal of Henry IV, a splendid example of the seal engraver’s art, is an interesting illustration of how armorials were borne by man and horse, as well as of their approximate proportion. An example of the influence of local considerations in modifying proportion is the group which occupies the middle of the canopy of the tomb, in Westminster Abbey, of Louis Robsart, Lord Bourchier, who was standard-bearer to Henry V. The shield is minimised as much as possible because its bearings appear large and bold on the carved banners at the sides; the crest, however, not occurring elsewhere on the monument, is comparatively enormous. In this case the shield[Pg 18] that is associated with the crest is destitute of charges, which may, however, have been modelled in gesso on the stone and have disappeared.
Fig. 2, the back of the Great Seal of Henry IV, is a stunning example of seal engraving and provides an interesting glimpse into how coats of arms were displayed by both people and horses, as well as their relative sizes. A notable example of how local factors influenced proportions is the group found in the center of the canopy of the tomb in Westminster Abbey for Louis Robsart, Lord Bourchier, who was a standard-bearer for Henry V. The shield is kept as small as possible because its designs appear large and bold on the carved banners on the sides; however, the crest, which doesn't appear anywhere else on the monument, is quite large. In this case, the shield[Pg 18] associated with the crest has no charges, which may have been modeled in gesso on the stone and could have worn away.

In a similar way the arms in the group over the point of the arch of the chantry of Henry V near by are extremely small, a part of the mantling is even allowed to fall over them, because they are fully displayed[Pg 19] on the shields supported by angels in the spandrils below.
In a similar way, the arms in the group above the arch of the chantry of Henry V nearby are very small. Some of the mantling even drapes over them, since they are fully visible[Pg 19] on the shields held up by angels in the spandrils below.
The shape of the space that is available for displaying the achievement and the character of the bearings also influenced proportion, so that a crest may be exaggerated, or a shield may be comparatively enlarged, in the latter case in order to accommodate quarterings perhaps, and the sense of proportion may still be satisfied because of the evident reason for the treatment.
The available space for showcasing the achievement and the design of the bearings also affected the proportions, which could result in an exaggerated crest or a relatively larger shield, possibly to fit quarterings. In these cases, the sense of proportion can still be maintained due to the clear reasoning behind the treatment.
The object of an achievement being to display the armorials in the most distinctive way, it follows that the subordinate parts of it, especially the helmet and mantling, should all be designed to that end, that their lines should compose in such a way as to concentrate the attention on the more important subjects, and that their details, however intricate, should not detract from a broad effect. In short, they should be so arranged as to support the central motive and not to compete with it. Whatever the style of the design it should first of all express the subject in the most explicit way, and carefully avoid letting scrolls outshine the crest or mantling distract attention from the shield which is encompassed by it.
The goal of an achievement is to showcase the heraldry in the most distinctive way. Therefore, the smaller elements, particularly the helmet and mantling, should be designed with this in mind, ensuring their lines work together to draw attention to the more important elements. Their details, no matter how complex, should enhance the overall effect rather than detract from it. In short, they should be arranged to support the main theme and not compete with it. Whatever design style is used, it should clearly express the subject and make sure that scrolls don’t outshine the crest or that the mantling doesn’t distract from the shield it surrounds.
Choice of method should naturally be based on the desire to represent things in the most direct way and by the simplest means that are suitable to the purpose in hand, using exactly the right amount of elaboration, from the perfect simplicity demanded by a figure in perforated iron, through the varying detail of different forms of applied art, stained glass, enamel, modelling, carving, painting and engraving. There is always[Pg 20] great charm about simple treatment that is at the same time expressive, but the right simplicity can only be reached through knowledge, and is a very different thing from the emptiness which ignorance hopes to have mistaken for it. Clearness of statement expressed by vigour of drawing, beauty of line, balance of mass and harmonious coherence of composition, are obviously essential qualities; and when to these are added suitability to environment and material, the result will be that expression of rightness which constitutes style, whatever the style may be.
The choice of method should naturally be based on the desire to represent things in the most straightforward way, using the simplest means that suit the purpose, with just the right amount of detail—from the pure simplicity expected in a piece made of perforated iron, to the varied details found in different types of applied art, like stained glass, enamel, modeling, carving, painting, and engraving. There’s always a great appeal to simple treatment that is also expressive, but achieving the right simplicity requires knowledge and is very different from the empty attempts that ignorance often confuses it with. Clear expression shown through strong drawing, beautiful lines, balanced shapes, and cohesive composition are obviously essential qualities; and when these are combined with a fit for the environment and materials, the outcome will be that expression of correctness that defines style, no matter what the style is.
Heraldic accuracy is assumed as a matter of course, for heraldry that is not accurate stultifies itself.
Heraldic accuracy is taken for granted because inaccurate heraldry undermines its own significance.
The usual grouping of an achievement was suggested, no doubt, by the method of displaying armorials in processions and other ceremonials, when the crested and mantled helmet was placed on a lance staff or some similar support, and the shield was hung below by its guige. That the grouping was also a natural one is visible in the seal of Henry IV (p. 18), especially if we imagine the figure to be seen from the opposite side.
The typical arrangement of an achievement was probably inspired by how armorials were displayed in parades and other ceremonies, where a crested and mantled helmet was placed on a lance or a similar support, and the shield was hung below by its strap. It's also clear that this grouping was a natural one in the seal of Henry IV (p. 18), especially if we picture the figure viewed from the other side.
There is nothing heraldically essential in arranging the armorials in this order, for the crest may be placed in any other relation to the shield that circumstances may render preferable. When, for instance, it is undesirable to pile up the design in height the crest is placed at the side of the shield. The earliest instance of which I am aware is that of Lord Basset of Drayton, whose arms thus appeared on his stall-plate as a Knight of the Garter. In such cases it is usually most convenient[Pg 21] to pose the crest on the true right of the shield because the swing back of the mantling serves admirably to tie up the whole design, but there is no reason why the positions should not be reversed if the lines can be made to compose satisfactorily; that is to say, it is only a matter of ornamental design and not in any way of heraldic right or wrong.
There’s nothing fundamentally important about arranging the armory in this order, as the crest can be placed in any position relative to the shield that circumstances might make better. For example, when stacking the design high isn’t preferable, the crest can be placed beside the shield. The earliest example I know of is Lord Basset of Drayton, whose arms appeared this way on his stall-plate as a Knight of the Garter. In these cases, it’s usually most convenient to position the crest on the true right of the shield because the flow of the mantling effectively ties the whole design together, but there’s no reason the positions can’t be switched if the lines can be arranged satisfactorily; that is to say, it’s purely a matter of decorative design and not about heraldic correctness.
The Shield.—In the application of badges to the distinctive decoration of armour, whence arose the term armory for the science of heraldry, the shield naturally singled itself out to be made of especial importance as the most suitable space on which to display the device; for not only was it most conspicuous from its position with regard to the rest of the armour, but its detachability, and the facility with which it could be hung by its guige from some suitable support, rendered it a ready means of representing its master in ceremonials and pageants. As such a representative it became the principal vehicle of honourable distinctions, and conversely was also made a means of punishing misconduct.
The Shield.—When it comes to adding badges as unique decorations on armor, the shield clearly stands out as the most important area to display a symbol. It wasn’t just highly visible among the other pieces of armor, but its ability to be easily removed and hung by its strap from a suitable support made it an ideal way to represent its owner in ceremonies and events. Because of this, it became the main way to showcase honorable distinctions, but it was also used as a method for punishing wrongdoing.
The decorative value of shields had been recognized from the earliest times; on the Greek pottery, for example, they appear bearing the symbolic representations of birds, lions and other animals, which are there drawn with all the vigorous beauty and sense of design that we should naturally expect from such a source.
The decorative value of shields has been acknowledged since ancient times; on Greek pottery, for instance, they display symbolic images of birds, lions, and other animals, which are depicted with all the dynamic beauty and design sensibility we would naturally expect from such a source.
In the Roman sculptures also shields frequently occur, of whose shapes some were to reappear at the Renaissance.
In Roman sculptures, shields often appear, and some of their shapes would be seen again in the Renaissance.
[Pg 22]
[Pg 22]




Back of Fig. 4.
Norman Shield.
Eleventh Century.
Back of Fig. 5.
The Norman shields, as they are represented in the Bayeux tapestry, in early carvings and in seals, were long and narrow, and the leather guige by which they could be suspended from the neck was already in use, as well as the other thongs which served as arm and hand holds (Figs. 3 and 6), and were so arranged as to permit the grasp to be applied in a variety of ways as the positions of the shield might demand. The two sets of grips, called enarmes, that are here shown will serve to make clear the general arrangement, but their placing varied considerably, and was naturally adapted to individual requirements and peculiarities. The shields were strongly curved in a horizontal direction, partially encircling the body and, in many instances, had in the centre a projecting boss or umbo. They were rounded at the top, as in Fig. 5, or the top was straight with rounded comers, as in Fig. 4.[Pg 23] Being pointed at the base they were capable of being thrust into the ground, so as to be easily held in position by men fighting on foot, to whom they formed a very efficient defence, being about 4 feet high, in combination with the hedge of lances that accompanied them. Their width was about 2 feet or perhaps a little more.
The Norman shields, as shown in the Bayeux tapestry, early carvings, and seals, were long and narrow. They featured a leather strap that allowed them to be hung from the neck, along with other thongs for gripping with the arm and hand (Figs. 3 and 6). These grips were designed to be adjustable to accommodate different positions of the shield. The two sets of grips, called enarmes, demonstrated here clarify the general setup, though their placement varied widely to fit individual needs and preferences. The shields had a strong horizontal curve, partially wrapping around the body, and often included a central boss or umbo. They were rounded at the top, as shown in Fig. 5, or had a straight edge with rounded corners, as in Fig. 4.[Pg 23] The base was pointed, allowing them to be thrust into the ground, making them easy to keep stable for foot soldiers, providing effective protection while standing about 4 feet tall, alongside a line of lances. Their width was roughly 2 feet or slightly more.
They usually consisted of a foundation of wood covered with strong thicknesses of leather, additionally strengthened with bands and bosses of metal, and were often richly painted, and even, it is said, sometimes adorned with gems.
They typically had a wooden base covered with thick layers of leather, reinforced with metal bands and studs, and were often beautifully painted, and some say they were even decorated with gems.
The round-topped pointed shield appears on the seals for a considerable length of time, and in Italy has never gone out of decorative use.
The round-topped pointed shield has appeared on seals for a long time and has never fallen out of style in Italy.
Throughout the eleventh and twelfth centuries the Norman shield remained with very little modification, and was therefore the first shape to which regular heraldry was applied.
Throughout the eleventh and twelfth centuries, the Norman shield stayed largely unchanged, making it the first design to which formal heraldry was applied.
The subjects, besides the armorials which were gradually increasing in number and in regularity of arrangement, were at first little more than fanciful decoration, the signs of the zodiac and similar devices, as well as the badges, which long continued to be used from time to time in a more ephemeral way than the regular armorials, though nearly approaching them in character.
The subjects, in addition to the coats of arms that were becoming more numerous and systematically arranged, initially served as little more than decorative elements, including zodiac signs and similar motifs, along with badges that were used intermittently in a more temporary manner than the established coats of arms, although they were almost similar in nature.
Very early in the thirteenth century the height of the shield began to decrease, and continued to do so until by the middle of the century an almost equilateral form was arrived at (Figs. 7, 8, 9). This was probably[Pg 24] the effect of the progress in the making of defensive armour, whose improvement ultimately resulted in the disuse of the shield altogether. By the end of the thirteenth century heraldry had become general, and the triangular shields bore coats of arms which showed in their composition the influence of the shape that contained them. The fact that a single lion was depicted as rampant rather than in another pose, was probably due at first to the greater ease with which it could thus be adapted to the space and so satisfy the decorative sense of distribution. And the attitude was already in existence in the designs of the textiles and in other works of Eastern origin.
Very early in the 13th century, the height of the shield started to decrease, and it kept decreasing until, by the middle of the century, it reached an almost equilateral shape (Figs. 7, 8, 9). This was likely due to advancements in defensive armor, which eventually led to the complete abandonment of the shield. By the end of the 13th century, heraldry had become widespread, and the triangular shields displayed coats of arms that reflected the shape of the shields themselves. The choice to depict a single lion as rampant instead of another pose was probably because it was easier to fit into the space and met the decorative criteria for distribution. This pose was already present in designs of textiles and other works of Eastern origin.



Until the beginning of the fourteenth century the curves which describe the sides of the shield commenced quite at the top, but soon afterwards (the shape becoming rather narrower in proportion to the height) the side lines began straightly at right angles with the top and, at about one-fourth of the height, began to develop into the curve which formed the point (Fig. 11). This is known as the heater shape from its resemblance to the heater of a smoothing iron. Soon afterwards the straight part[Pg 25] of the sides extended downwards and the shield, thus becoming wider at the base, more nearly approached the square form, as in Fig. 12.
Until the early fourteenth century, the curves that outline the sides of the shield started at the very top. However, shortly after that, the shape became narrower relative to its height, and the side lines began straight down at right angles to the top. About a quarter of the way down, they started to curve into the point (Fig. 11). This shape is called the heater shape because it looks like the heater of a smoothing iron. Soon after, the straight part of the sides continued downward, making the shield wider at the base and more closely resembling a square shape, as seen in Fig. 12.



The shapes here given are designed to explain the varying forms from time to time, and not the relative size of actual shields.
The shapes provided here are meant to illustrate the different designs over time, rather than the actual sizes of the shields.
The pointed shield was one of the most satisfactory shapes for the display of a single coat of arms, but it became inconvenient, in most cases, when two coats were impaled together or when quarterings were involved, the restricted base rendering it extremely difficult to deal with objects in that part of the shield. The seals and monuments naturally represent shields as very flat, but they were not actually so, but were almost always curved in section to a greater or less extent, and in one or more directions; for armour was designed to deflect a blow rather than to directly resist it, this being one of the ordinary principles on which most kinds of defence are based. As we have seen in the Norman shields, the curve was at first simply from side to side, afterwards, in order to prevent a blow from glancing downwards, the lower part of the shield was made to[Pg 26] project, and finally the top was brought forward so that the shield had a double curvature, convex from side to side and concave perpendicularly (Fig. 13).
The pointed shield was one of the best shapes for showing a single coat of arms, but it often became impractical when two coats were combined or when quarterings were involved; the narrow base made it really hard to manage objects in that area of the shield. Seals and monuments typically show shields as very flat, but they weren’t actually like that; they were almost always curved to some degree, in one or more directions. This is because armor was designed to deflect blows rather than directly absorb them, which is a standard principle behind most types of defense. As we’ve seen with Norman shields, the curve was initially just from side to side, and later, to stop a blow from glancing downwards, the bottom part of the shield was made to project. Eventually, the top was also brought forward, resulting in a shield with a double curvature: convex from side to side and concave vertically.[Pg 26]
A large shield called a pavoise was used for fighting on foot, a partial reversion, for definite practical reasons, to the long shield of the Normans. Like the Norman shields, it in some cases had a pointed or rounded base, while in others it was roughly rectangular, its most marked characteristic being the large and projecting rib whose hollow served on occasion to accommodate a supporting stake (Figs. 14 and 15). It was provided with handgrips and, in most cases, with a guige by which it could be slung on the shoulders or carried on the back when not in use. Besides those which were painted with subjects which extended over the whole surface in the usual way, others were decorated with small painted shields drawn on the larger one.
A large shield called a pavoise was used for fighting on foot, marking a partial return to the long shield of the Normans for practical reasons. Like the Norman shields, it sometimes had a pointed or rounded base, while in other cases, it was roughly rectangular. Its most distinctive feature was the large, protruding rib, which had a hollow that could occasionally hold a supporting stake (Figs. 14 and 15). It came with handgrips and, in most cases, a strap that allowed it to be slung over the shoulders or carried on the back when not in use. In addition to those painted with designs covering the entire surface as usual, some were decorated with small painted shields on the larger one.



Pavoise. Afli.
Violet-le-duc.
Back of Fig. 14.
The term pavoise is sometimes given to the large decorative shields (of various shapes) which were made[Pg 27] in considerable numbers in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, especially in Italy; but there is no doubt that the term, in strictness, should be confined to this special defence of the foot-soldier.
The term "pavoise" is sometimes used to describe the large decorative shields (in various shapes) that were produced in large quantities during the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, particularly in Italy. However, it's clear that the term should strictly refer only to this specific type of defense used by foot soldiers.[Pg 27]

A shield with a sharp arris or ridge and a round base is said to have been the last form to be used in actual war (Fig. 16), and is interesting as the prototype of the ridged Renaissance shield, which became of such decorative value, especially when modelled in relief, because of the play of light and shade which it afforded (Fig. 16A. See also Figs. 20 and 21).
A shield with a sharp edge or ridge and a round base is said to be the last style used in actual warfare (Fig. 16), and it's notable as the prototype of the ridged Renaissance shield, which became very decorative, especially when sculpted in relief, due to the way it played with light and shadow (Fig. 16A. See also Figs. 20 and 21).

It will, of course, be understood that the various shapes of shields, as they were gradually evolved one from the other, did not in representation supersede their predecessors altogether, however more or less completely they may have done so as actual defence, and a considerable amount of overlapping took place in this as in other heraldic fashions.
It will, of course, be clear that the different shapes of shields, as they gradually developed from one to another, did not completely replace their predecessors in representation, even if they may have done so more or less completely in terms of actual defense, and there was a significant amount of overlap in this, as in other heraldic styles.
The armorials themselves having been influenced in their composition by the shield shape that was in vogue when they were devised, the choice of a form that is equally convenient for all the arms of a series presents considerable difficulty, and therefore should not be decided upon until the nature of their whole contents has been properly considered.
The armory designs were shaped by the popular shield styles when they were created, so choosing a form that works well for all the coats of arms in a series is quite challenging. This decision should be made only after carefully considering the overall content.
Shields were used in the tournament in a variety of ceremonial ways. Froissart describes, in his account of the meeting that was held near Calais in 1390, how[Pg 28] they were hung outside the pavilions of the defenders, so that by touching them the challengers could signify their intention as to the kind of encounter that was to ensue. For this purpose two shields were displayed, one “for peace” and another “for war,” and according as one or the other was touched the encounter took place with blunt or pointed weapons. Similar shields are referred to by Edward the Black Prince in his will, dated 1376: “l’un pur la guerre, de nos armes entiers quartelles” (those represented in Fig. 1 at p. 9), “et l’autre pur la paix, de nos bages des plumes d’ostruce” (Fig. 17), both of which decorate his tomb.
Shields were used in the tournament in various ceremonial ways. Froissart describes, in his account of the meeting held near Calais in 1390, how[Pg 28] they were displayed outside the defenders' pavilions, so that by touching them, the challengers could indicate the type of encounter that would follow. For this purpose, two shields were shown: one “for peace” and another “for war,” and depending on which one was touched, the encounter would take place with either blunt or pointed weapons. Similar shields are mentioned by Edward the Black Prince in his will, dated 1376: “one for war, our weapons fully loaded” (those depicted in Fig. 1 at p. 9), “and the other for peace, from our flocks the feathers of ostriches” (Fig. 17), both of which adorn his tomb.

Together with the banners and pennons of the chief personages, shields were hung from the windows of the knights’ lodgings in the neighbouring town to where the lists were set. They also adorned the walls of the banquet hall, and in every way the actual shields contributed to the pageantry of the time, and naturally suggested their representation in tapestries and in other permanently decorative ways.
Together with the banners and flags of the main figures, shields were hung from the windows of the knights’ lodgings in the nearby town where the tournament was held. They also decorated the walls of the banquet hall, and in every way, the actual shields added to the splendor of the occasion, naturally leading to their depiction in tapestries and other lasting decorative forms.
[Pg 29]
[Pg 29]
The treatment of the bearings on the actual shield was, no doubt, by means of painting in flat colours, the charges being drawn in the simplest and most direct way; for although there are examples in the illuminated manuscripts of knights armed with shields whose charges are in relief, such treatment was probably exceptional owing to its cost and to the difficulty of repairing damage, or may even have been due to the elaboration of the illuminator. So that although relief was employed in cases of unusual magnificence the ordinary treatment was probably flat.
The way the designs were applied to the shields was likely through flat colors, with the symbols depicted in the most straightforward manner. While there are examples in illuminated manuscripts of knights with shields that have raised designs, this method was probably rare because of its expense and the challenge of making repairs. It might also have been influenced by the skill of the illuminator. Thus, while raised designs were used for special and ornate cases, the common approach was likely flat.
Shields for great ceremonial purposes being more purely decorative were naturally more elaborate, and of these the shield at Canterbury must be again instanced. Such a shield after serving in the funeral procession was suspended over the tomb, together with the sword and crested helmet, as was done for Edward III and Henry V in Westminster Abbey and for Humphrey, Duke of Gloucester, “the Good Duke Humphrey,” in old St. Paul’s; but of these only the insignia of Henry V remain, and they are by no means in such interesting preservation as those at Canterbury. A similar trophy adorned the tomb of Edward IV at Windsor, and is said to have been embroidered with pearls and gold.
Shields used for grand ceremonies, being mainly decorative, were naturally more elaborate, and the shield at Canterbury is a prime example. After being part of the funeral procession, such a shield was hung over the tomb, along with the sword and crested helmet, just like what was done for Edward III and Henry V in Westminster Abbey and for Humphrey, Duke of Gloucester, "the Good Duke Humphrey," in old St. Paul’s; however, only the insignia of Henry V remain, and they are not nearly as well preserved as those at Canterbury. A similar decorative piece adorned the tomb of Edward IV at Windsor and is said to have been embroidered with pearls and gold.

The shields that were intended for ceremonial or[Pg 30] decorative purposes were very carefully made of layers of various materials, such as canvas and leather, which were stretched over and glued down to the wooden understructure in order to afford a key to the material that formed a surface for the subsequent work, in much the same way that panels were prepared for other kinds of painting at that time. The charges were then modelled in gesso, afterwards gilt and painted, or else were fashioned in modelled leather and pinned down to the surface. The spaces were often diversified with diapered patterns in raised lines of gesso or by means of punches, and when the gold and colour were added the whole effect was extremely rich and beautiful. Of such pageant shields excellent specimens were in the great Bardini collection, now dispersed.
The shields meant for ceremonial or decorative use were carefully crafted from layers of different materials, like canvas and leather, which were stretched over and glued to a wooden frame to create a surface for the final artwork, similar to how panels were prepared for other types of painting at that time. The designs were then shaped in gesso, and later gilded and painted, or made from modeled leather and secured to the surface. The spaces were often adorned with varied patterns in raised gesso lines or created with punches, and when the gold and color were applied, the overall look was incredibly rich and beautiful. Some excellent examples of such elaborate shields were part of the great Bardini collection, which is now scattered.

Fourteenth Century.
Fig. 18, a kite-shaped shield of the fourteenth century, bears bendwise the word Libertas, the motto of the republic of the town of Luroques, in beautiful letters, whose treatment is perfectly appropriate to the gesso in which they are executed. The shape of the shield follows closely one of the early Norman forms, and is somewhat of the same proportion, being 44 inches[Pg 31] high by 21 inches broad. The square pavoise (Fig. 19) of wood covered with vellum is painted with the arms of the Buonamici, and over them as crest is the portrait of the head of that family, Bienheureux Buonamici.
Fig. 18, a kite-shaped shield from the fourteenth century, features the word "Libertas," the motto of the town of Luroques, elegantly written in letters that perfectly match the gesso they’re applied to. The shape of the shield closely resembles an early Norman style, maintaining similar proportions at 44 inches[Pg 31] high and 21 inches wide. The square pavoise (Fig. 19), made of wood and covered with vellum, showcases the arms of the Buonamici family, with the portrait of their ancestor, Bienheureux Buonamici, depicted as a crest.
At the time that the use of shields in actual combat was becoming less and less frequent, the invention of engraving on metal plates, the improvement in wood-engraving, and finally the production of printed books, opened a fresh field for heraldic art in the making of the plates of arms which marked the patronage of a literary work, or in the more familiar bookplate which signified the ownership of the book. Then began that long series of beautiful little works by Martin Schongauer, Israel van Meckenen, and by Dürer and their successors. In the large number of designs thus produced the shields, in many instances, became much less simple, ceasing to be a representation of the real defence,[Pg 32] though some of them were developments from it. The cusped forms such as Figs. 20 and 21, which came into use in the latter half of the fifteenth century, and became still more frequent in the Tudor period, perhaps have some affinity with the elaborate fluted armour of the time, but others were frank adaptations of the contemporary decorative scrolls and were really cartouches more or less in place of a shield.
At the time when using shields in actual combat was becoming less common, the invention of engraving on metal plates, improvements in wood engraving, and the production of printed books created new opportunities for heraldic art in making plates of arms that indicated the patronage of a literary work, or in the more common bookplate that showed ownership of the book. This marked the beginning of a long series of beautiful small works by Martin Schongauer, Israel van Meckenen, Dürer, and their successors. In the large number of designs produced, the shields often became much less straightforward, moving away from being a representation of real defense, although some still evolved from that concept. The cusped forms like Figs. 20 and 21, which emerged in the latter half of the fifteenth century and became even more popular during the Tudor period, may have some connection to the elaborate fluted armor of the time, but others were direct adaptations of contemporary decorative scrolls and were essentially cartouches that replaced a shield.[Pg 32]


The special tournament shield, the shield à bouche, had a marked influence on subsequent forms. In order that the shield might, during the joust, fit closely to the shaft of the lance a semi-circular opening was made, sometimes at the top but more usually at the side, as in the example (Fig. 22), and from this simple expedient a very great variety of shape resulted, of which the manner of evolution is interesting.
The special tournament shield, the shield à bouche, had a significant impact on later designs. To ensure that the shield fit snugly against the lance during the joust, a semi-circular opening was created—sometimes at the top but more often at the side, as seen in the example (Fig. 22). This simple change led to a wide variety of shapes, and the way these evolved is quite fascinating.
In the ornamental forms that were based on the actual ones this embouchure was sometimes plainly indicated, as in the shield from the group of Dürer’s coat of arms (Fig. 23) and in the French wood-carving (Fig. 24); in others the lower point of the opening was merged into[Pg 33] one swinging line, as in the shield of the well-known Death’s Head coat of arms. The next step was to duplicate the curve suggested by the bouche, and from the resulting form proceeded an endless variety of similar shapes, the addition of foliated or scroll ornament completing the transition from the practical shield to the ornamental one. An interesting instance of this duplication of form occurs in the shield from a fifteenth century monument in St. Gatien Cathedral (Fig. 25). With the recognition of the purely ornamental character of the shield-form the placing of the spear opening on the naturally correct side, the dexter, ceased to be thought important,[Pg 34] and it was placed indifferently on one side or the other, and when such shields occur in pairs, as in those on the Pirckheimer bookplate by Dürer, the bouche-derived curves are placed symmetrically on opposite sides.
In the decorative designs that were inspired by actual ones, this opening was sometimes clearly shown, like in the shield from Dürer’s coat of arms (Fig. 23) and in the French wood carving (Fig. 24). In other cases, the bottom point of the opening merged into one flowing line, like in the shield of the famous Death’s Head coat of arms. The next step was to replicate the curve suggested by the opening, and from that shape came an endless variety of similar forms, with the addition of leaf-like or scroll decorations completing the shift from a functional shield to a decorative one. A notable example of this form replication is in the shield from a fifteenth-century monument in St. Gatien Cathedral (Fig. 25). Once the purely decorative nature of the shield was recognized, the placement of the spear opening on the naturally correct side, the right side, was no longer seen as important, and it could be placed on either side. When such shields are seen in pairs, like those on the Pirckheimer bookplate by Dürer, the curves derived from the opening are placed symmetrically on opposite sides.



Tournament Shield.
Fifteenth Century.
Dürer’s Arms.
Early Sixteenth Century.
French Wood-carving.
Fifteenth Century.
Foliated decoration applied to the duplicated tournament form is well exemplified in the shield from the plate of the arms of Herr Kress, who was the friend of Dürer, though the plate is not Dürer’s work (Fig. 26).
Foliated decoration seen on the duplicated tournament design is clearly illustrated in the shield from the coat of arms of Herr Kress, who was a friend of Dürer, although the plate is not Dürer’s work (Fig. 26).


Among the work of Dürer’s school the beautiful plates of his pupil Hans Sebald Beham will well repay study for their excellent composition and for their extreme beauty of draughtsmanship and engraving. Beham’s shields were often scrolled at the edge, but not extravagantly so, and he frequently employed plain shields, which, like most others at the time, however plain in outline, were shown more or less concave in some or all directions: a well-known device to obtain relief for the light side of the charges by means of the adjacent shadow that is formed by the concavity of the shield.
Among the works of Dürer’s school, the beautiful plates created by his pupil Hans Sebald Beham are definitely worth studying for their excellent composition and stunning beauty of drawing and engraving. Beham’s shields often had slightly decorative edges, but not overly so, and he frequently used simple shields. These shields, like most others from that time, although plain in shape, were typically shown as more or less curved in some or all directions. This was a well-known technique to create relief for the highlighted areas of the design through the shadows formed by the curvature of the shield.
The shields that accompany the figures of the Virtues and Vices, engraved by Aldegrever in 1552, are most unusual in their curiously shaped edges, and show very emphatically the complete departure from the character of the defence shield (Figs. 27-30).
The shields that go along with the images of the Virtues and Vices, engraved by Aldegrever in 1552, are quite unique in their oddly shaped edges and clearly illustrate a complete departure from the typical design of a defense shield (Figs. 27-30).




Shields by Aldegrever. 1552.
[Pg 35]
[Pg 35]
The Italian form derived from the tournament shield took a longer shape, still retaining the bouche, and often had the base divided into three parts, and many examples of this shape occur on the walls of the Palazzo del Podesta, Florence. The surface was generally kept whole and not fluted, as in the analogous English form. The most characteristic Italian shield, however, was that derived from the angular Roman ones, such as those on Trajan’s column, with the outlines curved into cusps. This is sometimes called the champfrien shape from its resemblance to the face-plate of horse-armour, but the appearance of the form at the time of the revived interest in classic art leaves little doubt of the source from which it was taken. Among others were oval shields, also of classic origin; and the round-topped Norman shape also occurs very frequently. Triangular shields with concave outlines were also used.
The Italian version that came from the tournament shield took on a longer shape, still keeping the bouche, and often had the base split into three parts. Many examples of this design can be found on the walls of the Palazzo del Podesta in Florence. The surface was usually smooth and not fluted, unlike the similar English version. However, the most distinctive Italian shield was derived from the angular Roman ones, like those seen on Trajan’s column, with the edges curved into points. This is sometimes referred to as the champfrien shape because of its resemblance to the face-plate of horse armor, but during the period of renewed interest in classic art, it's clear where this form originated. There were also oval shields, which had classic roots, and the round-topped Norman shape appeared quite often. Triangular shields with concave edges were also in use.
In the use of more or less elaborate decoration the German artists participated. Virgil Solis and Jost Amman among others frequently used the scrolled shield, as Beham also had done. That English heraldry felt all these influences is evident in the examples from St. Alban’s Abbey (Figs. 31 and 32), sculptures whose forms are directly derived from the tournament shield and were carved in the early sixteenth century.
In their use of varying levels of decoration, German artists were involved. Virgil Solis and Jost Amman, among others, often utilized the scrolled shield, just like Beham had. It's clear that English heraldry was influenced by these styles, as shown in the examples from St. Alban’s Abbey (Figs. 31 and 32), sculptures that are directly inspired by the tournament shield and were carved in the early sixteenth century.
The application of foliated ornament occurs in the Garter Plates early in the fifteenth century, in that of Henry, Prince of Wales, afterwards Henry V (Fig. 33), and more completely in the sixteenth century shield, which bears the arms of the Abbey of St. Alban’s (here omitted), Fig. 32.
The use of leaf-like designs appears on the Garter Plates in the early fifteenth century, on those of Henry, Prince of Wales, later known as Henry V (Fig. 33), and is fully showcased in the sixteenth-century shield that displays the arms of the Abbey of St. Alban’s (not shown here), Fig. 32.
In the Elizabethan and Jacobean decoration there[Pg 36] is a reversion to the plain square shield, which usually occurs as a centre for scrolls and strapwork, the corners becoming slightly pointed, a feature which developed into the hideous eared shields of later times, when also the decorated form had become the clumsy “ornamental” shield that was so long endured.
In Elizabethan and Jacobean decoration, there[Pg 36] is a return to the simple square shield, which typically serves as a center for scrolls and strapwork. The corners become slightly pointed, a characteristic that evolved into the unattractive eared shields of later periods, when the decorated style had turned into the awkward “ornamental” shield that lasted for so long.



These various forms point to the useful fact that the shape of a shield is only limited by the invention and judgment of the designer. The only, and unfortunate, exception is the lozenge, on which the arms of ladies are placed in certain cases: an unfortunate shape because in most instances it is extremely difficult, if not impossible, to accommodate its bearings to it in a satisfactory way. Usage says that an unmarried lady must bear her father’s arms, and a widow must bear her father’s and husband’s arms together on a lozenge. This is a point that cannot be ignored, for an isolated lozenge containing but one coat is an heraldic statement that the owner is unmarried: except the statement be modified by the association of other arms, as in the case[Pg 37] of peeresses in their own right. Again the necessity of being clear about the heraldic facts before attempting to depict them is evident. In one instance, at least, the arms of Her late Majesty Queen Victoria were drawn on a lozenge, in spite of the undoubted fact that “the Royal state is masculine.” It is also for this reason that a Crest is borne by the Sovereign even when a lady occupies that exalted position.
These different forms highlight the useful point that the shape of a shield is only limited by the creativity and judgment of the designer. The only unfortunate exception is the lozenge, where the arms of ladies are placed in certain situations: an unfortunate shape because in most cases it is extremely difficult, if not impossible, to fit its bearings satisfactorily. Tradition says that an unmarried woman must use her father’s arms, while a widow must display both her father’s and husband’s arms together on a lozenge. This is an important detail, as a standalone lozenge featuring only one coat of arms indicates that the owner is unmarried, unless this is modified by the inclusion of other arms, as seen in the case of peeresses in their own right. Again, it is clear that understanding the heraldic facts is crucial before attempting to represent them. In at least one instance, the arms of Her late Majesty Queen Victoria were shown on a lozenge, despite the undeniable fact that "the Royal state is masculine." This is also why the Sovereign carries a Crest even when a woman holds that high position.
The immense scope that is afforded by the variety of shield shapes is extremely valuable in adapting heraldry to general design, in fitting a shield to its space, in adapting it to its bearings, and in bringing its lines into proper relation to those of accompanying figures or ornament. It may also help in the expression of a general idea, as in the burnt wood panel on p. 218, where there is a suggestion of rose-leaves in the edges of the shield.
The wide range of shield shapes available is really useful for integrating heraldry into overall design, making a shield fit its space, adjusting it to its orientation, and aligning its lines with those of other figures or decorations. It can also assist in conveying a broader concept, like in the burnt wood panel on p. 218, where the edges of the shield hint at rose leaves.
It is obvious that as the statement which heraldry makes is a very definite one, its accuracy should be the first care, and that this vital consideration is frequently lost sight of is but too evident from the fact that even the King’s Arms are as frequently maltreated as the King’s English.
It’s clear that since heraldry makes a very specific statement, ensuring its accuracy should be a top priority. The fact that this important consideration is often overlooked is evident from how frequently the King’s Arms are misused, just like the King’s English.
It will be needless to specify instances—they are not few—of works of great public as well as artistic interest wherein the arms have no real connexion with the matter they are supposed to illuminate, though doubtless the intention was right, and if it had been accurately carried out would have been appropriate enough. Sometimes the arms that are ascribed to the family of Fitzjames appear on the shield on which the artist thought he was depicting the Royal Arms of England.
It’s unnecessary to provide examples—they are quite a few—of works that are significant both to the public and artistically, where the coats of arms have no real connection to the subject they are meant to represent. Clearly, the intention was correct, and if it had been executed properly, it would have been suitable. Sometimes, the arms attributed to the Fitzjames family appear on the shield where the artist believed he was showing the Royal Arms of England.
[Pg 38]
[Pg 38]
From the Royal Arms of Scotland the distinctive tressure flory counterflory which encloses the lion is left out, and this occurs on the walls of a public library which happens to be the gift of a Scottish philanthropist.
From the Royal Arms of Scotland, the unique flory counterflory tressure that surrounds the lion is omitted, and this appears on the walls of a public library that is a gift from a Scottish philanthropist.
Errors are also due to faulty intention, for if we have to deal with a subject which applies to the whole country it is manifestly wrong to use the lions of England only, to the exclusion of the armorials of the rest of the United Kingdom, and yet this is constantly done.
Errors also happen because of misguided intentions, because if we're discussing a topic that affects the entire country, it's obviously incorrect to only use the lions of England, ignoring the symbols of the rest of the United Kingdom, and yet this is something that happens all the time.
Careful observance of customary rules by no means precludes variety of treatment, however, but, on the contrary, affords ample scope for excellence of design in stating the heraldic facts with perfect accuracy. As already said, it is this symbolic statement that gives heraldry its peculiar value in decoration, for a similar effect of mass and line could doubtless be got in another way, but not the same quality of personal allusion.
Paying close attention to traditional rules doesn’t rule out different styles of presentation; rather, it actually provides plenty of opportunity for high-quality design while accurately representing heraldic information. As mentioned before, it’s this symbolic representation that gives heraldry its unique value in decoration. While a similar impact of shape and line could certainly be achieved another way, it wouldn’t carry the same personal significance.
It will therefore be necessary to ascertain how to distinguish in some way between the unessential, and therefore available, variation which is so valuable to design, and such departure from accurate rendering of the subject as constitutes heraldic mis-statement that may stultify the whole work. In this important respect guidance may be found, as already intimated, in the system of description called Blazon, in which should be expressed all that is essential, and from which everything that is not essential should be omitted.
It’s important to figure out how to tell the difference between variations that aren’t essential but are useful for design and variations that stray too far from accurately representing the subject, which could undermine the entire work. In this regard, as previously mentioned, we can look to a system of description known as Blazon. This system should capture everything essential, while excluding anything that isn't necessary.
[Pg 39]
[Pg 39]
CHAPTER III
Heraldic Rules
With the regular establishment of heraldry the need for a technical method of describing the various bearings at once made itself felt, and the system of Blazon was the result. Like the heraldry which it described it was admirably adapted to its purpose, being simple, perfectly explicit of the character, pose, and position of its subject, without excessive minuteness in detail. In time, however, it not only became more complicated, as was natural, but it at last became a vehicle for the pedantry which, succeeding the artistic feeling of the Middle Ages, expended itself in the making of unnecessary rules. By the time the seventeenth century was reached it seemed to be thought to show the height of heraldic knowledge to insist on every insignificant detail, and so prevent the artist from deviating into anything more excellent than was customary at the moment. Indeed this pedantic affection for exactness in trifles sometimes makes one wonder that in blazoning a maiden’s face it was not thought necessary to mention that it included a nose between two eyes in chief and a mouth in base ppr. As a guide to the degree beyond which freedom of treatment[Pg 40] may not go without destroying the heraldic validity of the subject, blazoning should be assiduously practised, however irksome and pedantic it may appear, until a technical note of any armorials can be written with precision and such a description be translated into a sketch with equal certainty. After studying the system as explained herein, I would recommend as practice the endeavouring to properly describe the armorials in an illustrated work, a Peerage for instance, with subsequent reference to the authentic blazon for confirmation or correction. Conversely a sketch should be made from a blazon, and then compared in a similar way with the illustration. For this purpose Foster’s Peerage and Baronetage, 1881-3, with its beautiful woodcuts after drawings by Dom Anselm and Forbes Nixon, will be of admirable service, and at the same time will familiarize the student with excellent heraldic design. The achievements in that work are represented with great strength and directness, and have much affinity with the spirit of the mediaeval work, and are therefore worthy of careful study. At the same time any tendency to make a style (which may easily become an eccentricity) into an aim rather than an incident should be carefully avoided.
With the regular establishment of heraldry, the need for a technical method to describe the various symbols quickly became clear, leading to the development of the Blazon system. Like the heraldry it described, it was well-suited to its purpose, being straightforward and clearly detailing the character, pose, and position of its subject without excessive elaboration. Over time, however, it not only grew more complex, as was natural, but ultimately became a means for the pedantry that followed the artistic sensibilities of the Middle Ages, focusing on creating unnecessary rules. By the seventeenth century, it seemed that demonstrating heraldic knowledge meant obsessively adhering to every trivial detail, limiting artists from exploring anything better than what was standard at the time. Indeed, this excessive attention to minor details sometimes makes one wonder if it was not considered necessary to stipulate that in depicting a maiden’s face it included a nose between two eyes in chief and a mouth in base ppr. While blazoning may seem tedious and pedantic, it should be diligently practiced to establish a standard for the extent to which creative expression can be applied without undermining the heraldic validity of the subject. After studying the system as outlined here, I would suggest practicing by accurately describing the armorials in an illustrated work, such as a Peerage, and then verifying or correcting those descriptions against the official blazon. Conversely, a sketch should be made from a blazon and then similarly compared with the illustration. For this purpose, Foster’s Peerage and Baronetage, 1881-3, with its beautiful woodcuts after drawings by Dom Anselm and Forbes Nixon, will be exceptionally useful, and at the same time will help the student become familiar with excellent heraldic design. The achievements in that work are represented with great strength and clarity and have a strong connection to the spirit of medieval art, making them worthy of careful study. Simultaneously, any tendency to treat a particular style (which could easily turn into an eccentricity) as a goal rather than a facet should be carefully avoided.
Blazon is not intended to enable two persons to depict a coat exactly alike in petty detail, but rather that each in rendering the subject in his own fashion may be correct in essentials, so that there can be no question of what coat is intended. Similarly, when a Patent of Arms refers to those “in the margin” thereof “more plainly depicted” (i.e. more legibly than in the technically worded blazon), it is not meant that the treatment (it may be bad) or the[Pg 41] exact quality of tincture (it may be discoloured) is to be copied, and this is by no means an unnecessary warning, as experience has shown.
Blazon isn't meant for two people to create an identical coat in every little detail, but rather for each person to represent the subject in their own way while still being correct in the main aspects, so there's no confusion about which coat is being referred to. Likewise, when a Patent of Arms mentions those “in the margin” as “more plainly depicted” (meaning clearer than in the technically worded blazon), it doesn't imply that the style (which could be poor) or the exact color quality (which could be faded) should be copied. This is definitely an important caution, as experience has proven.
In naming the parts of the field or general surface, it must be remembered that the shield of arms is regarded as being held in position in front of its bearer: the side towards the right shoulder being called the dexter, and that towards the left the sinister. Of these the former is “more worthy” than the latter; that is to say, a charge that is not centrally placed would be to the dexter rather than to the sinister side of the shield; this, it may be remembered, being the reverse of the manner of wearing medals and orders on the breast. The upper part of the shield is the chief and the lower part the base, the former naturally taking precedence over the latter. This is important in relation to the blazon of parti-coloured fields.
In naming the parts of the field or general surface, it should be noted that the shield of arms is seen as being held in front of its bearer: the side towards the right shoulder is called the dexter, and the side towards the left is called the sinister. The former is considered “more worthy” than the latter; in other words, a charge that is not centrally placed would be on the dexter side rather than the sinister side of the shield. This is the opposite of how medals and orders are worn on the chest. The upper part of the shield is the chief and the lower part is the base, with the former naturally taking precedence over the latter. This distinction is important when it comes to the blazon of parti-coloured fields.

In order to facilitate the accurate placing of objects in their intended positions on the field its various parts were thus named (Fig. 34):—
In order to help accurately position objects in their intended spots on the field, its various parts were named accordingly (Fig. 34):—
A. Dexter
A. Dexter
B. Middle
B. Center
C. Sinister
C. Sinister
D. The honour point, probably so named from its relative position to that of the heart in the human body.
D. The honor point, likely named for its position relative to the heart in the human body.
E. The fess point, named after the ordinary which passes through it horizontally, as hereafter described.
E. The fess point, named after the horizontal line that goes through it, as described later.
F. The nombril or navel point, another fanciful allusion to the human body.
F. The navel, or belly button, another imaginative reference to the human body.
G. Dexter
G. Dexter
H. Middle
H. Middle
I. Sinister
I. Sinister
[Pg 42]
[Pg 42]
Most of these terms have now become obsolete, but it is still necessary to know them with regard to their application in old blazon.
Most of these terms are now outdated, but it's still important to understand them in relation to their use in old blazon.
In modern blazon when it is necessary to specify the part of the field that is occupied, the terms in chief, or in base, in dexter chief, in sinister chief, in dexter base, or in sinister base, or, if in the sides of the shield, the dexter or sinister side simply, as the case may be. It will be rarely necessary, however, to use any other than the first two of these phrases, for the position of charges is in most instances understood from other circumstances.
In modern heraldry, when it's necessary to specify the area of the shield that is occupied, we use the terms in chief, or in base, in dexter chief, in sinister chief, in dexter base, or in sinister base. If the charges are on the sides of the shield, we refer to the dexter or sinister side as needed. However, it’s usually only necessary to use the first two phrases, as the position of the charges is often clear from other details.
Every blazon begins by describing the field, its divisions (if any) and colour. The partition lines by which it may be divided are named like the ordinaries, and may therefore be most usefully considered in connexion with them (see p. 47).
Every coat of arms starts by describing the background, its divisions (if there are any) and color. The lines that divide it are named like the basic patterns, so it's helpful to think of them in relation to those (see p. 47).
Heraldic tinctures, as they are all called, consist of metals, colours and furs. The metals and their technical names are: Or = gold, and Argent = silver. In painting, yellow is equivalent to gold and may be substituted for it; as white may be, and generally is, substituted for silver. It may be noted, however, that when an animal is naturally yellow, and is blazoned proper (ppr.) it must be painted yellow and not gold.
Heraldic tinctures, as they are commonly known, include metals, colors, and furs. The metals and their official names are: Or = gold, and Argent = silver. In art, yellow represents gold and can be used in its place; similarly, white can be used instead of silver. However, it's important to note that when an animal is naturally yellow and is described as proper (ppr.), it must be painted yellow and not gold.
The colours are: Gules, signifying red; Azure for blue; Vert for green; Purpure, purple; and Sable, black. Though the terms are more immediately derived from Norman-French, the early language of chivalry, some of them at least are believed to have been derived from Eastern, probably Persian, sources. In practice they are considered to be completely anglicized and are pronounced[Pg 43] accordingly. This also applies to most heraldic terms, but not to all, the practice in this respect being somewhat arbitrary.
The colors are: Gules, meaning red; Azure for blue; Vert for green; Purpure for purple; and Sable for black. While these terms come from Norman-French, the early language of chivalry, some are thought to have Eastern, likely Persian, origins. In practice, they are fully anglicized and are pronounced accordingly. This also applies to most heraldic terms, but not all, as the practice in this area is somewhat arbitrary.[Pg 43]
Tinctures are sometimes indicated by means of lines and other marks, a system which arose in the beginning of the seventeenth century, and was derived from the line tints which had long been used in engraving to distinguish contiguous spaces from each other, and used in this way they were valuable and unobjectionable because they were under control. When, however, a colour meaning was given to the lines the designer was no longer able to restrict their employment to where they were artistically useful, but must use them throughout or not at all. And the latter is, on the whole, the more satisfactory way. On flat spaces, if the lines are sufficiently pronounced to be legible, they may lead the eye in a direction that is not helpful to the composition, and on modelled charges or crests they have a flattening and confusing effect that is very disagreeable. In some instances the tincture lines have been used only in small patches, such as in shadows, and this is least objectionable, but is only possible in very simple cases. The signs of the tinctures are as follows:—
Tinctures are sometimes indicated using lines and other marks, a system that developed in the early seventeenth century, derived from the line tints that had long been used in engraving to differentiate adjacent areas. When used this way, they were effective and acceptable because they were controlled. However, once color meanings were assigned to the lines, the designer could no longer limit their use to artistically beneficial areas; they had to apply them everywhere or not at all. Generally, the latter choice is more satisfying. On flat surfaces, if the lines are bold enough to be seen clearly, they may guide the eye in a direction that detracts from the composition, and on modeled charges or crests, they create a flattening and confusing effect that is quite unappealing. In some cases, tincture lines have been applied only in small patches, like in shadows, which is the least objectionable approach but can only be done in very simple situations. The signs of the tinctures are as follows:—
Argent is shown by a plain surface.
Argent is represented by a plain surface.
Or is signified by spots and sometimes by slight pecks which produce the appearance of a grain.
Or is indicated by spots and sometimes by slight marks that create the look of a grain.
Gules by perpendicular lines.
Red by vertical lines.
Azure by horizontal lines.
Azure with horizontal lines.
Vert by oblique lines drawn downwards from dexter to sinister.
Vert by oblique lines drawn downwards from right to left.
Purpure by oblique lines from sinister to dexter, and
Purpure with diagonal lines from left to right, and
[Pg 44]
[Pg 44]
Sable by horizontal and perpendicular lines hatched across each other (Fig. 35).
Sable with horizontal and vertical lines crossed over each other (Fig. 35).

Fig. 35.—The Tinctures.
Fig. 35.—The Colors.

The tinctures are usually contracted into arg., gu., az., vt., purp., and sa. for convenience.
The tinctures are usually abbreviated to arg., gu., az., vt., purp., and sa. for convenience.
It will probably be found that errors of memory are most likely to occur from confusing the direction of the lines which signify blue and red respectively; this may be avoided to some extent by connecting the letters H.B., which distinguish what is perhaps the most used grade of lead-pencil, with the fact to be remembered: Horizontal = Blue. Also the fact that objects on the horizon are blue may assist the memory.
Errors in memory are most likely to happen when people mix up the directions of the lines representing blue and red. You can avoid this somewhat by linking the letters H.B., which identify what is probably the most commonly used grade of pencil, to the fact you need to remember: Horizontal = Blue. Additionally, the fact that things on the horizon are blue might help jog your memory.
The furs are as follows: Ermine, it is hardly necessary to say, is white with black spots (Fig. 36). Ermines is black with white spots, and is probably a purely heraldic inversion of ermine. Erminois is ermine with a gold ground instead of white, and Pean, which is inverted erminois, has a black ground spotted with gold. The actual ermine being composed of many small skins sewn together, the black-tipped tails formed a regular powdering of spots. These, however, have from the earliest[Pg 45] heraldic times been represented by conventional forms of immense variety, which usually consist of a divided central portion with the addition of three spots above, the latter being sometimes embellished with diverging lines. The conventional version of ermine was even used in costume, being painted on the material which was used by those to whom the wearing of real ermine was forbidden by sumptuary law. It will be observed that the body of the spot has become turned upside down in its transition from the form of the natural tail.
The furs are as follows: Ermine, as you might guess, is white with black spots (Fig. 36). Ermines is black with white spots, and it's likely just a heraldic flip of ermine. Erminois is ermine with a gold background instead of white, and Pean, which is the opposite of erminois, has a black background with gold spots. The actual ermine is made up of many small skins stitched together, and the black-tipped tails created a nice scattering of spots. However, since early heraldic times, these have been shown in a wide variety of conventional forms, which usually include a split center with three spots above, sometimes decorated with lines that fan out. The conventional version of ermine was even used in clothing, painted on the fabric used by people who were banned from wearing real ermine due to sumptuary laws. You'll notice that the spot's body has flipped upside down from its natural tail form.



By a similar combination of small skins, in this case grey and white, Vair was formed (Fig. 37), and this fur also acquired a generally conventionalized shape, which became, in its late variety, somewhat like a series of the hideous eared shields of the eighteenth century. Vair is understood to be argent and azure in alternate spaces, the blue representing the grey part of the natural fur, and it is only when other tinctures are employed that they need to be mentioned in the blazon. In the latter case the term changes to vairy, or vairé, of such and such tinctures. One of the older forms of vair was made with undulating lines alternating with straight ones[Pg 46] (Fig. 38), and is obviously better than the modern form. Another early variety carried the curved lines up to the straight ones, and was drawn somewhat as though the angles of the modern vair were rounded into curves, the result being a pleasant form that is shown in Fig. 39. Vair may be of three tinctures or even more, and instances are mentioned, by Gerard Leigh for example, but such cases are very rare.
By combining small pieces of grey and white fur, Vair was created (Fig. 37), and this fur also took on a generally stylized shape, which eventually resembled a series of the unattractive eared shields from the eighteenth century. Vair is defined as having alternating silver and blue areas, with the blue reflecting the grey part of the natural fur; it's only when other colors are used that they need to be specified in the description. In that case, the term used changes to vairy, or vairé, with those specific colors. One of the older styles of vair featured wavy lines alternating with straight ones[Pg 46] (Fig. 38), which is clearly superior to the modern version. Another early variation had the curved lines extending to the straight ones, appearing as if the angles of the modern vair were smoothed into curves, resulting in a pleasing design shown in Fig. 39. Vair can consist of three colors or even more, with rare examples cited by Gerard Leigh, for instance, but such cases are very uncommon.
Potent is a fur similarly built up whose skins are in the shape of crutch-heads, and it is subject to the same colour conditions as vair (Fig. 40).
Potent is a fur that is similarly constructed, with skins shaped like crutch heads, and it follows the same color rules as vair (Fig. 40).



Counter-vair and Counter-potent have pieces of the same colour opposed to each other, as in the example of counter-vair (Fig. 41), and it will be noticed that these variations of the simpler furs are inferior to them in that they lose the completeness of the counter-change. In both vair and potent the colour pieces are more frequently than not placed point upwards in relation to the metal ones, but there is no definite rule about this. An ancient form of vair which somewhat resembles potent is Fig. 42.
Counter-vair and Counter-potent have pieces of the same color facing each other, like in the example of counter-vair (Fig. 41). It's worth noting that these variations of the simpler furs are not as complete because they lose the total effect of the counter-change. In both vair and potent, the colored pieces are usually positioned point up towards the metal ones, but there’s no strict rule about this. An older version of vair that somewhat looks like potent is Fig. 42.








Having described the tinctures it will now be convenient to return to divisions of the field, the simplest possible[Pg 47] variation from a plain shield. A surface is party per pale (Fig. 43) when it is divided by a perpendicular line into two halves, party per fess (Fig. 44) when the line which equally divides the shield is a horizontal one, party per bend (Fig. 45) when it goes diagonally downwards from dexter to sinister, and party per bend-sinister when the diagonal is reversed. The word party, however, has now fallen into disuse, and the terms per fess, per pale and so forth are considered sufficient. Per chevron, per saltire and quarterly are as represented (Figs. 46, 47, 48). Gyronny (Fig. 49) is a combination of the two last named, and the number of its pieces being normally eight, any variation from that number must be expressly mentioned. Barry (Fig. 50) is composed of repeated horizontal lines, which[Pg 48] are odd in number, so that the spaces begin and end with different tinctures. Paly (Fig. 51) and Bendy (Fig. 52) are similarly composed of perpendicular and oblique lines respectively. Chequey (Fig. 53) is, of course, made into squares by perpendicular and horizontal lines, and Lozengy (Fig. 54) similarly results from crossing oblique ones. Varieties of the latter form arise from a combination of perpendicular with oblique lines, called paly bendy, and of horizontal with oblique, which is called barry bendy. Both are of rare occurrence and perhaps resulted from bad drawing of lozengy.
Having described the colors, it's now helpful to return to the divisions of the field, the simplest variation from a plain shield. A surface is party per pale (Fig. 43) when it is divided by a vertical line into two halves, party per fess (Fig. 44) when the line that splits the shield horizontally is even, party per bend (Fig. 45) when it goes diagonally downwards from right to left, and party per bend-sinister when the diagonal is reversed. The term party, however, has fallen out of use, and the terms per fess, per pale, and others are considered sufficient. Per chevron, per saltire, and quarterly are shown (Figs. 46, 47, 48). Gyronny (Fig. 49) combines the last two mentioned, and it usually has eight sections; any variation from that number must be specified. Barry (Fig. 50) consists of alternating horizontal lines, which[Pg 48] number an odd count so that the top and bottom spaces are different colors. Paly (Fig. 51) and Bendy (Fig. 52) are made up of vertical and diagonal lines, respectively. Chequey (Fig. 53) is created with squares formed by vertical and horizontal lines, while Lozengy (Fig. 54) comes from crossing diagonal lines. Variations of the latter can come from combining vertical and diagonal lines, referred to as paly bendy, and from combining horizontal and diagonal lines, known as barry bendy. Both are rare and may have resulted from poor drawing of lozengy.




The field being the first part of a coat of arms to be described, the character of its division, if any, precedes the mention of its colour. For example: per pale Or and Gules. Here it may be noted that a field may be party of two metals or of two colours, for the general rule against colour being placed upon colour or metal on metal does not apply in these cases, the spaces being but divisions of one plane and not parts that are superposed one on the other. Nor does it apply to objects that are charged on a party field, for in that case it is inevitable that the tincture of the charge must interfere with one or other of the tinctures of the field.[Pg 49] Nevertheless, when confusion would be very pronounced counter-change is resorted to, as for example (Fig. 55): per pale arg. and az. three roses counter-changed.
The field is the first part of a coat of arms that gets described, and any divisions it has come before mentioning its color. For example: per pale Or and Gules. It’s important to note that a field can be made up of two metals or two colors, as the general rule against putting color on color or metal on metal doesn't apply here. This is because the divisions are just sections of one plane, not layers stacked on top of each other. The rule also doesn't apply to objects placed on a party field, as the color of the object must interact with one of the colors of the field. [Pg 49] However, if confusion would be significant, we use counter-change, like in this example (Fig. 55): per pale arg. and az. three roses counter-changed.

In blazoning party fields the tinctures count from the dexter side when the divisions are perpendicular, and from the chief when they are horizontal. In cases of diagonal division it must be remembered that the chief has precedence over the dexter side, and therefore in a field “per bend or and gules,” for instance, the space above the diagonal counts first and is therefore or. If this point is kept in mind, the difficulties that are frequently experienced in such blazon disappear. Thus in per saltire the divisions count from the uppermost space, and in gyronny, this space being again divided by the perpendicular line, the alternation begins with that part of the chief which is nearest the dexter, or in other words, the first quarter of the shield is per bend. In bendy the space next above the middle diagonal may be taken for the first tincture as the key to the alternation.
In heraldry, the colors are counted from the right side when the divisions are vertical and from the top when they're horizontal. For diagonal divisions, it’s important to remember that the top takes priority over the right side. So, in a field described as “per bend or and gules,” the area above the diagonal is counted first, making it gold (or). Keeping this in mind, the confusion often faced in such heraldic descriptions goes away. For example, in per saltire, the divisions start from the highest space, and in gyronny, since this space is again divided by a vertical line, the alternation begins with the part of the top that’s closest to the right, meaning the first section of the shield is per bend. In bendy, the section just above the middle diagonal can be considered the first color as a guide for the alternation.
Barry, Paly and Bendy are each understood to be composed of six pieces unless it is otherwise mentioned.
Barry, Paly, and Bendy are each thought to be made up of six pieces unless stated otherwise.
When chequey is applied to ordinaries, at least three rows or tracks are considered essential; so that when there is but one row it is called Gobony or Compony, and is Counter-compony when there are two. The two latter varieties occur most frequently in bordures.
When checkered patterns are applied to ordinary shapes, at least three rows or tracks are considered necessary; so that when there's only one row, it's called Gobony or Compony, and it's called Counter-compony when there are two. The last two types are most commonly found in borders.
The objects that are borne on the shield are divided into[Pg 50] two main groups that are respectively called Ordinaries and Charges.
The items displayed on the shield are categorized into[Pg 50] two primary groups known as Ordinaries and Charges.
Ordinaries comprise those simple flat figures which are in most cases formed by divisions of the shield and generally extend to its edges. They are the Fess, the Bend, the Chief, the Pale, the Chevron, the Cross and the Saltire. Some of these have diminutives, similar figures drawn distinctly smaller and having separate names, and these will be found under their principals. Other forms, sometimes called sub-ordinaries are the Pile, Quarter, Canton, Gyron, Bordure, Orle, Tressure and Flanches.
Ordinaries are the basic flat shapes that are usually created by dividing the shield and typically go to its edges. They include the Fess, the Bend, the Chief, the Pale, the Chevron, the Cross, and the Saltire. Some of these have smaller versions, which are similar shapes drawn distinctly smaller and given different names, and you can find these mentioned alongside their main forms. Other shapes, sometimes referred to as sub-ordinaries, include the Pile, Quarter, Canton, Gyron, Bordure, Orle, Tressure, and Flanches.
Other objects, animals, flowers, trees, anything depictable, animate or inanimate, may be borne as Charges on the field, on ordinaries, or on each other.
Other objects, animals, flowers, trees—anything that can be represented, whether living or non-living—can be used as Charges on the field, on ordinaries, or on top of each other.
The Fess (Fig. 56) is drawn horizontally across the shield and occupies the middle of it from side to side, and the blazon might be, for example, Or, a fess gules, i.e. a red fess on a golden shield. Where more than one occurs in the same coat they are necessarily smaller and are called Bars, e.g. Argent three bars sable.
The Fess (Fig. 56) is displayed horizontally across the shield, filling the middle from side to side, and it might be described as, for example, Or, a fess gules, meaning a red fess on a gold shield. When there are multiple fesses in the same coat, they are smaller and referred to as Bars, for instance, Argent three bars sable.
When bars are distinctly arranged in pairs each pair is called a Bar-gemelle, thus Az. three bars-gemelles Or, means three pairs of bars.
When bars are clearly arranged in pairs, each pair is called a Bar-gemelle. So, Az. three bars-gemelles Or means three pairs of bars.
The proportion of the ordinaries to their fields varies very considerably, and this for many reasons. When the ordinary is alone, when it is between charges or where it is itself charged, the proportion will change with the conditions. The character of such charges and therefore their weight in the composition must also be taken into account, for the adequate display of all the constituents of the coat is the object in view.
The ratio of the ordinaries to their fields varies quite a bit for various reasons. When the ordinary stands alone, when it’s between charges, or when it’s charged itself, the ratio will shift based on the circumstances. The nature of these charges and their significance in the overall design must also be considered, as the goal is to appropriately showcase all the elements of the coat.
[Pg 51]
[Pg 51]
As an approximate proportion the width of an ordinary may be taken as somewhat less than one-third of the field when neither, or both, are charged; as a full third when itself charged and on a plain field; and as rather more than one-fifth when the field only is charged.
As an approximate proportion, the width of an ordinary can be considered as slightly less than one-third of the field when neither or both are charged; as exactly one-third when it is charged and placed on a plain field; and as a bit more than one-fifth when only the field is charged.
By similar niceties of design the sense of lightness or weight may be conveyed, so that for decorative purposes the shield may be brought into due relation with the character of surrounding ornament. Colour also will affect the apparent proportion, a dark object on a light ground appearing smaller than it really is, and vice versa, and this requires careful attention in the counter-change which occur in heraldry as in other forms of design.
By similar design details, the feeling of lightness or heaviness can be conveyed, allowing the shield to complement the surrounding decoration effectively. Color also influences the perceived size; a dark object on a light background appears smaller than it actually is, and vice versa. This requires careful consideration in the contrasts that occur in heraldry, as with other types of design.




The Bend is drawn from the dexter chief to the sinister base (Fig. 57), and is sometimes accompanied by a smaller bend on either side, when it is said to be cotised and must so be distinctly described, as arg. a bend cotised sa.; if, however, the cotises were of another tincture to the bend the blazon would be, for instance, arg. a bend sa. cotised gu., that is, a black bend between two smaller red ones on a white shield. The word cotise is also used for other diminutives that accompany their ordinaries on either side, and there are instances of shields being said to be cotised by[Pg 52] their supporters. Where two or more bends of equal width occur they are called bendlets, and when they are raised above their normal position as in the Arms of Byron and of Birmingham they are said to be enhanced.
The bend stretches from the upper right to the lower left (Fig. 57) and is sometimes accompanied by a smaller bend on either side. In this case, it’s referred to as cotised and should be specifically described, such as arg. a bend cotised sa.; however, if the cotises are a different color from the bend, the description would be, for example, arg. a bend sa. cotised gu., meaning a black bend between two smaller red ones on a white shield. The term cotise is also used for other smaller elements that sit alongside their main shapes, and there are cases where shields are described as being cotised by[Pg 52] their supporters. When two or more bends of equal width appear, they are called bendlets, and when they are positioned higher than usual, as seen in the Arms of Byron and Birmingham, they are described as enhanced.
The Bend-sinister is a bend reversed; that is to say, descending from the sinister chief to the opposite base; indeed, it sometimes occurs in wood-carving merely by reason of the carver having inadvertently turned his tracing over. The bend-sinister is sometimes used as a mark of illegitimacy. One of its diminutives, the Baton (a small bend-sinister, whose ends stop considerably short of the edges of the shield), is especially used with this intention. A bend-sinister is not necessarily a mark of illegitimacy. The old heralds indeed do not seem to have marked a coat in this way in order to hold up its bearer to obloquy, but simply employed the ordinary as a difference.
The bend-sinister is a reversed bend; that is, it goes from the left top corner to the opposite bottom corner. It can sometimes appear in wood-carving simply because the carver accidentally flipped their design. A bend-sinister is sometimes used as a symbol of illegitimacy. One of its smaller versions, the Baton (a small bend-sinister that doesn’t reach the edges of the shield), is especially used for this purpose. However, a bend-sinister doesn't always indicate illegitimacy. The old heralds didn't seem to use it to shame the bearer but rather used it as a standard way to differentiate.
A diminutive of the bend called a Ribbon occurs in the Arms of Abernethy—Or a lion rampant gules, debruised, i.e. passed over by a ribbon sable.
A smaller version of the bend called a Ribbon appears in the Arms of Abernethy—Or a red lion standing on one hind leg, covered by a black ribbon.
The Chief occupies the top of the shield from side to side and has no diminutive (Fig. 58).
The Chief spans the entire top of the shield from one side to the other and is not small (Fig. 58).
The Pale is drawn perpendicularly down the centre of the coat (Fig. 59), and when one of a number is called a Pallet, which again is sometimes called an Endorse when it accompanies the pale as the cotise does the bend.
The Pale is drawn straight down the center of the coat (Fig. 59), and when one from a set is referred to as a Pallet, it is also sometimes called an Endorse when it appears alongside the pale, just like the cotise does with the bend.
The Chevron (Fig. 60), usually drawn as a right angle, may be varied to a very large extent as conditions of space require; it becomes unpleasant, however, when more obtuse than a right angle. In later French and Italian heraldry it is frequently drawn remarkably acute,[Pg 53] its point often extending to the top of the shield, and this form is usually found associated with very small and weakly drawn charges. When more chevrons than one are used together they are called Chevronels.
The Chevron (Fig. 60), typically depicted with a right angle, can be adjusted significantly based on the space available; however, it becomes unappealing if it’s more obtuse than a right angle. In later French and Italian heraldry, it’s often drawn quite pointed, with its tip frequently reaching the top of the shield. This style is usually seen with very small and delicately drawn symbols. When multiple chevrons are used together, they are referred to as Chevronels.[Pg 53]



The Cross (Fig. 61) and its diagonal variety the Saltire (Fig. 62) are sometimes voided, as in Fig. 63, so that the field shows through, and may also be interlaced, as arg. a cross voided and interlaced sa (Fig. 64). Parted and fretty is an equivalent term. Its proportion, even in shields of which it was the only bearing, was much narrower in mediaeval times than later.
The Cross (Fig. 61) and its diagonal version, the Saltire (Fig. 62), are sometimes voided, as shown in Fig. 63, allowing the background to show through. They can also be interlaced, as in arg. a cross voided and interlaced sa (Fig. 64). The term parted and fretty is a similar expression. Its proportions, even in shields where it was the only design, were much narrower in medieval times than they are now.


The great variety of its form as a charge is referred to under that head, and some of its less usual forms as an ordinary are: Fig. 65, a cross quarter pierced; Fig. 66, a[Pg 54] cross quadrate; Fig. 67, a cross nowy; and Fig. 68, a cross couped.
The wide range of its forms as a charge is discussed under that section, and some of its more uncommon forms as an ordinary are: Fig. 65, a pierced cross quarter; Fig. 66, a[Pg 54] quadrate cross; Fig. 67, a snowy cross; and Fig. 68, a couped cross.




The Pile is represented in Fig. 69. When more than one occur they point towards the base, unless their position is otherwise specified, and their points may either be in a line perpendicular to their widest part or they may converge towards the centre; in the latter position they are blazoned “piles in point.” Sometimes three piles are alternated so that there are “two in chief and one in base,” the latter, of course, being point upwards between the other two.
The Pile is shown in Fig. 69. When there’s more than one, they point toward the base, unless stated otherwise, and their tips can either align perpendicularly to their widest part or converge toward the center; when they do the latter, they are called “piles in point.” Sometimes three piles are arranged so that there are “two in chief and one in base,” with the one in base pointing upward between the other two.

With the important exception of the chief all the foregoing ordinaries, as bearings occupying the principal parts of the shield, are mentioned in blazon immediately after the field and before the charges, if any, as: Argent a bend between two fleurs-de-lis Gules, for example. The chief, on the other hand, is not blazoned until after the rest of the shield has been fully described.
With the important exception of the chief, all the previous ordinaries, which are symbols located in the main areas of the shield, are described in the blazon right after the field and before any charges, if there are any, such as: Argent a bend between two fleurs-de-lis Gules, for example. The chief, however, is not described until after the rest of the shield has been fully explained.
Ordinaries may themselves be charged, and in that case the sequence in the blazon is: (1) the field; (2) the objects[Pg 55] immediately on it; and lastly, the charges with which the latter are charged. For example: Az. on a chevron between three roses Or, as many fleurs-de-lis of the field. It will be noticed that the fact that the ordinary is charged is mentioned early in the blazon, though the description of the charges is left till later in accordance with the sequence already stated. Also that the chevron and roses being of the same tinctures the word Or only follows the last of the objects to which it refers. Another point that is here exemplified is the avoidance of tautology by the use of the words “as many” instead of the repetition of the number three, and again in describing the fleurs-de-lis by tincturing them “of the field” instead of repeating az. This extreme objection to tautology is very characteristic of heraldic language, and where it is impossible to otherwise avoid repeating a tincture the ordinary word will be used in place of the technical one, as Gold in place of Or.
Ordinaries can be charged themselves, and in that case, the order in the blazon is: (1) the field; (2) the objects[Pg 55] directly on it; and lastly, the charges that the latter carries. For example: Az. on a chevron between three roses Or, as many fleurs-de-lis of the field. You'll notice that the fact that the ordinary is charged is mentioned early in the blazon, even though the description of the charges comes later in line with the stated sequence. Also, since the chevron and roses have the same tinctures, the word Or only appears after the last object it refers to. Another point illustrated here is the avoidance of redundancy by using the phrase “as many” instead of repeating the number three, and similarly in describing the fleurs-de-lis by stating they are “of the field” instead of repeating az. This strong aversion to redundancy is very typical of heraldic language, and when it's impossible to avoid repeating a tincture, the ordinary word will be used in place of the technical term, such as Gold instead of Or.

Having proceeded so far with the subject of blazon, two very convenient
methods of noting heraldic facts may now be described. That which is
called a “trick” is a slight sketch, in which simplification is carried
to the ultimate extent by indicating with numbers the charges which
are repeated. As an instance, the coat blazoned above would appear in
trick thus (Fig. 70). In the other method, which is a sort of heraldic
shorthand, the blazon would be written: Az. on a bet 3
Or 3
Az., the niceties of ordinary blazon in avoiding
repetition being ignored.
Having covered the topic of blazon, we can now describe two very useful ways to note heraldic facts. The first method, called a “trick,” is a simple sketch that simplifies the design by using numbers to indicate recurring charges. For example, the coat described above would be shown in a trick like this (Fig. 70). The second method is a type of heraldic shorthand, which would be written as: Az. on a bet 3
or 3
Az., with the standard blazon details avoiding repetition.
[Pg 56]
[Pg 56]
Various Lines.—The lines with which simple objects are drawn and fields divided are, normally, plain ones; but various others are also employed, and constitute important differences between one coat and another. Those in ordinary use are as follows (Fig. 71):—
Different Lines.—The lines used to draw simple objects and divide fields are typically straightforward; however, other types are also used and show significant differences between different styles. The commonly used ones are as follows (Fig. 71):—











Engrailed may be drawn with cusps of any suitable size or quality of curvature. Its points must turn outwards from an ordinary, and when used as a party line they point to the dexter in per pale and upwards in per fess and per chevron.
Engrailed can be drawn with cusps of any appropriate size or curve. Its points should face outward from a standard, and when used as a party line, they point to the right in a per pale arrangement and upwards in per fess and per chevron.
All lines other than plain ones must be mentioned in the blazon in immediate connexion with the objects to which[Pg 57] they refer and before the tincture, as, Gules a bordure engrailed Or. As the only party line that appears to face in one direction, engrailed follows the general heraldic feeling in turning its point to the dexter or to the chief unless there is special reason to the contrary.
All lines other than straight ones must be referenced in the blazon right next to the objects they describe and before the color, like this: Red with a wavy gold border. Since the only line that seems to always face one direction is wavy, it generally aligns with the classic heraldic style by pointing towards the right or up unless there's a specific reason not to.
Invected is engrailed reversed, so that the points turn inward. Its use is comparatively rare and the effect is not very pleasing.
Invected is engrailed reversed, so that the points turn inward. Its use is relatively uncommon, and the effect is not very pleasing.
In wavy any form of regular undulation may be employed so long as there is no possibility of confusion with nebulée.
In any wavy form, regular undulation can be used as long as there's no chance of confusing it with nebulæ.
Nebulée is usually drawn in some modification of the two forms given above, but there is an old and interesting treatment in which a nearer, though still conventional, suggestion of clouds covers the ordinary, as in Fig. 72. This is a bordure nebuly equally with that drawn in the ordinary way.
Nebulée is typically depicted with some variation of the two forms mentioned above, but there's an intriguing historical approach where a closer, yet still stylized, representation of clouds overlays the ordinary one, as seen in Fig. 72. This is a bordure nebuly just like the standard one.

Indented is composed of small serrations, while Dancettée usually consists of not more than three chevrons which, in the case of a fess, for instance, may be complete, or the series may begin and end with a half chevron as in the example. In early instances the angles are very acute, and in the case of party lines extend well across the field. In such a case the line should begin on one side of the shield and finish on the other in order to equalize the direction of the points.
Indented has small notches, while Dancettée typically has no more than three chevrons which, for example, in the case of a fess, can be complete, or the series may start and end with a half chevron as shown in the example. In earlier examples, the angles are quite sharp, and in the case of party lines, they extend well across the area. In such cases, the line should start on one side of the shield and finish on the other to maintain the balance of the points' direction.
Embattled, when applied to fesses and chevrons, is confined to the upper line unless the ordinary is blazoned “embattled counter embattled,” in which case both lines[Pg 58] are similarly treated. When applied to a chevron the sides of the crenellations are usually kept vertical, as though in the wall of a sloping way, rather than at right angles to the ordinary, though the latter form also occurs.
Embattled, when used for fesses and chevrons, is limited to the top line unless the shape is described as “embattled counter embattled,” in which case both lines[Pg 58] are treated the same. When it is used for a chevron, the sides of the crenellations are usually kept vertical, resembling a sloping wall, rather than perpendicular to the shape, although the latter form can also be seen.
Raguly, especially when applied to a fess or a pale, is suggestive of stumps of branches that have been lopped from the parent stem, and this probably indicates its origin. Thus the projections on both sides of the ordinary slope the same way, and, in many examples, they alternate. In the case of a cross they point along the limbs outwards from the centre.
Raguly, especially when used on a fess or a pale, resembles the stumps of branches that have been cut from the main trunk, which likely hints at its origin. The projections on either side of the ordinary lean in the same direction, and in many instances, they alternate. For a cross, they point along the limbs outward from the center.
Many of the heraldic lines are of very ancient usage, and the popular idea that they are signs of modernity is quite an erroneous one, some of them occurring as early as the reign of Edward I.
Many of the heraldic lines have been in use for a very long time, and the common belief that they are signs of modernity is completely mistaken, with some appearing as early as the reign of Edward I.
A line is Rompu when it is interrupted as in Fig. 62, and an instance of this occurs in the Arms of Allen, which is per bend rompu.
A line is broken when it’s interrupted as shown in Fig. 62, and one example of this happens in the Arms of Allen, which is per bend broken.
Sub-ordinaries.—The Canton, Gyron, Inescutcheon, Orle, Tressure, Bordure and Flanches are classed as Sub-ordinaries. The fusil or lozenge (q.v.) and some others are also sometimes included in this division, but classification of this kind is of little practical importance.
Subordinates.—The Canton, Gyron, Inescutcheon, Orle, Tressure, Bordure, and Flanches are categorized as Sub-ordinaries. The fusil or lozenge (q.v.) and a few others are also occasionally included in this group, but this type of classification isn’t very important in practice.
The Canton (Fig. 73) is frequently a means of displaying an augmentation, a special distinction added to a previously existing coat, as in the arms of the family of Lane and others. It is drawn of any convenient size short of being possibly confused with the Quarter, the latter occupying the proportion of the shield that its name implies. The fact that even in modern coats the canton partially covers, if necessary, a charge near[Pg 59] the same part of the shield suggests that it was in its origin an added mark of honour; and also because like the chief, it is mentioned in the blazon only after the main part of the shield has been described.
The canton (Fig. 73) is often used to display an addition, a special distinction added to an existing coat, like in the arms of the family of Lane and others. It can be drawn in any size that doesn't risk being confused with the quarter, which takes up the portion of the shield that its name indicates. The fact that even in modern coats, the canton can cover a charge near[Pg 59] the same part of the shield suggests that it originally served as an additional mark of honor; and also because, like the chief, it is mentioned in the blazon only after the main part of the shield has been described.
The Orle (Fig. 69) becomes a Tressure (Fig. 70) by the addition of fleurs-de-lis, and when doubled and decorated with alternating fleurs-de-lis on both sides the beautiful “double tressure flory counterflory” of the Royal arms of Scotland is formed.
The Orle (Fig. 69) turns into a Tressure (Fig. 70) by adding fleurs-de-lis, and when it's doubled and adorned with alternating fleurs-de-lis on both sides, it creates the stunning “double tressure flory counterflory” of the Royal arms of Scotland.




Other ordinaries may also be made flory in a similar way, and a partition line may be flory counterflory, so that each division of the field interpenetrates the other in a very beautiful counter-change.
Other ordinaries can also be designed in a similar way, and a partition line can be flory counterflory, allowing each division of the field to beautifully interweave with the other in a striking counter-change.
The Bordure (Fig. 71) was extensively used in the Middle Ages as an addition to the arms of a family by which to distinguish its individual members from each other, as it still is in Scotland, and in its application to historic personages is a subject of great interest; for example, the shield of John of Eltham bore the arms of his father, Edward II, the lions of England, differenced with a bordure charged with fleurs-de-lis, in allusion to his mother, Isabella of France. The shield (Fig. 77)[Pg 60] appears on the tomb of his nephew, Prince Edmund, at Kings Langley, but a much finer example is that from Prince John’s own monument in Westminster Abbey, at p. 77. This part of the subject will well repay pursuit, though space forbids its further consideration here.
The Bordure (Fig. 71) was widely used in the Middle Ages as an additional feature on a family's coat of arms to help differentiate its individual members, just like it still is in Scotland. Its use for historical figures is particularly interesting; for instance, the shield of John of Eltham displayed the arms of his father, Edward II, featuring the lions of England, modified with a bordure decorated with fleurs-de-lis, representing his mother, Isabella of France. The shield (Fig. 77)[Pg 60] can be seen on the tomb of his nephew, Prince Edmund, at Kings Langley, but a much better example is found on Prince John’s own monument in Westminster Abbey, at p. 77. This aspect of the subject deserves further exploration, though space limits the discussion here.

Arms of Prince John of Eltham. From the Monument to Prince Edmund of Langley at Kings Langley.
[Pg 61]
[Pg 61]
It should be noted that when a chief or a canton occurs in the same arms with a bordure it surmounts the latter, or rather the bordure stops when it touches the other, for both are usually represented as in the same plane. Also, when a coat with a bordure is impaled with another, as in the arms of husband and wife, the bordure stops at the junction with the other coat. Nevertheless, the charges on the bordure, if any, and of specified number, remain, with the rest of the arms, unaffected by its diminution.
It should be noted that when a chief or a canton appears in the same coat of arms as a bordure, it sits on top of the bordure, or rather, the bordure stops where it meets the other element, since both are typically shown in the same plane. Additionally, when a coat with a bordure is combined with another coat, such as in the arms of a husband and wife, the bordure stops at the point where it connects with the other coat. However, the charges on the bordure, if there are any and in a specified number, remain intact along with the rest of the arms, despite the reduction in size.
The fact that the chief surmounts a bordure lends probability to the assertion that chiefs like cantons were at first honorific additions to pre-existing arms.
The fact that the chief goes beyond a border supports the claim that chiefs, like cantons, were originally just decorative additions to existing coats of arms.
Flanches are represented in Fig. 78, and their diminutives, Flasques and Voiders, are sometimes met with in old works.
Flanches are shown in Fig. 78, and their smaller versions, Flasques and Voiders, are occasionally found in older texts.

A shield of arms is said to be charged with the figures upon it, but the term charge is usually understood to mean some object other than the ordinaries just described.
A shield of arms is said to be charged with the figures on it, but the term charge is usually understood to mean some object other than the basic shapes just described.
Before proceeding further, however, it will be well to consider the various ways in which charges may be arranged with regard to the shield, to the ordinary and to each other.
Before moving on, it’s important to look at the different ways charges can be organized in relation to the shield, to one another, and in general.
A single charge whose position is not otherwise fixed by the blazon naturally occupies the whole shield, but when charges are repeated the arrangement is, of course, more complex.
A single charge that isn't otherwise defined by the design naturally fills the entire shield, but when charges are repeated, the arrangement becomes more complex.
The most usual number of repeated charges in a coat of arms is three, two in chief and one in base, an arrangement[Pg 62] obviously suggested by the space available on a pointed shield, and in blazoning they are said to be two and one. As a rule, however, this distribution is assumed to exist unless another is specified. When the charges are more than three their disposition must always be mentioned, as: Gules six horse-shoes, three two a one, Arg. and so on for ten or more, counting always from the chief or top of the shield.
The typical number of repeated symbols in a coat of arms is three: two at the top and one at the bottom, an arrangement[Pg 62] suggested by the design of a pointed shield. In heraldry, this is referred to as two and one. Generally, this setup is assumed unless stated otherwise. When there are more than three symbols, their arrangement must be specified, for example: Gules six horse-shoes, three two one, Arg., and so on for ten or more, always counting from the top of the shield.
An indefinite number of charges equally distributed over a surface, whether of field, ordinary or charge, is said to be Semée, as in the Arms of France that were assumed by Edward III and his successors, az. semée-de-lis or. As in this instance, a field semée of anything was depicted as though cut from a large surface similarly decorated, so that here and there at the edges a part only of the figures remained. This early method has been relinquished in favour of what was anciently called Geratting, by so arranging the powdering of charges that they do not touch the sides of the shield or any other object with which they are associated. Considerable management is required to so arrange them that they shall be equally distributed, and care must be taken that they do not appear to be in orle, as is explained below.
An unlimited number of charges spread evenly across a surface, whether it’s a field, ordinary, or charge, is referred to as Semée, like in the Arms of France that Edward III and his successors adopted, az. semée-de-lis or. In this case, a field semée of something was shown as if it were cut from a larger surface that had the same decoration, so that bits of the figures were left showing here and there at the edges. This early technique has been replaced by what was once called Geratting, where the arrangement of charges is done in such a way that they don’t touch the edges of the shield or any other object they are associated with. Managing the arrangement is quite challenging to ensure they are evenly distributed, and care must be taken so they don’t appear to be in orle, as explained below.

Somewhat similar to semée is what is known as guttée or gouttee (Fig. 79), a means of covering a field or other object by means of a kind of semée of drops, which have different names according to their tinctures. Thus when they are gold they are gouttés d’or; when argent, gouttés d’eau; when gules, gouttés[Pg 63] de sang; azure, gouttés de larmes; sable they are gouttés de poix; and gouttés d’olive are vert.
Somewhat similar to semée is what is known as guttée or gouttee (Fig. 79), a way of covering a field or another object with a pattern of drops, which have different names based on their colors. So when they are gold, they're called gouttés d’or; when silver, gouttés d’eau; when red, gouttés de sang; when blue, gouttés de larmes; when black, they're gouttés de poix; and when green, they are gouttés d’olive.
It is quite permissible to blazon them by their tincture; thus “arg. gouttée de sang,” would be equally correctly written, arg. guttée gules.
It is perfectly acceptable to describe them by their color; thus “arg. gouttée de sang” would also be correctly written as arg. guttée gules.
The direction of the ordinaries affords another excellent means of placing charges; thus, objects in a horizontal line across the middle of the shield are in fess, when at the top they are in chief, and so forth.
The orientation of the ordinaries provides another great way to position charges; objects aligned horizontally across the center of the shield are in fess, while those at the top are in chief, and so on.
Similarly, charges one above the other are blazoned in pale. Here it should be noted that in pale and in fess do not mean occupying the space of a pale or of a fess, but merely that they are disposed in the indicated direction. Thus the lions of England are in pale, but should, of course, be drawn right across their field, and in a similar manner charges in fess extend from chief to base when their character admits of the extension.
Similarly, charges stacked one above the other are shown in pale. It's important to understand that in pale and in fess do not refer to occupying the space of a pale or a fess, but simply indicate their arrangement in the specified direction. Therefore, the lions of England are in pale, but they should, of course, be drawn all the way across their field, and likewise, charges in fess stretch from top to bottom when their design allows for that.
In some instances a number of charges are placed on the field between others, as: three roses in bend between two roundles; but the result can rarely be made satisfactory as design, such a coat seeming to need the steadying effect of the lines of an ordinary.
In some cases, several charges are arranged on the field among others, like three roses in a bend between two roundels; however, the outcome is often unsatisfactory in terms of design, as such a coat usually requires the stabilizing influence of the lines of a standard design.
Charges that are ranged round the field, as in the enamelled shield of William de Valence at Westminster, p. 176, are in orle; if the number of martlets were specified, the blazon would be so many martlets in orle; but if the number were indefinite, the term would be an orle of martlets.
Charges that are arranged around the field, like on the enameled shield of William de Valence at Westminster, p. 176, are in orle; if the number of martlets is specified, the blazon would say a specific number of martlets in orle; but if the number is unspecified, it would be referred to as an orle of martlets.

When a fess or a chevron is between three charges the latter naturally fall into the position of two in chief and one in base, and that is the most usual number and[Pg 64] arrangement. Instances of greater numbers so disposed are rare among ancient examples, for in designing them the pointed shield seems to have been kept always in view with the notable exception of Berkeley, Gu. a chevron ermine between ten crosses pattée Ar; but these[Pg 65] adapt themselves perfectly to the shield and chevron, being balanced by the large number above, as also do the cloves of the Grocers Company that are similarly arranged. Fig. 80 shows a rendering of the last-mentioned arms as designed to accompany work of the eighteenth century.
When a fess or a chevron is placed between three symbols, the latter usually position themselves with two at the top and one at the bottom, which is the most common setup. Examples with more than three are rare in historical cases, as the pointed shield has always been a consideration, except for Berkeley, Gu. which has a chevron ermine with ten crosses pattée Ar; however, these [Pg 65] fit perfectly with the shield and chevron, balanced by the larger number above, much like the cloves of the Grocers Company that are arranged in a similar way. Fig. 80 displays a version of the aforementioned arms as designed for an eighteenth-century context.
[Pg 66]
[Pg 66]
CHAPTER IV
Animals and Monsters
Among the forms that are characteristically heraldic the Lion, the symbol of courage, power and magnanimity, is most prominent and typical.
Among the forms that are typically heraldic, the Lion, a symbol of courage, strength, and generosity, stands out as the most prominent and typical.

It has already been mentioned that the earliest heraldic lion, followed the Eastern examples with considerable fidelity, as may be seen by comparing the lions of the early MSS., such as Fig. 81, with those of the textiles which were the product of Oriental looms, and of such as were set up in Sicily with Oriental workmen in the twelfth century. These early examples were drawn broadly and simply as was fitting to the material in which they were expressed, and their shape and proportion approached that of nature. The lion of the early seals, such as Figs. 82 and 83, present the same characteristics. The former seal is that of Alexander First in the twelfth century, and the latter that of Henry, son of Swanus de Denehy, in the thirteenth. The attenuation which became so characteristic a feature of the animals in later[Pg 67] work arose from the necessity of clear definition of the object which was to serve as a distinctive badge that would be visible at a distance and when in motion, as has been already pointed out. The device was intended to be easily read under the various conditions of use, and in complying with those conditions the early draughtsman well proved that splendid sense of design which distinguished him. To this end the object was drawn as large as the containing space would fairly permit, and its form was attenuated so as to allow the ground to show through in due proportion to complete the necessary clearness of definition. A figure thus treated became a symbol, rather than a representation of the intended creature, but was, nevertheless, in the best instances, full of character, vigour and vitality; that is to say, the qualities that were attributed to the animal, not its mere form, were the object of expression. The placing of the beasts in the shield and their proportion to it is always satisfactory at this time, and suggests that too much[Pg 68] care cannot be taken in trying to attain a similar excellence in present work, but by expressing qualities rather than by copying forms. Of the examples of lions of various periods, Fig. 84 is taken from the seal of Henry de Percy, 1300. Figs. 85 and 86, a lion rampant and passant guardant respectively, are from the enamelled arms on the tomb of Edward III in Westminster Abbey. Fig. 87 is from a fifteenth century shield of stained glass that is now in the Victoria and Albert Museum.
It has already been noted that the earliest heraldic lion closely followed Eastern examples, as can be seen by comparing the lions in early manuscripts, like Fig. 81, with those from textiles made on Oriental looms, including those set up in Sicily with Oriental craftsmen in the twelfth century. These early examples were drawn in a broad and simple manner, fitting the materials used, and their shapes and proportions closely resembled nature. The lions on early seals, such as Figs. 82 and 83, show the same traits. The first seal is from Alexander First in the twelfth century, and the second is from Henry, son of Swanus de Denehy, in the thirteenth century. The elongated style that later became a hallmark of these animals arose from the need for clear definition of the object, which was meant to serve as a distinct badge visible from a distance and in motion, as previously mentioned. The design was meant to be easily recognizable under various conditions of use, and the early artists demonstrated an outstanding sense of design in achieving this. To achieve this goal, the object was drawn as large as the available space would reasonably allow, and its form was elongated to let the background show through in order to maintain clarity. A figure treated in this way became more of a symbol than a direct representation of the intended creature, but in the best examples, it still conveyed a sense of character, energy, and vitality; that is, the qualities attributed to the animal, rather than just its shape, were the focus. The placement of the beasts within the shield and their proportion to it is always well-balanced at this time, suggesting that great care should be taken to achieve similar excellence in current work by expressing qualities instead of merely copying forms. Of the examples of lions from various periods, Fig. 84 is from the seal of Henry de Percy, 1300. Figs. 85 and 86, showing a lion rampant and passant guardant respectively, are taken from the enamelled arms on the tomb of Edward III in Westminster Abbey. Fig. 87 is from a fifteenth-century stained glass shield now in the Victoria and Albert Museum.






The exact proportion which charges should bear to the field cannot, of course, be stated with accuracy, there being no ready means of measurement, even if such[Pg 69] were desirable, and it must necessarily remain a matter for artistic perception to find the just mean between crowding a space and failing to fill it. It is evident also that the proportion would be modified by circumstances, such as the character of the charge (whether condensed or dispersed), and also to some extent by colour, with regard to the respective effects of light on dark or dark on light as affecting apparent size. It may, however, be suggested that the charges should be insisted upon to the fullest extent that is compatible with the general style of the design, the field remaining of such weight that the Scottish quarter of the Royal Banner, for example, if seen as a mass at a distance, will tell as gold rather than red. And after all is said, the actual balance must be left to the decision of the trained eye.
The exact ratio that charges should have in relation to the field can't really be specified precisely, since there's no easy way to measure it, even if that were desirable. It ultimately comes down to artistic judgment to find the right balance between overcrowding a space and leaving it underfilled. It's also clear that the ratio would change based on factors like the nature of the charge (whether it's compact or spread out) and to some degree, color, since the effects of light on dark or dark on light influence how size is perceived. However, it can be suggested that the charges should be emphasized as much as possible while still fitting with the overall style of the design, ensuring that the field is of such significance that the Scottish quarter of the Royal Banner, for instance, appears to be gold rather than red when viewed from a distance. In the end, though, the actual balance must be determined by the trained eye.
When strong outline filled in with colour is the method of working, due allowance must be made for the tendency of the line to become merged in the darker of the two tinctures; and the object will therefore need to be drawn slightly larger or smaller accordingly.
When using a strong outline filled in with color, adjustments need to be made for the line's tendency to blend into the darker of the two colors. As a result, the object may need to be drawn slightly larger or smaller to compensate.

There are also illusions of an optical nature that are produced by certain combinations of lines. If, for instance, three pallets are charged upon a chevron, it will be found that the middle one must be appreciably wider than those beside it if the three are to appear equal. Fig. 88 shows this, though the fact is more clearly appreciable in a drawing on a larger scale.
There are also optical illusions created by specific combinations of lines. For example, if three shapes are placed on a chevron, the middle one needs to be noticeably wider than the ones next to it for all three to look equal. Fig. 88 illustrates this, although it’s more evident in a larger drawing.
The Pose of the Animals must be carefully observed[Pg 70] as being of the utmost heraldic importance, and must in the main be adhered to with complete fidelity. To neglect in this respect is due much of the bad heraldry which too often vitiates otherwise good work.
The pose of the animals must be closely observed[Pg 70] as it holds significant heraldic importance and should generally be followed with full accuracy. Ignoring this aspect leads to much of the poor heraldry that often spoils otherwise good work.
In the early days of the science, when the bearings were few, the nature of the creature was, no doubt, sufficient for the intended purpose, for there would be no other near with which to confuse it, and the pose was probably dictated by the form of the space that the animal was required to fill, but when it became necessary to distinguish between different bearers of the same animal, pose assumed a special significance and therefore became one of the principal means of heraldic distinction.
In the early days of science, when there were only a few examples, the characteristics of the creature were probably enough for their intended purpose since there wouldn’t be any others nearby to confuse it with. The pose was likely influenced by the space that the animal was meant to occupy. However, as it became necessary to differentiate between various representations of the same animal, pose took on special importance and became one of the main ways to achieve heraldic distinction.
Of the two principal poses, rampant and passant, the former is more suitable to upright spaces and the latter to horizontal ones. When however a passant lion has to fill an upright space, such as a canton or a quarter of a shield, or a rampant lion to fill a horizontally flattened one such as the second quarter of the Royal Standard when it is constructed in accordance with Admiralty measurements difficulties occur. One such problem occurs in the arms of Cambridge University, Gules a cross Ermine between four lions of England, a Bible fesswise of the field clasped and garnished Or (Fig. 89).
Of the two main poses, rampant and passant, the former is more suited for upright spaces, while the latter works better in horizontal ones. However, when a passant lion needs to fit into an upright space, like a canton or a quarter of a shield, or when a rampant lion has to occupy a horizontally extended area, such as the second quarter of the Royal Standard when it follows Admiralty measurements, problems can arise. One such issue is seen in the arms of Cambridge University, Gules a cross Ermine between four lions of England, a Bible fesswise of the field clasped and garnished Or (Fig. 89).

Panel in copper silvered and oxidized. G. W. Eve.
It was the rampant position that was considered the typical leonine one, however, and therefore it was that the lions of England were called leopards in early times: not that they differed in their relation to the natural form, but simply that they were not in the understood leonine posture. It will be seen from [Pg 72]the example (Fig. 90) that rampant signifies an upright pose with all the legs separated in a suggestion of vigorous rage. This arrangement of the limbs is heraldically essential, for when the hind legs are placed together the position is called salient or leaping (Fig. 91). With regard to the heads of animals, it must be understood that in heraldry the normal position is in profile, and then it requires no special mention in the blazon. If, however, the blazon is, for example, a lion rampant guardant, the head is turned until it looks straight out of the shield at the spectator (Fig. 92). Regardant is[Pg 73] when the head is turned still farther so that it looks backward over the shoulder (Fig. 93). In some early works the term regardant is used in the same sense as guardant, full faced, but the position first described is what is now understood by the term.
It was the upright position that was seen as the typical lion pose, which is why the lions of England were called leopards in earlier times: not because they were different from the natural form, but simply because they weren't in the recognized lion posture. From [Pg 72]the example (Fig. 90), you can see that rampant indicates an upright stance with all the legs spread apart, suggesting fierce anger. This arrangement of the limbs is important in heraldry, because when the hind legs are together, the position is called salient or leaping (Fig. 91). Regarding the heads of animals, it should be understood that in heraldry, the normal position is in profile, so it doesn’t need special mention in the description. However, if the description specifies a lion rampant guardant, the head is turned to look directly out of the shield at the viewer (Fig. 92). Regardant refers to when the head is turned even further to look back over the shoulder (Fig. 93). In some older texts, the term regardant is used to mean the same as guardant, facing forward, but the first position described is now what that term refers to.


The tail of the rampant lion, which in early examples was elaborated into a highly ornamental appendage, is usually held in an erect position, but there is no heraldic reason why it should not occupy any other position which the shape of the field might render desirable.
The tail of the standing lion, which in earlier examples was developed into a very decorative feature, is typically held up, but there’s no heraldic reason it can’t be placed in any other position that the shape of the field might make preferable.


It seems to have been always believed that the rage of a lion was indicated by the agitation of the tail, and Leigh, writing in the sixteenth century, says: “When the lion is angry, first he beateth the earth and then his own backe with his taile.” On the other hand, it is now asserted by wild beast tamers that a lion is most dangerous when his tail assumes the rigidity of an iron bar and possibly the first draughtsman to depict the Howard or the Percy lion, in his well-known and now stereotyped attitude with the tail extended horizontally, was aware of this.
It has always been believed that a lion's anger is shown by the way it moves its tail, and Leigh, writing in the sixteenth century, says: “When the lion is angry, he first strikes the ground and then whips his own back with his tail.” However, animal trainers now claim that a lion is most dangerous when its tail stiffens like an iron bar. The first illustrator to depict the Howard or the Percy lion in its famous and now-standard pose with the tail held out horizontally might have understood this.
It is sometimes said that the tail passing between the legs constitutes a definite heraldic variation, but this is extremely unlikely. The term ascribed to it of “coward” is much too dangerous to have been intentionally borne on a shield which symbolically stood for its owner, except with some other symbol in a position of superiority, such as the eagle over the dragon in the Guelph arms. Most probably it was one of the trivial inventions by which the later heraldic writers sought to fix and give meaning to an accidental and unessential[Pg 74] detail. There are numerous instances of this free treatment of the tail when there could be no possible heraldic intention, and in every case it is apparent that some difficulty in arrangement was overcome, as in both the Great Seals for Scotland of Charles I the lion supporter has the tail between the legs, and it is not possible to consider this a Scottish joke, though the animal looks singularly mild and cheerful. However this may be, the tail may certainly go anywhere outside the legs. A lion’s tail may be double or forked, and in that case the blazon says double queued or queue forchée. Both terms mean the same thing, for the double tail issues from but one root. In rare instances it is twisted into a knot, and is then said to be nowed.
It’s sometimes said that a tail passing between the legs is a specific heraldic variation, but that’s highly unlikely. The term “coward” assigned to it is far too risky to be intentionally included on a shield that symbolically represented its owner, unless it’s paired with another symbol that holds a superior position, like the eagle over the dragon in the Guelph arms. It’s more likely that this was one of the trivial ideas that later heraldic writers used to try to define and give meaning to an accidental and unimportant[Pg 74] detail. There are many examples of this casual approach to the tail when there’s no genuine heraldic purpose, and in every instance, it’s clear that a layout challenge was resolved, as seen with both Great Seals for Scotland of Charles I, where the lion supporter has its tail between its legs, and it’s hard to consider this a Scottish joke, even if the animal appears oddly gentle and happy. Regardless, the tail can definitely go anywhere outside of the legs. A lion’s tail might be double or forked, in which case the blazon states double queued or queue forchée. Both terms mean the same thing, as the double tail comes from a single root. In rare cases, it may be twisted into a knot and is referred to as nowed.
Although the lion has been conventionalized, more or less, into a pattern, and his positions are always the subject of careful regulation, he is still susceptible of considerable variation of pose, within heraldic limits, based on the facts of anatomical structure; so that while the possibilities of animal movement are observed, it may be designed to cover its field pattern-wise whatever the shape of the shield may be, and at the same time retain great vitality and power. The effort to express vigorous action without suggesting progression out of the space is not easy perhaps, but the contrary effect is very ludicrous, as is often apparent in modern mural decorations that are based on heraldic motives, rampant lions seeming to be walking placidly up a wall in a procession of their fellows.
Although the lion has been pretty much standardized into a specific design, and its poses are always carefully regulated, there’s still a lot of room for variation, within heraldic limits, based on its anatomy. This means that while we see the possibilities of how animals move, the design can fit the shape of the shield while still feeling vibrant and powerful. It's not easy to show dynamic action without suggesting that the lion is moving out of the space, and the opposite effect can be quite comical. This is often seen in modern wall decorations based on heraldic themes, where lions appear to be calmly walking up a wall in a line with their counterparts.
The lion passant is depicted with all the limbs separated and the right forepaw raised (Fig. 94), and when its head[Pg 75] is full faced, affrontée, it is passant guardant, the position of the lions in the Royal arms of England, viz. Gules three lions passant guardant in pale Or. The most frequent error in rendering this coat is the turning the heads in profile, and it cannot therefore be too often insisted upon that lions so treated are not “lions of England” at all.
The lion passant is shown with all its limbs apart and the right front paw raised (Fig. 94). When its head is facing forward, it’s called passant guardant, which is how the lions appear in the Royal arms of England, viz. Gules three lions passant guardant in pale Or. The most common mistake in depicting this coat is turning the heads to the side, and it's important to emphasize that lions shown this way are not “lions of England” at all.


The shield at Canterbury that is ascribed to Edward the Black Prince has been already described as a most satisfactory example, which is in brilliant contrast to the modern instances wherein the lions occupy a central column in a broad field with a wide blank space at either side of them. This perhaps arose from a mis-reading of the words “in pale” of the blazon, which were perhaps taken to mean “in place of a pale,” whereas they mean “in the direction of a pale,” i.e. one over the other but without lateral limits other than those of the field. Passant regardant has the head looking backwards as in rampant regardant. The lion statant (Fig. 95) stands on all four feet, and may be statant guardant or statant regardant, according to the position of the head as before mentioned.
The shield at Canterbury attributed to Edward the Black Prince is a great example, standing in sharp contrast to modern versions where the lions are positioned in a central column in a wide field with empty space on both sides. This difference might have come from misinterpreting the term "in pale" in the description, which was probably understood as "in place of a pale," while it actually means "in the direction of a pale," meaning one over the other but without any lateral limits apart from those of the field. Passant regardant has the lion's head turned backward, similar to rampant regardant. The lion statant (Fig. 95) stands on all four feet and can be either statant guardant or statant regardant, depending on the position of the head as mentioned earlier.
[Pg 76]
[Pg 76]
Sejant is in the position of Fig. 96 and couchant that of Fig. 97.
Sejant is in the position of Fig. 96 and couchant is in the position of Fig. 97.


The expression of vigour is the most important individual quality to strive after in the treatment of heraldic animals, the line of the back and loins may be made to express lithe strength, and power be suggested by the massive shoulder, with the powerful fore-leg tapering to the wide-stretched and vigorous paw. Dignity and life should be in the pose of the leonine head and mane, and broad harmonious effect in the whole treatment. The widely spread toes were sometimes very much exaggerated, as in the Arms of John of Eltham (Fig. 98), but in character and drawing were much nearer the natural facts than the foot of a quiescent lion might lead one to imagine. This may be seen on a small scale in the domestic cat when she stretches her leg with her claws protruding.
The expression of vigor is the most important individual quality to aim for when representing heraldic animals. The line of the back and loins can convey graceful strength, while a powerful shoulder can suggest strength, tapering down to a wide, strong paw. The pose of the lion-like head and mane should convey dignity and life, with a broad, harmonious effect throughout the entire representation. The widely spread toes were sometimes exaggerated, as seen in the Arms of John of Eltham (Fig. 98), but in character and design, they were much closer to reality than one might expect from the foot of a resting lion. This can also be observed on a small scale in a domestic cat when it stretches its leg with its claws extended.
When the lions of the later Gothic type lost the vigorous qualities of the earlier examples the toes lost their power and became like radiating leaf-forms.
When the lions of the later Gothic style lost the strong features of the earlier versions, the toes lost their strength and started to resemble radiating leaf shapes.

Westminster Abbey.
The setting-on of the tail may also help the expression of vigorous life, its junction with the body being well marked instead of being allowed to flow softly out of[Pg 78] the line of the back. This is well shown in Dürer’s lion at Fig. 99, that splendid example of the best kind of Renaissance heraldry whose fine drawing, well-balanced design and beautiful technique have caused its frequent instance as a striking work of heraldic art. The illustration is reproduced from the very fine impression in the National Art Library at the Victoria and Albert Museum.
The way the tail is positioned can enhance the look of strong vitality, with its connection to the body being prominent rather than gently blending into the line of the back. This is clearly demonstrated in Dürer’s lion at Fig. 99, a stunning example of exceptional Renaissance heraldry. Its excellent drawing, balanced design, and beautiful technique have made it a frequently cited piece of striking heraldic art. The illustration is taken from the impressive collection at the National Art Library in the Victoria and Albert Museum.[Pg 78]
Both these examples are excellent for their good decorative distribution, the former shield being probably the best extant instance of that necessary quality.
Both of these examples are great for their appealing design. The first shield is likely the best existing example of that essential quality.
In the lions of various periods it will be seen how the type altered from time to time, from that of the thirteenth century MSS., which possesses a considerable amount of a natural leonine shape, through the attenuated beast of the later mediaeval period down to the Renaissance form in its two somewhat dissimilar styles: that of Germany, from which modern German heraldry is derived, which shows a strong survival of Gothic influence; and that of Italy, from which appears to have been drawn the heraldry of the rest of Europe until the still recent Gothic revival here.
In the lions from different periods, you'll notice how the style changed over time, starting from the 13th-century manuscripts, which have a distinct natural lion-like shape, through the slimmer form of the later medieval period, and ending with the Renaissance style in its two somewhat different variations: the German style, which is the basis of modern German heraldry and retains a strong Gothic influence, and the Italian style, which seems to have influenced the heraldry of the rest of Europe until the recent Gothic revival here.
In modern German heraldry the lions have become so over-elaborated that in many instances the prevalent effect is one of fluffiness. Too much is made of the hair, especially in the legs, which are sometimes much more suggestive of the well-feathered legs of a dorking fowl than of the clean and powerful, though hairy, limb of a lion; and with the lost suggestion of vital energy goes any symbolic dignity that it expresses.
In modern German heraldry, the lions have become so overly intricate that often the overall impression is one of fluffiness. There's too much emphasis on the hair, especially on the legs, which sometimes resemble the heavily feathered legs of a Dorking chicken more than the strong and powerful, albeit hairy, limbs of a lion; and with the loss of that sense of vital energy, any symbolic dignity it once had is also gone.

The later Italian heraldry and the style which followed it ultimately dispensed with attenuation in the animals[Pg 80] together with most of the other decorative qualities of the hated Gothic, and the efforts at naturalistic representation resulted in forms which at a little distance became mere undistinguishable blobs, to the complete defeat of the object of their existence. The rampant lions became tame and therefore ludicrous in the upright pose which, deprived of any suggestion of rage and strength becomes meaningless, while in what may be called the decorative treatment the suggestion of the creature and of its attributed qualities in a broad and simple way sanctions an arrangement which makes for decorative distribution as well as for symbolic expressiveness. Vigour also makes for the dignity that is an important consideration in serious design, for when once a ludicrous suggestion is attached to a thing it becomes inseparable from it. Probably the most frequent accompaniment of such want of vigour is the production of a feebly human expression which inevitably suggests the connexion with it of some trivial or ludicrous phrase. Now the grinning jaws of the early lions are never imbecile.
Later Italian heraldry and the style that came after it ultimately got rid of the exaggeration in the animals[Pg 80], along with most of the other decorative features of the disliked Gothic style. The attempts at naturalistic representation led to forms that, from a distance, became indistinguishable blurs, completely undermining their purpose. The rampant lions turned into tame figures, and their upright pose, lacking any hint of rage or strength, became meaningless. In what could be called the decorative treatment, the suggestion of the creature and its attributed qualities in a broad and simple manner allows for an arrangement that promotes decorative distribution as well as symbolic significance. Vitality also contributes to the dignity that is crucial in serious design, because once something becomes associated with a ridiculous suggestion, it cannot be separated from it. Probably the most common result of such a lack of vitality is a weak, human-like expression that inevitably conjures up some trivial or absurd phrase. However, the grinning jaws of the early lions are never foolish.
With regard to the strong characterization that is required valuable lessons may be learnt from the lions of the Assyrian bas-reliefs, one of which is represented here (Fig. 100). The accentuation of the principal muscular forms and masses is very striking, and presents suggestions of a method that lends itself well to the expression of heraldic character. It is not, of course, intended to import an Assyrian lion bodily into the shield, or that the Assyrian style should be visible in the resulting work, but only that the method should be studied and applied as a special means to a definite end.
When it comes to the strong characterization needed, we can learn valuable lessons from the lions in Assyrian bas-reliefs, one of which is shown here (Fig. 100). The emphasis on the main muscular forms and shapes is really striking and suggests a technique that works well for expressing heraldic character. It's not meant to bring an Assyrian lion directly onto the shield, nor should the Assyrian style be apparent in the final piece, but rather that the technique should be studied and used as a specific approach to achieve a clear purpose.
[Pg 81]
[Pg 81]

The degree of detail and the amount of its elaboration will depend on the size and general character of the work. Sometimes mere outline will suffice, though on a larger scale or in other conditions it would look empty. Thence to complete modelling embraces a wide field of choice in which to find methods suitable to all purposes. Under ordinary conditions a simple broad treatment is much to be desired, definition being obtained by few but accurately placed lines, such as[Pg 82] those of ribs and loins in the body, and of brow, jaw and mane in the head.
The level of detail and how much it’s developed will depend on the size and overall nature of the work. Sometimes just an outline will be enough, but on a larger project or in different circumstances, it might seem too bare. Therefore, creating a complete model offers a wide range of options to find methods that work for various goals. Generally, a straightforward and broad approach is very desirable, with definition achieved through a few, but precisely placed lines, like those of the ribs and loins in the body, and the brow, jaw, and mane in the head.[Pg 82]
The degree of relief of charges should, of course, stop short of any suggestion of detachment from the field. This might seem too obvious for remark, but an example to the contrary, a large, and in many respects beautiful, work in coloured leather was recently to be seen in which, the arms of the Medici being the principal motive, the charges appeared to be suspended in front of the shield from which they seemed to be so distant as to cast full round shadows.
The level of relief for the charges should definitely avoid any hint of being separate from the field. This might seem obvious to mention, but there was a recent example of the opposite: a large, and in many ways stunning, piece made of colored leather where the Medici arms were the main focus, and the charges looked like they were floating in front of the shield, creating full round shadows due to their apparent distance.
In adjusting a rampant lion or other beast to its field a skeleton sketch of the main lines of distribution may be usefully employed as a guide in first blocking out the animal, in the same way that similar diagrammatic forms are sometimes used in figure composition. On this the figure will be drawn, the head being thrown well back and the hindmost leg being brought towards the centre line so as to help the spacing in the dexter base of the shield.
In positioning a rampant lion or another beast in its field, a basic outline of the main lines of distribution can be helpful as a guide for initially shaping the animal, just like similar diagrams are sometimes used in figure composition. The figure will be drawn with the head raised and the back leg moved towards the center line to aid in spacing in the right base of the shield.
Care should be taken not to make the higher of the forelegs too short, or the value is lost of the strong forward reach from the shoulder, which expresses the action while it helps the distribution.
Care should be taken not to make the front legs too short, or the benefit of the strong forward reach from the shoulder is lost, which shows the movement while aiding in distribution.
In posing animals on a shield it must never be forgotten that not only is a pattern being arranged but that it is made with the body and limbs of a supposedly living thing.
In placing animals on a shield, it should never be overlooked that it’s not just a design being created, but that it’s formed with the body and limbs of what is meant to represent a living creature.
Fig. 101 is one of the methods that suggest themselves, and passant lions may be spaced in a similar way (Fig. 102).
Fig. 101 is one of the methods that come to mind, and the lions can be spaced out in a similar way (Fig. 102).
[Pg 83]
[Pg 83]


A lion’s claws and tongue, of which he is armed and langued respectively, are gules except when he or the field is of that tincture, and in either of the latter cases he is armed and langued azure, as in the Royal coat of Scotland. This is taken as of course, and need not be mentioned in the blazon, though it very often is.
A lion’s claws and tongue, which are armed and langued respectively, are red except when he or the background is that color, in which case he is armed and langued blue, as in the Royal coat of Scotland. This is generally understood and doesn’t need to be stated in the blazon, though it often is.
Demi-lions are usually demi-lions rampant, and in this form they were largely used as crests, which will be discussed later on. They are depicted as severed low down at the loins, and the tail is retained in most cases, though not always. When, as a charge, they are in contact with a line of an ordinary, as though arising from it, they must be described in the blazon as issuant.
Demi-lions are typically shown as demi-lions rampant, and this form was commonly used as crests, which will be covered later. They are represented as cut off low at the loins, and the tail is usually kept, though not always. When they appear as a charge connected to a line of an ordinary, as if emerging from it, they must be described in the blazon as issuant.
Demi-lions passant or passant guardant are of more rare occurrence, the latter generally in conjunction with another object, as in the arms ascribed to the Cinque Ports on the seal of Sandwich (Fig. 103), where the demi-lions are joined to the hulls of ships. This evidently arose from the joining together by dimidiation or halving of two separate coats, viz. the Arms of England with one of local allusion: Az. three hulls of ships Or. By a similar method were evolved the Arms of the city of[Pg 84] Chester, wherein the lions of England are conjoined with the wheatsheaves of the Earldom.
Demi-lions passant or passant guardant are quite rare. The latter is usually found together with another symbol, as seen in the arms attributed to the Cinque Ports on the seal of Sandwich (Fig. 103), where the demi-lions are linked to the hulls of ships. This likely came from combining two separate coats, viz. the Arms of England with one that has a local reference: Az. three hulls of ships Or. A similar approach was used to create the Arms of the city of [Pg 84] Chester, where the lions of England are paired with the wheatsheaves of the Earldom.

Among the separate parts of animals used alone or in repetition a lion’s head is a frequent charge, and it follows the general rule of being represented in profile unless otherwise described. The lion’s leg, called a jamb, is also separately used as a charge, the tail being likewise thus employed. It must be remarked, that whenever a separate part of an animal is used as a charge the method of its severance must be carefully distinguished, whether couped, cleanly cut off, or erased, roughly torn away. In the latter case the erasure generally consists of three points or tufts, though not necessarily of that exact number so long as the erasure is sufficiently marked. It may, however, be noted here that a demi-lion as a crest is considered to be couped unless it is otherwise described, the junction with the helm usually disappearing within the torse that encircles it at that point.
Among the individual parts of animals used alone or repeatedly, a lion's head is a common feature, and it typically follows the general rule of being shown in profile unless stated otherwise. The lion's leg, known as a jamb, is also often used alone as a feature, as is the tail. It’s important to note that whenever a separate part of an animal is used as a feature, the way it’s separated must be clearly indicated, whether it is couped, meaning cleanly cut off, or erased, meaning roughly torn away. In the latter case, the erasure usually consists of three points or tufts, but it doesn’t have to be that exact number as long as the erasure is clearly marked. Additionally, it's worth mentioning that a demi-lion as a crest is generally considered to be couped unless described otherwise, with its connection to the helm often hidden within the torse that encircles it at that point.
Animals that can neither be described as actual nor purely imaginary are the so-called “heraldic” tiger and “heraldic” antelope, which have little apparent relation to their natural namesakes, but were perhaps evolved in the effort of an early artist to realize the wonderful description of some marvellous traveller. They have a family likeness, however, in their armed snouts and in their leonine tails, the latter being an[Pg 85] appendage with which the mediaeval artist was fond of finishing off his creatures in default of more accurate information.
Animals that can’t be classified as either real or just imaginary are the so-called “heraldic” tiger and “heraldic” antelope. They don’t bear much resemblance to their actual counterparts but likely arose from an early artist's attempt to bring to life the amazing descriptions from some phenomenal traveler. They do share a family resemblance, though, with their armed snouts and feline tails, which were often used by medieval artists to give their creations a finishing touch when they lacked more accurate details.[Pg 85]
The poses of the lion are followed in a general way by other animals, both natural and “heraldic”; but in many instances the attitudes are called by different names for different creatures, a practice that was usual in mediaeval times, and also has its present examples, such as that two partridges are a brace and two hounds a couple, which need hardly be further specified. The Stag, emblematic of speed and sport rather than of combative virtues, has a special set of terms, which were naturally borrowed in part from those used in hunting. Thus he is “at gaze” when standing with his head affrontée, but when he stands with his head in profile he is statant like any other beast; springing when in the salient position, trippant when he is walking, at speed when running, and when couched he is lodged, and so he must be described in the blazon. His antlers, which are called attires, must, if they are of a different colour, be carefully mentioned and also his hoofs in a similar case, e.g. Azure a stag trippant Arg. attired and unguled (i.e. hoofed) Or.
The poses of the lion are generally followed by other animals, both natural and "heraldic"; however, in many cases, the stances have different names for different creatures. This practice was common in medieval times and still appears today, like how two partridges are referred to as a brace and two hounds are called a couple, which hardly needs further explanation. The stag, symbolic of speed and sport rather than fighting abilities, has a specific set of terms, many of which were borrowed from hunting language. For example, he is “at gaze” when standing with his head facing forward, but when he stands with his head in profile, he is statant like any other animal; he is springing when in a raised position, trippant when walking, at speed when running, and when lying down, he is lodged, and this is how he should be described in the blazon. His antlers, referred to as attires, must be noted carefully if they are a different color, as well as his hooves in a similar situation, e.g. Azure a stag trippant Arg. attired and unguled (i.e. hoofed) Or.
A distinction is made between the stag and other horned animals in that the latter are said to be armed with their horns, as in the crest of the Duke of Bedford, a goat statant Arg. armed Or.
A distinction is made between the stag and other horned animals in that the latter are said to be armed with their horns, as in the crest of the Duke of Bedford, a goat statant Arg. armed Or.
Horses and other maned animals, real and imaginary, are crined of their manes. Thus, the supporters of the Goldsmiths Company (Fig. 104) are unicorns or, armed, crined and hoofed arg. (in some examples purpure). [Pg 87]This treatment of the Goldsmiths’ arms was designed, like those of the Grocers Company at p. 64, to harmonize with early eighteenth century decorations. The unicorn has a horse’s head and body with the legs and cloven hoofs of a stag. Its twisted horn issues from the middle of its forehead, and its tail is that of a lion, the foregoing examples which have horses’ tails being extremely rare exceptions to the general rule.
Horses and other maned animals, whether real or mythical, are crined based on their manes. So, the supporters of the Goldsmiths Company (Fig. 104) are unicorns or, armed, crined, and hoofed arg. (in some cases purpure). [Pg 87] This design of the Goldsmiths’ arms was created to match early eighteenth-century decorations, similar to those of the Grocers Company on p. 64. The unicorn has the head and body of a horse with the legs and cloven hooves of a stag. Its twisted horn grows from the center of its forehead, and its tail is that of a lion; examples with horses’ tails are extremely rare exceptions to this general rule.



Of other imaginary animals the Griffin or Gryphon is probably the best known next to the unicorn, seeing that its name is that which is popularly applied to most non-natural beasts. Evidently derived from one of those creatures by which early eastern art expressed the conjunction of various attributes, it came, like many other monsters, to be implicitly believed in as an actual beast until a comparatively late date. Thus Gerard Leigh has something to say of griffins which “bear great enmity to man and horse, though the man be armed and on horseback yet they take the one with the other quite from the ground and carry them clean away. I think they are of great hugeness,” he goes on, “for I have a claw of one of their paws which should show them to be as big as two Lyons!” In another place Leigh refuses to believe something that he had heard because he “had not seen the proof thereof”!
Of other imaginary animals, the Griffin or Gryphon is probably the best known after the unicorn, since its name is commonly used for most fictional creatures. Clearly derived from one of those beings that early Eastern art used to express a mix of different traits, it became, like many other monsters, widely accepted as a real creature until fairly recently. Gerard Leigh mentions griffins, saying they “bear a great hatred towards man and horse; even if a man is armed and on horseback, they still swoop down and carry them off the ground completely. I believe they are really huge,” he continues, “because I have a claw from one of their paws that suggests they could be as big as two lions!” In another instance, Leigh doesn't accept something he heard because he “had not seen the proof of it”!
The griffin is half eagle and half lion, the head forepart and wings being those of an eagle and the rest of the body with the hind legs and tail are leonine. The head of a griffin has ears, and these serve to distinguish it from that of an eagle when it is used alone.
The griffin is part eagle and part lion, with the head, front part, and wings being those of an eagle, while the rest of its body, including the back legs and tail, is lion-like. The head of a griffin has ears, which help to set it apart from an eagle when it's depicted alone.
A curious variety of griffin, borne by the Marquis of Ormonde, is wingless, has two horns on its head and[Pg 88] groups of rays issuing from its body, and is termed a male-griffin, for some inscrutable reason. It should be noted that the term for a griffin in a rampant position is segreant, all other poses being described in the ordinary way.
A unique type of griffin, carried by the Marquis of Ormonde, has no wings, two horns on its head, and rays coming from its body. It's called a male-griffin for some unknown reason. It's important to mention that the term for a griffin in a raised position is segreant, while all other positions are described simply. [Pg 88]
The treatment of the composite animals naturally followed that of the creatures which entered into their composition, while the Dragons, more purely imaginary creatures, have suggestions of a snakelike character in their scales and annulations.
The treatment of the composite animals naturally followed that of the creatures that made them up, while the Dragons, being more purely imaginary creatures, have hints of a snakelike quality in their scales and markings.
In continental heraldry the dragon has but one pair of legs and behind them the body diminishing into a snakelike tail, which sometimes terminates in a barbed end. This form we term a Wyvern, reserving the word dragon for the four-legged variety.
In continental heraldry, the dragon has only one pair of legs, and behind them, the body tapers off into a snake-like tail, which sometimes ends in a barbed point. This form is called a Wyvern, while the term dragon is used for the four-legged version.
The conception of a dragon varied greatly, the prevailing characteristic in many instances being a hard scaliness somewhat suggestive of the Chinese and other oriental types. In other examples greater sinuosity and a more leathery texture is apparent, recalling to mind the idea of the “loathly worm” of some of the mediaeval dragon legends. As a symbol of evil, terrible but overcome, it is associated with St. George and with St. Michael, and also appears, with more personal allusion, in the well-known device of the Guelphic faction in their contest with the Ghibellines.
The concept of a dragon varied widely, with the main feature often being a tough, scaly appearance similar to that of Chinese and other Asian types. In other cases, a more curvy shape and a leathery texture are noticeable, reminding us of the “loathly worm” from some medieval dragon legends. As a symbol of evil—terrifying yet defeated—it’s linked to St. George and St. Michael, and also appears more personally in the well-known emblem of the Guelph faction during their conflict with the Ghibellines.


From Paradin, “Devices Heroiques,” 1557.

[Pg 89]
[Pg 89]
CHAPTER V
Heraldic Birds and other Figures, Animate and Inanimate
In the same way that the lion asserted its pre-eminence among heraldic beasts the Eagle, the most powerful of birds of prey, was adopted as the symbol of victory from a time so early that one hesitates to set a period to it, for in Chaldea and Assyria, 4000 B.C., the eagle typified conquest, even as it did in the Middle Ages. The especially characteristic attitude of the heraldic eagle when it is said to be displayed is first found in these early picture writings of the East, and from thence through countless stages comes to adorn the surface of the shields, to whose decoration its spreading form and radiating lines so admirably lend themselves. The pose is, of course, a natural one, as one may see when a gull hovers and backs in the air; but its decorative power and its adaptability to a shield shape are so striking as to suggest its invention for the purpose. The same necessity for clear definition that influenced the drawing of the mediaeval lion caused the eagle to be treated in a somewhat similar way, and the feathers of the wings being wide spread with ample clear space[Pg 90] between them, while the body became to some extent attenuated, made the figure as conventional as the lion, and similarly adaptable to decorative distribution on a surface.
Just like the lion established its dominance among heraldic creatures, the eagle, the strongest of the birds of prey, was chosen as a symbol of victory from such an early time that it's hard to pinpoint when. In Chaldea and Assyria, around 4000 BCE, the eagle represented conquest, just as it did in the Middle Ages. The distinctive position of the heraldic eagle when it’s described as displayed can first be seen in these early pictorial writings from the East, which later transformed into countless variations adorning shields, thanks to its expansive shape and radiating lines. This pose is, naturally, something we see when a gull hovers and glides in the air; however, its striking decorative appeal and adaptability to a shield shape seem deliberately designed for that purpose. The same need for clear definition that shaped the depiction of the medieval lion led to a similar treatment of the eagle, with its wings wide open and spaciously apart while the body became somewhat elongated, making it as conventional as the lion and equally suited for decorative arrangements on a surface.

A good example of the heraldic eagle of the Middle[Pg 91] Ages is on one of the shields that decorate the tomb of Edmund Plantagenet at Kings Langley, Herts (Fig. 105). This, the eagle with two heads of the Holy Roman Empire, alludes to Richard, Earl of Cornwall, who though he was never actually Emperor, got so far as to be elected King of the Romans in 1257, and the arms of the Empire are constantly ascribed to him.
A great example of the heraldic eagle from the Middle Ages can be found on one of the shields that adorn the tomb of Edmund Plantagenet at Kings Langley, Herts (Fig. 105). This two-headed eagle representing the Holy Roman Empire refers to Richard, Earl of Cornwall, who, although he was never actually Emperor, was elected King of the Romans in 1257, and the arms of the Empire are often attributed to him.
The skeleton sketch that is useful in blocking out an eagle in its space will take some such form as Fig. 106.
The rough outline that helps in outlining an eagle in its environment will look something like Fig. 106.

In the mediaeval period eagles were always shown on shields in the pattern-like displayed position, whether they were single or double headed, until Renaissance heraldry in its reversion to classic types introduced the eagle of the Roman Ensigns and Monuments, which thenceforth has had to be taken into account when eagles are described in blazon. Thus it is now necessary to state whether the bird is displayed, is close or is rising. An eagle is close when it stands in profile with its wings folded, and is rising when it stands in the same general position but with its wings raised. An eagle in the position of that of the Roman Ensign is sometimes blazoned “an eagle with wings displayed,” and must not, of course, be confused with “an eagle displayed.” When they are flying they, like other birds, are said to be volant. They are armed and membered as to their beaks and feet when difference of colour renders it necessary to mention those details. Other birds are rarely if ever displayed.
In the medieval period, eagles were always shown on shields in a displayed position, whether they were single or double-headed, until Renaissance heraldry, which returned to classic types and introduced the eagle from Roman ensigns and monuments. This has since been important for describing eagles in blazon. Now, it's necessary to specify whether the bird is displayed, close, or rising. An eagle is considered close when it stands in profile with its wings folded, and rising when it stands in the same overall position but with its wings raised. An eagle in the position of the Roman ensign is sometimes referred to as "an eagle with wings displayed," which should not be confused with "an eagle displayed." When they are flying, they, like other birds, are described as volant. They are armed and membered in terms of their beaks and feet when color differences require mentioning those details. Other birds are rarely, if ever, displayed.
Falcons usually have bells strapped to their legs with[Pg 92] thongs called jesses, and then are blazoned as jessed and belled. They are sometimes hooded also. The hood covering the eyes has an opening for the beak and is usually decorated with a tuft of feathers.
Falcons typically have bells attached to their legs with straps called jesses, and they are described as jessed and belled. They can also be hooded. The hood that covers their eyes has an opening for the beak and is usually adorned with a tuft of feathers.
A cock is said to be armed with his beak and spurs, crested as to his comb, and jowlopped of his wattles.
A rooster is said to be armed with his beak and spurs, crested with his comb, and jowlopped with his wattles.
A peacock when it carries its train raised and fully spread is blazoned, with great and obvious propriety, “a peacock in his pride,” but simply as a peacock, without qualification, when the tail is trailed.
A peacock, when it has its tail raised and fully spread, is properly called “a peacock in its pride.” However, when its tail is trailing, it’s just referred to as a peacock, without any extra description.
The pelican, the well-known emblem of maternal love, is shown standing in her nest and feeding her brood with blood from her breast, and with her wings in a displayed position with the points downward in an attitude of protection. In this position she is called a pelican in her piety.
The pelican, a well-known symbol of maternal love, is depicted standing in her nest and feeding her chicks with blood from her breast, her wings spread out with the tips pointing down in a protective stance. In this position, she is referred to as a pelican in her piety.
As an imaginary variant of an actual thing it may be convenient to refer here to the martlet, the very distinctive heraldic bird without feet, the “martlette of the sunne,” as old armorists call it. It is shaped like a swallow but without feet, for it was believed to live entirely in the air. Hence it was assigned as a mark of cadency to the fourth son, who, being so far from succession to the land, had only his own powers to sustain him (see Fig. 294).
As a fictional version of something real, it’s useful to mention the martlet, a unique heraldic bird that doesn’t have feet, known as the “martlette of the sunne,” as old heraldic experts refer to it. It looks like a swallow but without feet, because it was thought to live entirely in the air. Therefore, it was used as a symbol of distinction for the fourth son, who, being far from inheriting the land, had only his own abilities to rely on (see Fig. 294).
Martlets form part of the arms that are ascribed to Edward the Confessor, though in the example at Westminster Abbey the birds distinctly have feet and may perhaps have been meant for some other bird altogether, perhaps doves, whose symbolism of peace caused their early appearance among Royal insignia.
Martlets are part of the coat of arms associated with Edward the Confessor, but in the example at Westminster Abbey, the birds clearly have feet and might have actually been intended to represent a different bird entirely, possibly doves, which symbolize peace and were among the first symbols used in Royal insignia.





[Pg 93]
[Pg 93]
Of imaginary birds the phoenix is most interesting as a symbol of the perpetuation of life, and early writers never tired of describing in elaborate detail how the fabled bird, which they, however, accepted and believed in as a natural fact, effected his rejuvenescence through fire of his own kindling. Therefore the phoenix is represented in heraldry as resting upon its pyre. In recent times it has been customary to depict the bird as shaped like an eagle, but in earlier examples the head was crested like a peacock. Its proper colour was purely fanciful, some examples of great beauty being blue and gold, the preponderance of tincture varying with the fancy of the artist.
Of all the imaginary birds, the phoenix is the most fascinating as a symbol of life's continuation. Early writers endlessly described, in great detail, how this legendary bird—which they believed in as a natural fact—renewed itself through fire that it ignited. That's why the phoenix is shown in heraldry sitting on its pyre. Recently, it's common to depict the bird shaped like an eagle, but in earlier depictions, its head was adorned like a peacock. Its colors were purely imaginative, with some stunning examples being blue and gold, while the main color varied depending on the artist's preference.
The Harpy of classic story appears in heraldry in the shapes of eagles with the faces and breasts of women, and this appears to have been the only figure, with one exception, which combines the human form with that of a bird, for the bird-headed beings of the Assyrian bas-reliefs and other forms of Eastern art were not among those adopted into our heraldry, though there are a few instances in German work. The exceptions are the swans with women’s faces that in the fourteenth century decorated some of the hallings, of hangings of tapestry or embroidery, as especially emphasized versions of the chivalric symbol of womanhood that the swan was considered to be. For this reason it was adopted as a badge at a time which assiduously fashioned its manners after the traditionary chivalry of King Arthur and his knights, and when every kind of poetic and symbolic heraldry reached its fullest development.
The Harpy from classic stories shows up in heraldry as eagles with the faces and breasts of women. This seems to have been the only figure, with one exception, that combines the human form with that of a bird. The bird-headed figures seen in Assyrian bas-reliefs and other Eastern art weren't included in our heraldry, although there are a few instances in German art. The exceptions are the swans with women’s faces that decorated some tapestries or embroideries in the fourteenth century, highlighting a chivalric symbol of womanhood that the swan represented. For this reason, it became a badge at a time when manners were being modeled on the traditional chivalry of King Arthur and his knights, and when all kinds of poetic and symbolic heraldry were at their peak.
Fish.—Of heraldic fish the Dolphin may perhaps be[Pg 94] considered the most distinguished, mainly from its association in former times with the heir to the throne of France; but it is occasionally met with in our heraldry, generally perhaps as typical of fish in general, as in the arms of the Fishmongers Company of London. It is represented with its body curved, and is then said to be embowed, and it also occurs in the other position referred to below. When it is blazoned proper its colour, heraldically, is green with red fins and tail.
Fish.—Among heraldic fish, the Dolphin is probably the most notable, mainly because of its historical connection to the heir of the French throne. However, it occasionally appears in our heraldry, often symbolizing fish in general, as seen in the arms of the Fishmongers Company of London. It is shown with its body curved and is described as embowed; it can also appear in the other position mentioned below. When it's described as proper, its color, in heraldic terms, is green with red fins and tail.
Other fish occur as punning allusions to their owners’ names, e.g. the Lucies (pike) of the family of Lucy, whose arms are one of the quarterings of the Duke of Northumberland.
Other fish appear as clever references to their owners' names, like the Lucies (pike) from the family of Lucy, whose coat of arms is part of the quarterings of the Duke of Northumberland.
A fish when placed horizontally across the shield is blazoned naiant, or swimming, and when perpendicular as though breathing on the surface it is hauriant.
A fish when positioned horizontally across the shield is described as naiant, or swimming, and when upright as if it is surfacing for air, it is hauriant.
Human Figures.—The human figure appears heraldically as representing religious or symbolic persons, and in combination with other forms it makes those composite figures which express a conjunction of symbolic ideas. A woman’s head and breasts joined to the body of a lion made the well-known Sphinx, a figure closely associated with Egypt, to which country and to services rendered therein it usually alludes in modern heraldry. The Greek sphinx is composed of the head and bust of a woman joined to the body and legs of a dog, and in addition is winged. Its occurrence is rare in heraldry, a recent instance being the Greek sphinx sejant, which is the crest of the University of Leeds.
Human Figures.—The human figure is often used in heraldry to represent religious or symbolic individuals, and when combined with other forms, creates composite figures that convey a mix of symbolic ideas. For example, a woman’s head and breasts combined with the body of a lion form the well-known Sphinx, a symbol closely tied to Egypt, which modern heraldry typically references in relation to that country and its contributions. The Greek sphinx features the head and upper body of a woman attached to the body and legs of a dog, and it also has wings. This figure is uncommon in heraldry, with a recent example being the seated Greek sphinx, which serves as the crest of the University of Leeds.


The device is a punning one, the figure waving hair being in allusion to the name of the family.

In conjunction with a fish’s tail the body of a woman forms the Mermaid, the beautiful Syrena of old writers,[Pg 95] who never tire of telling how, like the harpy, she charms the shipmen with her song. Nevertheless, she was of sinister character, “glad and merry in tempest and heavy and sad in faire weather.” She is usually represented holding a looking-glass in which she regards herself while she combs her long hair. The male of the species is called a Triton, and usually holds a trident as the symbol of naval dominion. Indeed he is sometimes called Neptune, and crowned with a spiked crown, the form known as an Eastern crown that is described and illustrated under that head. Another semi-human form is the Centaur, the favourite badge of King Stephen, the classic monster, half man and half horse and armed with a bow, that is sometimes called a Sagittarius.
In combination with a fish's tail, a woman's body creates the Mermaid, the lovely Syrena from ancient writers, who never get tired of saying how, like the harpy, she enchants sailors with her song. However, she has a dark side, being "cheerful and joyful in a storm but heavy-hearted and sad in fair weather." She’s typically depicted holding a mirror while she admires herself and brushes her long hair. The male counterpart is called a Triton, often holding a trident as a symbol of maritime power. He is sometimes referred to as Neptune and wears a spiked crown known as an Eastern crown, which is described and illustrated under that heading. Another semi-human figure is the Centaur, the favorite emblem of King Stephen, the classic creature that is half man and half horse and is armed with a bow, sometimes called a Sagittarius.[Pg 95]
Male figures were frequently described as Savage Men, and were represented rough and shaggy with hair, and with wreaths of oak about their loins, the blazon being: a savage man ppr. wreathed about the loins with an oak wreath vert. In some instances they were wreathed about the temples also.
Male figures were often referred to as Savage Men, depicted as rough and hairy, with oak wreaths around their waists. The description would be: a savage man ppr. wreathed around the waist with a green oak wreath. In some cases, they also had wreaths around their heads.
Heads of both sexes, arms and legs, are used as charges and more frequently as crests, and are described as couped or erased, at the shoulder or the neck, as the case may be.
Heads of both genders, arms and legs, are used as charges and more often as crests, and are described as cut off or erased, at the shoulder or the neck, depending on the situation.
The whole Arm from the shoulder is shown bent and is then blazoned, an arm embowed. It should also be stated in the blazon whether the arm is dexter or sinister, and whether, if not naked, it is vested (and if so of what colour), or in armour, when it is described as an arm vambraced. In armour is often substituted for the later term. Pairs of arms grasping an object, drawing a bow[Pg 96] or wielding a hammer, are also met with. When the arm does not extend beyond the elbow it is blazoned a cubit arm, and its position, whether erect or otherwise, must be specified.
The entire arm from the shoulder is shown bent and is described as an arm embowed. It should also be mentioned in the description whether the arm is on the right (dexter) or left (sinister), and if it’s not bare, whether it’s clothed (and if so, what color), or in armor, in which case it’s referred to as an arm vambraced. The phrase In armour is often used instead of the later term. You can also find pairs of arms holding an object, drawing a bow[Pg 96], or wielding a hammer. If the arm doesn’t extend beyond the elbow, it’s called a cubit arm, and its position, whether upright or not, must be specified.
Human hands are borne by several families into whose name “Main” enters, either as Tremaine, Maynard, etc., and among other families by the O’Neils, and in the well-known badge of Ulster, the distinguishing badge of a baronet. They are usually depicted erect and couped at the wrist, and are assumed to be open unless it is otherwise stated.
Human hands are represented by several families whose name includes “Main,” like Tremaine, Maynard, and others, including the O’Neils, as well as in the famous badge of Ulster, which is the distinguishing mark of a baronet. They are typically shown upright and cut off at the wrist, and they're generally assumed to be open unless stated otherwise.
Anything depictable may be used as a charge, but in this wide field there are still certain particular objects, that single themselves out for more detailed treatment than the rest, and of these the cross in its many varied forms, the rose and the fleur-de-lis are the principal.
Anything that can be depicted can be used as a symbol, but in this broad area, there are still certain specific objects that stand out and deserve more detailed attention than others. Among these, the cross in its many different forms, the rose, and the fleur-de-lis are the main ones.
Crosses.—In a system of heraldry which took its rise from a military Christianity the cross naturally became a much-employed symbol under the various forms which the necessities of distinction or decoration suggested. Although it has been dealt with to some extent under the head of ordinaries, it is as a charge that it reaches its greatest variety and beauty. The plain cross with limbs of unequal length, which is called a passion cross, is sometimes placed upon steps or degrees, as in Fig. 107, when it may be described as a cross calvary.
Crosses.—In a heraldic system that originated from a military Christianity, the cross naturally became a widely used symbol in various forms, shaped by the need for distinction or decoration. While it has been discussed to some extent under the category of ordinaries, it is as a charge that it shows its greatest variety and beauty. The plain cross with arms of unequal length, known as a passion cross, is sometimes depicted on steps or levels, as in Fig. 107, where it can be referred to as a calvary cross.
Of the more decorative varieties those which terminate in a manner suggested by the fleur-de-lis are among the most usual and beautiful. Probably many of them were decorative before they became distinctive, for among the early sculptures are many examples of decorated crosses[Pg 97] with foliated ends which follow none of the familiar forms and are obviously purely ornamental.
Of the more decorative types, those that end in a way reminiscent of the fleur-de-lis are some of the most common and beautiful. It's likely that many of them were decorative before they became unique, as there are many examples of decorated crosses[Pg 97] from early sculptures that feature leafy ends, which don't follow any of the known shapes and are clearly just ornamental.





Crosses in general are drawn with limbs of equal length except where the shape of a shield suggests the lengthening of the lower limb in order to satisfactorily place the object in its field, but the intention is that the limbs are to be considered equal and not like those of the passion cross. The width of crosses may be considerably varied, for difference consists not in the proportions of parts to each other but in essential variations of form. The floriated, or otherwise varied, cross may therefore be made of any proportion that the arrangement of the shield may suggest; that is to say, the same adaptability exists in these crosses as in the ordinaries, and their proportions may and should be varied in relation to the field they occupy and[Pg 98] the charges with which they are associated. Though the floriated crosses are all derived from one source, their various shapes have long become fixed and now constitute heraldic difference. It will be useful therefore to observe that the end of a cross flory (Fig. 108) may approach very closely the form of a fleur-de-lis so long as confusion is not caused with the cross fleuretté (Fig. 109), in which the fleur-de-lis appears joined to the cross, rather than as though developed from it. The cross patonee (Fig. 110) differs from the cross flory merely in that the limbs of the former increase in width outwards, the lines radiating from the centre in a very pleasant way. In early shields the two latter forms are used indifferently for each other, as in the arms ascribed to Edward the Confessor, and in such cases choice may, of course, be made of one or other form; but it is obvious that when definite distinction between similar forms has been arrived at it should be observed and followed in later renderings.
Crosses are generally designed with arms of equal length, except when the shape of a shield calls for a longer lower arm to appropriately fit the object within its space. However, the idea is that the arms should be seen as equal, unlike those of the passion cross. The width of crosses can vary significantly since differences come not from proportions of parts to one another but from fundamental variations in shape. The floriated or otherwise styled cross can be created in any proportion suggested by the shield's layout; in other words, these crosses, like ordinaries, can be adjusted in proportion according to the area they occupy and[Pg 98] the symbols they are paired with. While all floriated crosses stem from the same origin, their various forms have become established over time and now represent heraldic differences. It's important to note that the end of a cross flory (Fig. 108) can closely resemble a fleur-de-lis, as long as it doesn't create confusion with the cross fleuretté (Fig. 109), where the fleur-de-lis appears attached to the cross instead of seeming to emerge from it. The cross patonee (Fig. 110) simply differs from the cross flory in that its arms widen outward, radiating from the center in a visually appealing way. In earlier shields, these two forms are often used interchangeably, as seen in the arms attributed to Edward the Confessor, and in such cases, one can choose either form. However, it’s clear that once a clear distinction between similar forms has been established, it should be respected and maintained in future representations.

The cross moline (Fig. 111) has ends like a fer-de-moline or millrind. A very beautiful example occurs on[Pg 99] the seal of Anthony de Bec, Bishop of Durham at the end of the thirteenth century (Fig. 112). This form of cross moline was distinguished by writers of a late time from the ordinary form with more pointed ends as a cross recercelée, but it was really the same thing under a different name.
The cross moline (Fig. 111) has ends that resemble a fer-de-moline or millrind. A particularly beautiful example can be found on[Pg 99] the seal of Anthony de Bec, Bishop of Durham, from the late thirteenth century (Fig. 112). Writers from a later period identified this type of cross moline differently from the standard version with sharper ends, calling it a cross recercelée, but essentially, they were the same thing with just a different name.

The cross patée or formée (Fig. 113) is that which occurs on the Imperial crown and other Royal insignia. This is a very graceful form when the limbs are well divided and are drawn with pleasant curves, as in the crown in Fig. 164. In later examples there has been an unfortunate widening of the ends until they almost touch each other at the corners with the result that the figure has the appearance of a square that is pierced with four radiating vesica-shaped holes and hardly that of a cross at all.
The cross patée or formée (Fig. 113) is the design found on the Imperial crown and other Royal symbols. This shape is very elegant when the arms are well-defined and drawn with smooth curves, as seen in the crown in Fig. 164. In later versions, unfortunately, the ends have widened to the point where they nearly touch at the corners, making the shape look more like a square with four vesica-shaped openings rather than a proper cross.



The cross crosslet (Fig. 114) becomes (in Fig. 115) a cross crosslet fitchée by its lower limb being pointed, in allusion to the temporary cross thrust upright into the ground in order, it may be, to serve as a symbol of hope and consolation to a dying soldier. It must not be[Pg 100] supposed, however, that every coat with a cross crosslet fitchée originated in the Crusades. Other crosses may be fitchée in a similar way, the point taking the place of the whole lower limb as in the example, but in some cases it is made to merely continue the lower limb, or, in the case of a cross patée fitchée, to issue from the middle of the lower end, and in such cases the cross is said to be fitched at the foot.
The cross crosslet (Fig. 114) changes in Fig. 115 to a cross crosslet fitchée, where the lower limb is pointed, symbolizing a temporary cross thrust upright into the ground, possibly serving as a symbol of hope and comfort for a dying soldier. However, it shouldn't be assumed that every coat featuring a cross crosslet fitchée originated during the Crusades. Other crosses can also be fitchée in a similar manner, with the point replacing the entire lower limb as seen in this example, but in some instances, it simply extends the lower limb or, in the case of a cross patée fitchée, emerges from the middle of the lower end, in which cases the cross is described as fitched at the foot.
The eight-pointed or Maltese cross, a development from the cross patée (Fig. 116), is one of the forms most used in the insignia of Orders of Knighthood, the Order of the Bath, for example, and of St. John of Jerusalem among others, and is one of a group of crosses distinguished from each other by the number of their points. A cross of fourteen points occurs in the badge of the Order of St. Michael and St. George, and consists of seven limbs of two points each.
The eight-pointed or Maltese cross, which evolved from the cross patée (Fig. 116), is one of the most commonly used designs in the insignia of Orders of Knighthood, such as the Order of the Bath and the Order of St. John of Jerusalem, among others. It belongs to a group of crosses that are distinguished by the number of their points. A cross with fourteen points appears in the badge of the Order of St. Michael and St. George, consisting of seven limbs, each with two points.
The cross bottonée (Fig. 117) is sometimes thought to be a corruption of the cross crosslet, whose corners are frequently rounded in early examples, or it may indeed have been designed to represent buds, as old armorists say, and if so is a perfectly intelligible and expressive symbol.
The cross bottonée (Fig. 117) is sometimes seen as a distortion of the cross crosslet, where the corners are often rounded in early examples. Alternatively, it may have been meant to symbolize buds, as old heraldic experts suggest, and if that’s the case, it serves as a clear and meaningful symbol.
[Pg 101]
[Pg 101]
Crosses pomell (Fig. 118), urdée or clichée (Fig. 119), potent (Fig. 120), furchée (Fig. 121), are some of a large number of crosses that are but rarely used.
Crosses pomell (Fig. 118), urdée or clichée (Fig. 119), potent (Fig. 120), furchée (Fig. 121) are just a few examples of the many types of crosses that are seldom used.
The cross tau, derived from the Greek letter of that name, is the cross of St. Anthony (Fig. 122).
The cross tau, which comes from the Greek letter of the same name, is the cross of St. Anthony (Fig. 122).



Crosses may at any time be represented as in relief, which again may be accented by means of a central arris or ridge which gives lines of light and shade; and this treatment is especially suitable to metal work, as is witnessed by many beautiful examples on church bells among other things.
Crosses can be depicted in relief at any time, which can be highlighted with a central edge or ridge that creates lines of light and shadow. This approach works especially well in metalwork, as seen in many beautiful examples on church bells, among other things.
Care is necessary, however, in black and white drawing that the indication of an arris does not suggest that the cross is “party” in any way.
Care is necessary, however, in black and white drawing so that the indication of a corner does not suggest that the cross is “party” in any way.
The Fleur-de-lis is one of the forms derived from a remote antiquity to become a widespread symbol throughout the whole of mediaeval heraldry. Probably derived from the iris or some similar flower form, it is found in the most ancient and the most modern decoration. Even the recent excavations of the palace of King Minos at Knossos in Crete disclosed forms of this figure on the wall frescoes. Its ornamental beauty as well as its spiritual symbolism easily account for its heraldic prevalence,[Pg 102] and even before regular heraldry was formulated the emblem had a quasi-heraldic existence on the crowns and sceptres of the Royal seals. Its decorative value needs no pointing out, for its graceful lines are not only beautiful in themselves but are easily adapted to harmonize with almost any form with which they may be in ornamental or heraldic relation.
The Lily Flower is a design that comes from ancient times and has become a common symbol throughout medieval heraldry. Likely derived from the iris or a similar flower, it appears in both the oldest and most contemporary decorations. Recent excavations of King Minos's palace at Knossos in Crete revealed this symbol in the wall frescoes. Its ornamental beauty and spiritual symbolism easily explain its prevalence in heraldry,[Pg 102] and even before formal heraldry was established, the emblem had a kind of heraldic presence on the crowns and scepters of royal seals. Its decorative value is obvious; its graceful lines are not only beautiful on their own but can also easily harmonize with almost any design they are paired with in ornamental or heraldic contexts.



Of the examples that are given here Fig. 123 is taken from the seal of King Louis VII of France, early in the twelfth century, on which it appears as the termination of a sceptre. The more distinctively heraldic form occurs on the oval counter-seal of his successor, Philip II, on which it appears as a badge without a shield, about the year 1180 (Fig. 124). A very beautiful form of the thirteenth century (Fig. 126) is also of French origin, and that which occurs on the shield of the Black Prince may be considered typical of the fourteenth century (Fig. 127). As in all these instances, the fleur-de-lis generally has but three leaves, but in some early examples the whole five petals of the iris are suggested by the inclusion of intermediate forms between the three principal ones (Fig. 125). These were sometimes leaflike, as in Fig. 128, an example of the fifteenth century,[Pg 103] but more usually are thin stems which terminate in small flowerlike forms. A further beautiful example is the common seal of Godmanchester, co. Hunts (Fig. 129). Fleurs-de-lis are then said to be seeded (a term that was probably made by some late armorist in giving a meaning to a form he did not understand) or florencée, from the invariable character of the fleur-de-lis, the “Lily of the City,” in the Arms of Florence (Fig. 130). The elaboration of the simple leaflike forms began as early as the middle of the fourteenth century at a time when the decorative sense was untrammelled, and it is in the freely designed illustrations of the MSS. that the first examples are found. The illustration (Fig. 131) is after one of a number of them that are repeated in various colours, but of similar form, in a book of the poems of Convenevole[Pg 105] da Prato, Petrarch’s tutor, which was made and painted with miniatures and other ornaments for Robert of Anjou, King of Naples, about the year 1340, and was probably executed in Florence. It is somewhat surprising to find at so early a date an example of the highly elaborated form which became very general in the later Italian decoration.
Of the examples provided here, Fig. 123 comes from the seal of King Louis VII of France from the early twelfth century, where it is featured as the end of a scepter. The more distinct heraldic version appears on the oval counter-seal of his successor, Philip II, where it shows as a badge without a shield, around the year 1180 (Fig. 124). A very beautiful version from the thirteenth century (Fig. 126) is also of French origin, and the one found on the shield of the Black Prince can be seen as characteristic of the fourteenth century (Fig. 127). In all these cases, the fleur-de-lis typically has just three leaves, though in some early examples, all five petals of the iris are hinted at by including intermediate shapes between the three main ones (Fig. 125). These were sometimes leaf-like, as shown in Fig. 128, an example from the fifteenth century,[Pg 103] but more often consist of thin stems that end in small flower-like shapes. Another beautiful example is the common seal of Godmanchester, co. Hunts (Fig. 129). Fleurs-de-lis are referred to as seeded (a term likely created by some later heraldic artist to describe a form they didn't understand) or florencée, named for the consistent character of the fleur-de-lis, the “Lily of the City,” in the Arms of Florence (Fig. 130). The development of the simple leaf-like forms began as early as the mid-fourteenth century when the decorative style was more liberated; the first examples can be found in the freely designed illustrations of manuscripts. The illustration (Fig. 131) is based on one of several that appear in various colors but with similar forms in a book of the poems by Convenevole[Pg 105] da Prato, Petrarch’s tutor, which was created and painted with miniatures and other decorations for Robert of Anjou, King of Naples, around the year 1340, likely executed in Florence. It is somewhat surprising to see such an elaborately designed form at such an early date, which later became widely used in Italian decoration.





A beautiful example of the decorated fleur-de-lis of the fifteenth century has already been referred to (Fig. 128).
A great example of the decorated fleur-de-lis from the fifteenth century has already been mentioned (Fig. 128).



About this time also instances occur of fleur-de-lis of the simpler form but with decorated surfaces, as in that from a fifteenth century book of the hours that is one of the illustrations to the Comte de Laborde’s treatise on “Les Fleurs-de-lis Heraldiques et les Fleurs-de-lis Naturelles,” Revue Archaelogique, in which the conventional fleur-de-lis (Fig. 132) is decorated with natural lilies.
About this time, there are also examples of a simpler form of fleur-de-lis with decorated surfaces, like the one from a fifteenth-century Book of Hours that illustrates the Comte de Laborde’s treatise on “Les Fleurs-de-lis Heraldiques et les Fleurs-de-lis Naturelles,” Revue Archéologique, where the conventional fleur-de-lis (Fig. 132) is adorned with natural lilies.
[Pg 106]
[Pg 106]
Like other decorative details the fleur-de-lis rapidly deteriorated in the general artistic decadence that followed the Tudor period, and during and after the latter half of the sixteenth century the beautiful and characteristic grace of line was lost, and the form became blobby and heavy, as in the eighteenth century French example (Fig. 133), while the coarse and ugly shapes that are commonly seen in ordinary modern work make it difficult to believe that they could have been derived, even remotely, from so beautiful a source.
Like other decorative elements, the fleur-de-lis quickly declined in the overall artistic decline that followed the Tudor period. During and after the latter half of the sixteenth century, the beautiful and distinctive elegance of the design was lost, and it became clumsy and heavy, as seen in the eighteenth-century French example (Fig. 133). The rough and unattractive shapes commonly found in regular modern work make it hard to believe they could have stemmed, even in the slightest, from such a beautiful origin.
Roses.—As a Royal badge a golden rose was used by Edward I, and was depicted with a stalk and leaves similar to the badge of the Malatesta in Italy in later times. In such cases it must be blazoned “leaved and slipped,” otherwise it would be rendered as the conventionalized flower alone, the only leaves shown in the latter being those of the calyx, which appear between the petals and are heraldically called barbs. These are frequently mentioned on the blazon, e.g. a rose gules barbed and seeded ppr., the seeds being the centre. Of the conflicting roses that brought such ruin on the gentry of England the red rose of Lancaster had been the badge of Henry IV, as the white rose irradiated was that of Edward IV, the latter badge resulting from a combination of the rose with the sun, which was another Yorkist emblem. Henry VII united the red and white rose badges, as he had united the great rival houses that they symbolized. Sometimes a single rose was made per pale gu. and ar., or else quarterly of those tinctures (in the former case the white half retained the rays that usually surrounded the white rose of York), but the method which has come[Pg 107] down in general use is that of a double rose, the white within the red, or vice versa. In this form Henry VII made it part of the collar of the Order of the Garter, and thus it appears sculptured on the walls of St. George’s Chapel at Windsor. In many instances the York rose retained its rays and the rose of Lancaster was placed within it, as in Fig. 134, which is sculptured on the exterior walls of the choir. In many of these the ends of the petals do not turn over as is most usual, but the modelling indicates a somewhat similar form. An interesting example of the Tudor rose as used by Queen Elizabeth is that which was found deeply incised in the wood of her coffin in Westminster Abbey (Fig. 135). This Queen signified the union of the Roses in yet another way in the badge that had been her mother’s, in which the tree-stock which supports the white falcon sprouts with red and white roses on the same stem.
Roses.—As a royal symbol, a golden rose was used by Edward I, depicted with a stem and leaves similar to the badge of the Malatesta in Italy in later times. In these cases, it must be described as “leaved and slipped,” otherwise it will be represented as just the flower, with the only leaves shown being those of the calyx, which appear between the petals and are called barbs in heraldry. These are often mentioned in the description, e.g., a red rose barbed and seeded ppr., with the seeds being the center. Of the rival roses that caused such destruction among the gentry of England, the red rose of Lancaster was the badge of Henry IV, while the white rose irradiated was that of Edward IV, the latter badge resulting from a combination of the rose and the sun, which was another Yorkist symbol. Henry VII united the red and white rose badges, as he united the great rival houses they represented. Sometimes a single rose was made divided per pale gu. and ar., or else quarterly in those colors (in the former case, the white half kept the rays that usually surrounded the white rose of York), but the method that has become[Pg 107] generally accepted is that of a double rose, the white within the red, or vice versa. In this form, Henry VII incorporated it into the collar of the Order of the Garter, and it appears sculpted on the walls of St. George’s Chapel at Windsor. In many cases, the York rose kept its rays and the rose of Lancaster was placed inside it, as seen in Fig. 134, which is sculpted on the exterior walls of the choir. In many of these, the tips of the petals do not curl over as is most common, but the modeling suggests a somewhat similar shape. An interesting example of the Tudor rose as used by Queen Elizabeth is the one found deeply carved in the wood of her coffin in Westminster Abbey (Fig. 135). This queen represented the union of the roses in yet another way with her mother’s badge, where the tree trunk supporting the white falcon sprouts with red and white roses on the same stem.


The Tudor rose has been united by dimidiation to many other badges, to the pomegranate and to a sheaf of arrows by Queen Mary, and to the thistle by James I[Pg 108] and his successors, of whom Queen Anne used the two emblems growing from one stem, as in the present Union badge of the rose, thistle and shamrock. The Tudor rose crowned still remains the Royal badge for England.
The Tudor rose has been combined with many other symbols, such as the pomegranate and a sheaf of arrows by Queen Mary, and the thistle by James I[Pg 108] and his successors. Queen Anne used both emblems growing from one stem, similar to the current Union badge of the rose, thistle, and shamrock. The crowned Tudor rose still serves as the Royal badge for England.
The Harp.—As the Arms of Ireland as well as for the beauty of form with which it may be invested, the harp is of the greatest interest both generally (as the symbol of minstrelsy) and appropriately; for the fame of the Irish as harpists was widespread even in the early Middle Ages, when they were among the finest of the world. And although any symbol, whatever it may be, becomes hallowed by association, it cannot but be felt that the harp is peculiarly fitted to be the emblem of a people so full of artistic and romantic enthusiasm.
The Harp.—As the Arms of Ireland and for its aesthetic appeal, the harp is incredibly significant both as a general symbol of music and in its specific context; the reputation of the Irish as harpists was well-known even in the early Middle Ages, when they were among the best in the world. While any symbol gains importance through association, it’s clear that the harp is especially suited to represent a people rich in artistic and romantic passion.



The heraldic harp was at first very simple and always graceful in form, following that of the minstrels, the small harp that was played resting on the knee or held suspended from the neck. Examples of the minstrel’s harp are Fig. 136 from a thirteenth century French MS. and Fig. 137 from a Tudor MS.
The heraldic harp started off quite simple and always elegant in shape, resembling the small harp used by minstrels, which was played while resting on the knee or hanging from the neck. Examples of the minstrel’s harp can be seen in Fig. 136 from a 13th-century French MS. and Fig. 137 from a Tudor MS.
As a device for Ireland, it first appears on the Great[Pg 109] Seal in that of Queen Elizabeth (Fig. 138), when it was used as a badge and was ensigned with the Imperial crown, as are all Royal badges.
As a symbol for Ireland, it first shows up on the Great[Pg 109] Seal during the reign of Queen Elizabeth (Fig. 138), where it was used as a badge and featured the Imperial crown, just like all Royal badges.
This type of harp is the same as that in the Wappen und Stammbuch by Jost Amman, 1579, and was evidently the shape that was in heraldic fashion at that period.
This type of harp is the same as the one in the Wappen und Stammbuch by Jost Amman, 1579, and was clearly the style that was popular in heraldry at that time.
In the next reign it became definitely the Arms of Ireland, as is so quartered on the Royal Shield by James I, where it has occupied the third quarter unmoved throughout the changes of its fellow quarterings.
In the next reign, it officially became the Arms of Ireland, as clearly shown in the Royal Shield by James I, where it has consistently occupied the third quarter despite the changes in the other quarterings.
Its form continued to follow more or less that of the minstrel’s harp until the time of Charles II, when the familiar winged figure was made its principal characteristic (Fig. 139). This, however, has no special heraldic significance, but is merely a variety of ornamental treatment.
Its shape continued to resemble that of the minstrel’s harp until the era of Charles II, when the well-known winged figure became its main feature (Fig. 139). However, this has no particular heraldic meaning; it’s just a type of decorative style.
While it presents opportunities for the highest efforts of art in the treatment of its figure, as is evidenced by Mr. Alfred Gilbert’s beautiful harp on the tomb of the Duke of Clarence at Windsor, in the majority of instances it is altogether without the grace which is its reason for existence, even when it does not quite descend to the unlovely lumpiness of Georgian and later times. The possible advantages of its greater weight in the design as compared with the slighter form, a weight which tends to effect satisfactory balance with the other quarters, are counterbalanced by its disadvantages, while the addition of Celtic tracery to the minstrel’s harp makes it more completely allusive and helps the composition at the same time. Nevertheless the figure harp may be very beautiful.
While it offers opportunities for the highest levels of artistry in its design, as shown by Mr. Alfred Gilbert’s stunning harp on the tomb of the Duke of Clarence at Windsor, most of the time it lacks the elegance that gives it purpose, even if it doesn't completely fall into the unattractive bulkiness of Georgian and later styles. The potential benefits of its heavier design compared to the lighter form, which helps achieve a satisfying balance with other elements, are offset by its downsides, while adding Celtic designs to the minstrel’s harp makes it more evocative and enhances the overall composition. Still, the figure harp can be very beautiful.
[Pg 110]
[Pg 110]
The simpler form is now very generally reverted to, and when artistic reasons direct the choice, there are no heraldic considerations that need fetter it. The Arms of Ireland are blazoned: Az. a harp Or stringed Arg.
The simpler version is now widely used again, and when artistic choices guide the selection, there are no heraldic concerns that should limit it. The Arms of Ireland are described as: Az. a harp Or stringed Arg.

Before leaving for a time the further consideration of the shield it will be convenient to refer to the very beautiful method of relieving and enriching surfaces which is called Diapering, and is a notable feature of the more elaborate kinds of heraldry. Numerous and excellent examples of its use may be found on the sculptured[Pg 111] shields of the monuments and chantries, as well as on incised brasses, in enamels and in stained glass.
Before moving on from discussing the shield for a while, it’s helpful to mention the beautiful technique of decorating and enhancing surfaces known as Diapering, which is a prominent feature of more intricate heraldry. Numerous excellent examples of this technique can be found on the sculptured[Pg 111] shields of monuments and chantries, as well as on engraved brasses, in enamels, and in stained glass.
Coming into heraldic use in the thirteenth century, it was soon extensively applied to the decoration of armorial shields and especially of their fields and ordinaries. In some instances charges also were diapered, but only when they were flat in character and when the general treatment and material lent themselves to the method. In most cases it was confined to plain surfaces. The patterns were in many instances derived from those that had been employed from ancient times in textile decoration.
Coming into use in heraldry in the thirteenth century, it was quickly applied to decorate armorial shields, especially their fields and ordinaries. In some cases, charges were also patterned, but only when they were flat and the overall design and material suited this approach. Most of the time, it was limited to plain surfaces. The patterns were often based on those used since ancient times in textile decoration.
Whenever diapering is applied to a shield it is purely ornamental in character, and in many instances is geometrical in plan, having no forms that could possibly be mistaken for charges, and so be likely to interfere with the clear statement of the arms. The example is one of the many beautifully diapered shields that decorate the shrine of the Percies in Beverley Minster. In sculpture proper, when the design was cut out of the surface, a pattern such as that of Fig. 140 was found very suitable to the material and to the method of working it; when, however, the diaper was modelled up, as in the gesso decoration of ceremonial shields, or was incised in reverse, as in a seal, the design frequently took the form of flowing lines as the readiest means of getting the ornate effect that was required. An example of this latter method may be referred to in the Great Seal of Henry IV at p. 18, Fig. 2.
Whenever diapering is used on a shield, it's purely decorative and often geometric in design, with no shapes that could be confused with charges, so they won't interfere with the clear display of the arms. One example is one of the many beautifully patterned shields that adorn the shrine of the Percies in Beverley Minster. In actual sculpture, when the design was carved out of the surface, a pattern like that in Fig. 140 worked well with the material and the technique being used. However, when the diaper was modeled up, as seen in the gesso decoration of ceremonial shields, or was engraved in reverse, like in a seal, the design often ended up as flowing lines, the easiest way to achieve the desired ornate effect. An example of this latter technique can be found in the Great Seal of Henry IV on p. 18, Fig. 2.

In the early examples the diaper, like the semée already referred to, was treated as though it were a piece of an ornamental fabric stretched over the shield and passing behind[Pg 112] the charges without being affected or displaced by them. The Renaissance work shows the diaper more especially adapted to the occasion, as in a Florentine shield from the Palazzo Guadagni and now in the Victoria and Albert Museum, which is beautifully decorated in raised lines of gesso which follow the outline of the figure at a little[Pg 114] distance from it, and the rest of the decoration accommodates itself to the shape of the spaces in a manner that is especially satisfactory, as conveying the impression of being carefully designed for its particular purpose, with each part in due relation to the others.
In the early examples, the diaper, like the semée mentioned earlier, was handled as if it were a piece of decorative fabric stretched over the shield and extending behind[Pg 112] the charges without being affected or moved by them. The Renaissance work shows the diaper being more specifically tailored for the occasion, like in a Florentine shield from the Palazzo Guadagni, now in the Victoria and Albert Museum. This shield is beautifully decorated with raised gesso lines that follow the outline of the figure at a slight[Pg 114] distance, and the rest of the decoration fits the shape of the spaces in a way that feels especially satisfying, suggesting that it was carefully designed for its specific purpose, with each part relating well to the others.

The illuminations of the manuscripts were frequently diapered with designs drawn in lines of gold on the ground colour, and a lighter or darker tint of the ground colour was similarly employed, sometimes also in combination with gold. Indeed, the possibilities of diapering as surface decoration are almost without limit if it is reasonably handled. Its effect in enriching and adding interest to simple forms and spaces is shown in the treatment of the Arms of Henricus de Erskine (Fig. 141) and the shield of John, fifth Lord Erskine, and his wife, Lady Margaret Campbell (Fig. 142), two of the series of shields executed in painted gesso for the hall, Alloa House, Clackmannanshire. It is very useful in monochrome, as in engraving for instance, as a means of distinguishing contiguous spaces; in the way that line tints were employed to do before a colour value was ascribed to them. Being, of course, completely under control to be employed or omitted at will, it has none of the objections of the tincture lines.
The illustrations in the manuscripts often featured patterns created with gold lines on the background color, and a lighter or darker shade of that background color was used in a similar way, sometimes combined with gold. In fact, the options for creating patterns as surface decoration are nearly endless when done thoughtfully. Its ability to enhance and add interest to simple shapes and areas is evident in the designs of the Arms of Henricus de Erskine (Fig. 141) and the shield of John, fifth Lord Erskine, and his wife, Lady Margaret Campbell (Fig. 142), part of a series of shields made with painted gesso for the hall at Alloa House, Clackmannanshire. It's very effective in monochrome, like in engraving, as a way to differentiate adjacent spaces, similar to how line tints were used before colors were assigned to them. Being completely controllable for use or omission, it avoids the issues associated with tincture lines.

The tone effect of diapering must be taken into account, and the consequent emphasis of the charges, unless their character is very elaborate and broken up, and in that case there may be a tendency to confuse their lights and thus obscure and spoil the whole effect. Discretion is therefore very necessary in applying that which properly handled is a very useful and decorative device. It has[Pg 115] been said that diaper must have no design of heraldic significance, and this must be so wherever it is employed on the actual armorials. When, however, it is used as a background or other extra-armorial decoration the converse is the case, and badges and charges of an allusive[Pg 116] character become the most suitable motives that can be employed.
The impact of diapering on tone needs to be considered, as well as the resulting emphasis on the charges, unless they are very intricate and dispersed; if that's the case, it might lead to confusion of their brightness, which could overshadow and ruin the overall effect. So, it's important to be careful when using what can be a very effective and decorative technique. It has[Pg 115] been said that diaper patterns shouldn't have any heraldic meaning, and this should hold true wherever they are used in the official heraldry. However, when used as a background or other decorative elements outside of armory, the opposite applies, and symbols and charges with an allusive[Pg 116] nature become the most fitting designs to incorporate.
Diapers of complete arms occur on a box of champlevé enamel in the Victoria and Albert Museum, whose decorations consist of lozenge-shaped spaces filled with the arms of de Valence and others, and in the similar work on the table of the tomb of William de Valence in Westminster Abbey. In the portrait medals the background was often enriched with armorial diapers of distinctive charges, such as the fleur-de-lis background to the head of Louis XII and the ermine one of Anne de Bretagne, both of which are excellent examples (Fig. 143). Similar diapers applied to architectural features are alluded to at p. 205.
Diaper patterns featuring full coats of arms can be found on a champlevé enamel box in the Victoria and Albert Museum, decorated with lozenge-shaped areas filled with the arms of de Valence and others. Similar designs are present on the tabletop of the tomb of William de Valence in Westminster Abbey. In portrait medals, the background often showcased armorial diapers with unique symbols, such as the fleur-de-lis behind Louis XII's head and the ermine background of Anne de Bretagne—both of which are great examples (Fig. 143). Similar diaper patterns used in architectural features are referenced on p. 205.

[Pg 117]
[Pg 117]
CHAPTER VI
Helm, Crest and Mantling
The treatment of the helm and mantling is a matter of especial interest both as a significant part of an achievement of arms and as that part of it which affords a great amount of freedom and variety in artistic arrangement, for the lines of the helm, the character of the mantling, its direction and flow, and to some extent its colour effect, are like the shape of the shield, at the disposal of the designer to do as he will or can with them.
The way the helmet and mantling are handled is particularly interesting, both as an important part of a coat of arms and as a section that offers a lot of freedom and variety in artistic design. The lines of the helmet, the style of the mantling, its direction and movement, and to some degree its color effects are, much like the shape of the shield, up to the designer to use as they wish or can.
With regard to the shield, which in course of time developed into a merely ornamented surface on which to bear a device, the sense of personal allusion was always retained, even when the close association of armorials with a military idea became to a great extent weakened, but a more essentially warlike character was always ascribed to the helmet and crest, as is evidenced by their omission from the arms of ecclesiastics and, in many instances and with great propriety, from those of corporations. This feeling may also have influenced the small size of the helmets of the later sixteenth century onwards. The intention, however, was not strong enough to dispense with them altogether as the mediaeval men did, and the result was merely to weaken the design in[Pg 118] including the helmet and crest in a somewhat shamefaced way.
Regarding the shield, which over time evolved into a simply decorated surface for displaying a symbol, the personal significance was always kept, even as the close link between heraldry and military ideas largely faded. However, a more distinctly martial character was consistently attributed to the helmet and crest, as seen in their absence from the arms of religious figures and, in many cases, appropriately from those of organizations. This sentiment may have also contributed to the smaller size of helmets from the late sixteenth century onward. Nevertheless, the intention wasn't strong enough to completely eliminate them as medieval people did, resulting in a design that included the helmet and crest in a somewhat awkward manner.[Pg 118]
In the stately ceremonial of the tournament, helm and crest played no less distinguished a part than the shield, for those military sports which took so firm a hold on the vigorous tastes of mediaeval chivalry were accompanied by brilliant ceremonial, in which heraldry found its widest field of display in all kinds of sumptuous application to the dress and decoration of the scene.
In the grand ceremony of the tournament, helmets and crests were just as important as shields, because the military games that captivated the strong interests of medieval knights were accompanied by extravagant ceremonies where heraldry showcased its fullest expression in various lavish decorations for the attire and the overall spectacle.
The lodgings of the knights and nobles were distinguished by paintings of their armorials, and banners and pennons projected from the windows. The tribunes of the Ladies and of the Judges of the Tournament were gay with badges brilliant in colour and of endless variety of form, while the combatants themselves in surcoats and shields of Arms and with crested helms and armorial horse trappings, exhausted the heraldic possibilities of personal adornment.
The accommodations of the knights and nobles featured paintings of their coats of arms, and banners and pennants hung from the windows. The viewing areas for the Ladies and the Judges of the Tournament were vibrant with colorful badges in a wide range of designs, while the competitors themselves wore surcoats and shields displaying their arms, along with crested helmets and decorated horse gear, showcasing every possible way to personalize their appearance.
On a day before that which was fixed for the combats the helms and crests of the tourneyers were brought together with much ceremony and were arranged in due order to the satisfaction of the Judges of the Tournament. Each had its owner’s banner suspended over it and, all being ready, the Ladies were conducted round the Hall, when if any one of them, by touching a crest, accused its owner of any fault or crime against chivalry he was seized, tried and punished, according to the magnitude of his offence and the custom of the Tournament.
On the day before the scheduled battles, the helmets and crests of the tournament participants were gathered with great ceremony and organized to the judges' satisfaction. Each crest had its owner's banner displayed above it, and once everything was ready, the ladies were led around the hall. If any lady touched a crest, she could accuse its owner of a fault or crime against chivalry, and that person would be seized, tried, and punished based on the severity of the offense and the tournament's customs.
The helm and crest of the Chevalier d’honneur, the knight selected to attend the Lady of the Tournament and at her bidding to extend the “Merci des Dames”[Pg 119] which forbade further attacks on a combatant unfortunate in the mêlée, were the objects of especial ceremonial, and (he being withdrawn by his office from active participation in the combat) were taken from his head with much courtesy by the Judges and the Herald and were solemnly given in charge of the Ladies until such time as his duties should cease at the close of the Tournament. Until that time an esquire or gentleman bore them aloft upon a lance staff near to the Lady of the Tournament.
The helmet and crest of the Chevalier d’honneur, the knight chosen to accompany the Lady of the Tournament and, at her request, to issue the “Merci des Dames”[Pg 119] which prohibited further attacks on a combatant who was unfortunate in the melee, were treated with special ceremony. Since he was removed from active participation in the fight due to his role, the Judges and the Herald respectfully took them off his head and handed them over to the Ladies to keep until his responsibilities ended at the close of the Tournament. Until then, a squire or gentleman held them high on a lance staff near the Lady of the Tournament.

With regard to the helm, it will not be desirable to discuss its development as armour through the various forms which preceded those which were employed to support heraldic crests; and it will suffice to begin with the early form, which was more or less cylindrical, as in Fig. 144, and afterwards developed into the more complex curves and projections of the tournament helm.
With respect to the helmet, it’s not necessary to go into its evolution as armor through the different shapes that came before those used to hold heraldic crests; it will be enough to start with the early version, which was more or less cylindrical, as shown in Fig. 144, and later evolved into the more intricate curves and extensions of the tournament helmet.
At first, comparatively short and resting on the camail which covered the head, in time it was made longer, until the helm rested on the shoulders, and being buckled back and front to the body armour became, as it were, part of it, and besides being a better defence was able to support the additional pressure of a crest (which though fashioned of light material was still of considerable weight) with a minimum of fatigue to its wearer. The crest was attached to the crown plate of the helm[Pg 120] by means of laces, or by small bolts or other fastenings which passed through holes made for the purpose. It appears improbable that crests were used to any general extent in actual battle, and for the best of all practical reasons, that a crest had been found to be a very dangerous ornament which, at close quarters, served as a handle, while the laces held, by which to pull down the wearer’s head, and King Stephen is said to have been among those that suffered in this way. That they were used in battle to some extent is evident, and Viollet-le-duc, in referring to the abuse of the Tournament, points out that the feudal nobility attempted to treat war itself like a grand tournament and appeared on the field extravagantly arrayed with long surcoats and lambrequins that encumbered their movements and gave them an easy prey to simple archers and similar workmanlike troops.
Initially, it was fairly short and rested on the camail that covered the head, but over time it became longer, until the helm hung on the shoulders. Secured in the front and back to the body armor, it became an integral part of it. Besides providing better protection, it could support the added weight of a crest (which, although made of lightweight material, was still quite heavy) with minimal fatigue for the wearer. The crest was attached to the crown plate of the helm[Pg 120] using laces, small bolts, or other fastenings designed for that purpose. It's unlikely that crests were widely used in actual combat for practical reasons: a crest could be a dangerous decoration that, in close combat, acted as a handle to pull down the wearer's head; King Stephen is said to have experienced this. While they were somewhat used in battle, Viollet-le-duc notes that in the case of the Tournament's misuse, the feudal nobility tried to treat war like a grand tournament, showing up in flashy attire with long surcoats and lambrequins that hindered their movement, making them easy targets for ordinary archers and similar skilled troops.
The shape of the helm was naturally susceptible of much variety but its essential structural character remained the same throughout, and consisted principally of three parts, the crown plate and two others for the front and back of the helm respectively. Sight was provided for in one of two ways, either by leaving an opening between the crown and front plate or by piercing the latter with horizontal openings which were strengthened by an additional piece, generally in the form of a cross, and so splayed as to deflect a point that had struck near the opening. Both opening and reinforcing piece may be of value in design, the former from its strong line which must always be reckoned with, and the latter for the opportunity it affords of introducing[Pg 121] decorative detail where it may be useful. It is interesting to observe that the back of the helm is of thinner plate than the front, thus dispensing with weight where it was possible to do so. In the later forms of helm, which were fastened by straps to the breast and back, the buckle and the methods of rivetting it to the plates afford other opportunities for utilizing structural details ornamentally. (Fig. 145.)
The shape of the helmet allowed for a lot of variation, but its basic structure stayed the same, mainly consisting of three parts: the crown plate and two additional plates for the front and back. Visibility was arranged in one of two ways: either by leaving a gap between the crown and the front plate or by cutting the front plate with horizontal slots that were reinforced by an extra piece, usually shaped like a cross, designed to redirect blows that struck near the openings. Both the opening and the reinforcing piece can be important in design, with the opening providing a strong line that needs to be considered and the reinforcing piece offering a chance to add decorative details where they’re useful. It's interesting to note that the back of the helmet is made from thinner material than the front, reducing weight where it could. In later helmet designs, which were secured with straps at the chest and back, the buckle and the way it was riveted to the plates provided additional chances to incorporate decorative structural details. (Fig. 145.)

The perforations which facilitated breathing were generally on the right-hand side, and though there were instances of their being on both sides it was very unusual in view of the fact that the tournament attack was from the left, and that although the tilting spear had a coronal instead of a point, care would still be taken to give as little hold as possible to the weapon.
The holes that allowed for breathing were mostly on the right side, and while there were cases where they appeared on both sides, that was quite rare considering the tournament attack came from the left. Even though the tilting spear had a flat end instead of a point, care was still taken to minimize how much grip the weapon had.
This refers to breathing holes, spiracula, in the front plate, but there were also openings, sometimes of considerable size, in the backplate behind the vertical joint, through which the knight could hear and perhaps, by turning his head, see and speak to the squire who attended him.
This refers to breathing holes, spiracula, in the front plate, but there were also openings, sometimes quite large, in the backplate behind the vertical joint, through which the knight could hear and possibly, by turning his head, see and talk to the squire who attended him.
In the fifteenth century the demand for greater mobility and less weight in the armour that was used for actual battle had produced the Helmet or small helm, having a front which opened and a more or less flexible neck, the Bascinet, the Salade and other forms of[Pg 122] head armour; and thenceforward the great helm was reserved for the uses of the tournament.
In the fifteenth century, the need for greater mobility and lighter armor in actual battles led to the creation of the Helmet or small helm, which featured a front that opened and a more flexible neck, along with the Bascinet, the Salade, and other types of[Pg 122] head armor; from that point on, the great helm was mainly used for tournaments.

An example of helmet at Fig. 146, after Viollet-le-duc, will serve to explain its structure. The vizor, in two parts, opens upwards on a pivot, and the front opens sideways by means of a hinge to permit the helmet to be put on, and though there was a great variety in shape and construction they were all modifications of the methods of the example. The head was capable of movement, the laminated plates of the gorget giving a certain amount of flexibility from side to side as well as up and down, provision being also made for some amount of turning movement. As pieces of defensive mechanism helmets were very excellent, but were rarely associated with crests in the time of their actual use—though they were frequently so represented in the later times when heraldry had become out of touch with the armoured period and did not[Pg 123] trouble to go farther back for its crest support than the most recent form of closed defence for the head.
An example of a helmet at Fig. 146, based on Viollet-le-duc, will help explain its structure. The visor, which has two parts, opens upward on a pivot, while the front swings open sideways with a hinge to allow the helmet to be put on. Despite the wide variety in shape and design, all of them were variations of the methods shown in the example. The head could move, as the layered plates of the gorget provided some flexibility side to side and up and down, and there was also a way for limited turning movement. Helmets were excellent pieces of defensive gear, but they were rarely paired with crests during their actual use—though they were often depicted this way in later times when heraldry became disconnected from the armored era and didn't bother to look further back for crest examples than the latest version of closed head protection.
In all armour, and much besides helms is used in heraldry, it will be found useful to acquire a practical knowledge of its structure and method of working and also the practical reasons for the form of its various parts. By so doing it will become unnecessary to search for a model for every need, rather it will be possible in the case of a figure to draw the man and put the armour on him in the form that seems most suitable. Forms of greater or less simplicity can thus be designed as circumstances may dictate, as it may be desirable in the interests of light and shade to elaborate or minimize the details. Armour should be so designed that its principal lines help the composition and express the form in the most forcible, suitable and simple way. In an arm, for instance, which is of frequent occurrence as a crest, it should be observed how the gauntlet has its defence added to the glove, how its wrist fits over the arm piece, the arrangement of the elbow piece, the cubitiere, on its inner and outer sides with regard to the hollow of the arm, and so forth. By thus familiarizing oneself with the essential structure, it becomes possible to handle the subject with confidence in design, so that perspective, light and shade and the harmonious relationship of lines may be helped, while the structure appears convincingly right.
In all armor, and especially in heraldry, it's useful to gain a practical understanding of its structure and how it works, as well as the reasons behind the shapes of its various parts. This way, you won't need to search for a model for every requirement; instead, you can draw the figure and put the armor on in the way that seems most fitting. You can design forms of varying simplicity depending on the situation, which might require more or fewer details for the sake of light and shadow. Armor should be designed so that its main lines enhance the composition and express its form in the most striking, appropriate, and straightforward manner. For example, with an arm, which is frequently used in crests, you should notice how the gauntlet’s protection is added to the glove, how the wrist overlaps the arm piece, and the arrangement of the elbow piece (cubitiere) on both its inner and outer sides relative to the arm's hollow, and so on. By getting familiar with these essential structures, you can approach the subject confidently in your designs, allowing perspective, light and shadow, and the harmonious relationship of lines to come together, all while ensuring the structure looks convincingly accurate.
Besides the closed helm which was used in the joust, the mimic duel with lances, a more open variety was used in the tourney, for in the latter, which was fought by opposing parties of men armed with blunted swords[Pg 124] and with wooden maces, there was no attack with the point to be provided against, and it was therefore possible to lighten the armour by means of perforations and to open the face by substituting bars for plates. In the helm shown at Fig. 147 it will be noticed that not only is the face open, but there are numerous holes in the upper part of the gorget, and the breast-plate and other parts of the armour were also plentifully perforated. Such armour for tourneying was frequently modelled in leather instead of metal, the lighter material being a sufficient defence against sword and mace, though it would have fared badly against the more concentrated lance shock of the joust, and therefore when the lance was also permitted in the tourney more efficient armour was worn.
Besides the closed helmet used in jousting, a more open design was used in tournaments, where opposing teams fought with blunted swords and wooden maces. Since there was no risk of being stabbed, the armor could be lighter with perforations and the face could be more exposed by using bars instead of solid plates. In the helmet shown in Fig. 147, you can see that not only is the face exposed, but there are many holes in the upper part of the gorget, and the breastplate and other parts of the armor are also full of holes. This type of tournament armor was often made of leather instead of metal, as the lighter material was sufficient protection against swords and maces, though it would not hold up well against the direct impact of the lance in jousting. Therefore, when lances were also allowed in tournaments, more effective armor was worn.

Fig. 147 shows a form of appliance for fixing the crest by means of a sort of skull cap, which was laced to the helm through the holes provided for the purpose.
Fig. 147 shows a type of device for securing the crest with a kind of skull cap, which was laced to the helmet through the holes made for that purpose.
[Pg 125]
[Pg 125]
The earliest decoration of symbolic though still merely general significance on the helms of the Middle Ages was the reinforcing piece surrounding the two sight openings, that was made in one of the many forms of cross; and the coronets and decorative fillets which denote high rank. These latter were succeeded about the beginning of the fourteenth century by the actual crests, which were sometimes repetitions, modified or not, of the device on the shield, sometimes of a different nature altogether.
The earliest decorations with symbolic but still general significance on the helmets of the Middle Ages were the reinforcing pieces around the two openings for sight, often made in one of the many forms of a cross; and the coronets and decorative bands that indicated high status. These were replaced around the early fourteenth century by actual crests, which were sometimes variations, whether altered or not, of the design on the shield, and sometimes of a completely different kind.

The first attempt to decorate the top of the helm appears to have been by panaches of feathers, perhaps also of horsehair, for which representations in gilded leather or other more permanent material were afterwards substituted. As early as the ninth century movable crests of coloured leather had decorated the head armour, being fastened back and front to the bronze or iron cap. These were purely ornamental, except so far as difference of colour may have made them personal to some extent. An example of the middle of the fourteenth century appears as Fig. 148. Some of the panache crests retained their feathery character and ultimately became crests that were in every way heraldic, while others were developed into a fan-like form which itself served as a field for the display of a device or even of the whole arms as in the case of Sir Geoffrey Louterelle’s crest that is quoted by Boutell. These ornaments appear to have been purely decorative[Pg 126] additions to the helmet, and could have had no defensive value; on the contrary, the angle formed by the base with the crown of the helmet would, if rigid, have provided lodgment and purchase for a blow which might otherwise have slid off.
The first attempt to embellish the top of the helmet seems to have involved tufts of feathers, possibly also made of horsehair, which were later replaced by representations in gilded leather or other more durable materials. As early as the ninth century, movable crests made of colored leather decorated the headgear, attached at the front and back to the bronze or iron cap. These were purely decorative, except that the different colors might have given them a personal touch. An example from the middle of the fourteenth century is shown as Fig. 148. Some of the feathered crests maintained their appearance and eventually became fully heraldic, while others evolved into a fan-like shape that itself served as a space for displaying a device or even the entire coat of arms, as seen in Sir Geoffrey Louterelle’s crest mentioned by Boutell. These ornaments were purely decorative[Pg 126] additions to the helmet and offered no protective value; in fact, the angle formed by the base with the crown of the helmet could, if rigid, create a point of impact where a blow might land instead of sliding off.
Heraldic crests came into definite use about the beginning of the fourteenth century and soon became of very general application on seals and in other armorial ways.
Heraldic crests became commonly used around the early fourteenth century and quickly became widely applied on seals and in other coat of arms-related methods.
The Tournament crests were large and boldly designed and were constructed of various light materials such as leather, paper and canvas, worked over a wicker frame; the surface details were modelled in fine plaster, and the whole was painted and gilt. Few ancient examples exist in this country, the most notable being that of Edward the Black Prince which accompanies his shield at Canterbury. Abroad they are more numerous and Fig. 149 is an excellent example of them.
The tournament crests were big and strikingly designed, made from various lightweight materials like leather, paper, and canvas, shaped over a wicker frame; the surface details were crafted in fine plaster, and everything was painted and gilded. There are few ancient examples in this country, with the most notable being that of Edward the Black Prince, which is paired with his shield at Canterbury. There are many more examples abroad, and Fig. 149 is a great one.
This spirited dragon’s head, of Florentine work of the fifteenth century, is modelled in gesso over a wood core, and was painted and gilt. It is noteworthy that in this instance the torse is modelled with the crest.
This lively dragon's head, crafted in Florence in the fifteenth century, is made of gesso over a wooden core and was painted and gilded. It's remarkable that in this case, the torse is shaped along with the crest.
When a device became a crest it was generally modified to some extent in order to fit it practically for its position. Hence the frequency of the demi-animals, which, while admitting of more secure adjustment to the helm, retained all the vigorous and symbolic qualities of the whole figure. Animals’ heads were also largely used and are equally satisfactory from the point of view of design, because of the ease with which their lines may be made to harmonize with those of the supporting helmet.
When a device turned into a crest, it was usually changed somewhat to make it suitable for its place. That's why demi-animals are so common; they fit more securely on the helm while still keeping all the strong and symbolic qualities of the full figure. Animal heads were also widely used and are just as effective in terms of design, since it's easy to make their lines blend with those of the helmet.
[Pg 127]
[Pg 127]
When a lion or other animal was used whole it was generally in a statant position, as it is in the Royal Crest of England, Percy and others, for that was the most stable posture in which such a modelled object could be fixed to a helm. In such cases the animal looked directly in front of it and faced as the helm did.
When a lion or another animal was used in its entirety, it was usually shown in a standing position, similar to how it appears in the Royal Crest of England, Percy, and others, because that was the most stable way to attach such a modeled object to a helmet. In these instances, the animal faced directly forward, aligned with the direction of the helmet.

Flat objects, the sun in splendour for example, were placed edgeways to the front, so that they were best seen from the sides, but in some crests, the device, especially when a fleur-de-lis, was formed of two planes which intersected each other at right angles, so that the complete form was visible from every point of view.
Flat objects, like the sun in all its glory, were arranged sideways at the front, making them easiest to see from the sides. However, in some designs, especially those featuring a fleur-de-lis, the shape was created from two planes crossing each other at right angles, allowing the full form to be seen from every angle.
The mantling, or lambrequins, hung from the top of the helmet, being fastened to it by laces, and over it the torse, formed of twisted silk of two or sometimes more tinctures, encircled the crown of the helm below the crest.
The mantling, or lambrequins, hung from the top of the helmet, secured by laces, and above it the torse, made of twisted silk in two or more colors, wrapped around the crown of the helm below the crest.
[Pg 128]
[Pg 128]
The artistic treatment of the crested and mantled helm was nearly always satisfactory during the whole period of the tournaments until they ceased in the sixteenth century, but about the middle of that century began the unfortunate increase of restrictive rules that were devised with so little regard to their practical artistic application. In place of the great helm which had previously been used in the way that was best suited to the display of the crest, that is to say in profile or nearly so, the lighter helmet was substituted, and it was also decreed that it should be varied in shape, twisted about and opened and shut, according to the rank of its owner, but with total disregard to the crest. So that we have a lion standing sideways on its helmet and even looking down the back of it. For in the worst cases a helmet may be seen turned completely round, while its crest remains in the original direction. This arose from the stupid application of the excellent rule that helms when more than one are employed should be posed with regard to some common centre of interest; an obviously proper and artistic method, but it should be equally obvious that when the helm turns the crest must turn too.
The artistic design of the crested and mantled helm was almost always satisfactory throughout the entire tournament period until they ended in the sixteenth century. However, around the middle of that century, there was an unfortunate rise in restrictive rules that were created with little regard for their practical artistic application. Instead of the great helm, which had previously been used in a way that best showcased the crest—meaning in profile or close to it—a lighter helmet was introduced. It was also mandated that this helmet should vary in shape, twisting and opening according to the rank of its owner, but completely ignoring the crest. As a result, we see a lion positioned sideways on its helmet, even looking down the back of it. In the worst cases, a helmet can be seen turned entirely around while its crest remains facing the original direction. This issue came from the misguided application of the sensible rule that when more than one helm is used, they should be arranged with respect to a common center of interest; a method that is obviously proper and artistic. However, it should also be clear that when a helm turns, the crest must turn as well.
Although it will in most instances be possible to ignore these rules, for the bearer’s rank will usually be sufficiently indicated in some other way, it is, of course, necessary to know them, and the present rules for helmets of rank are as follows:—An Esquire or gentleman has a helmet of steel with gold ornaments and it is posed in profile with the vizor closed. The position is not interpreted very strictly, however, and the helmet may be three-quarter[Pg 129] face or may make an even nearer approach, in reason, to the full affrontée position. This fortunate latitude affords a way by which, when the use of the small helm is insisted upon, the crest and its support may be brought into intelligible relationship.
Although it's usually possible to ignore these rules since a person's rank is typically clear in other ways, it's still important to know them. The current rules for helmets of rank are as follows: An Esquire or gentleman has a steel helmet with gold embellishments, positioned in profile with the visor closed. However, this position isn't interpreted too strictly, and the helmet can be at a three-quarter face angle or even closer to a full face position if reasonable. This flexibility allows for the use of the small helm while ensuring that the crest and its support are clearly related.
A Knight’s or Baronet’s helmet is similar to that of an Esquire, but is borne full faced with the vizor open.
A knight's or baronet's helmet is like that of an esquire, but it is displayed front-facing with the visor open.
It is difficult so see any reason for multiplying indications of rank which is already marked in other ways, though the difficulty certainly exists in the case of a Knight (with a Baronet there is of course none), but it would be easy to devise some distinguishing mark on or about the shield or on the helmet itself if the authorities would give a ruling in this sense.
It’s hard to understand why we need to add more signs of rank when it’s already shown in other ways. While there is some challenge with a Knight (there’s none with a Baronet, of course), it would be simple to come up with a unique symbol on or around the shield or on the helmet itself if the authorities would decide on this.
The helmet of a Peer is of steel or silver and gold, the front having bars or grilles instead of a movable vizor, and its pose is profile wise, similar to that of the Esquire’s helmet. Its bars are usually five in number, and attempts to signify exact rank by the number of bars have not resulted in any rules that are observed.
The helmet of a Peer is made of steel or silver and gold, with the front featuring bars or grilles instead of a movable visor, and it is positioned in profile, similar to the Esquire’s helmet. It typically has five bars, and efforts to define exact rank by the number of bars have not led to any consistent rules being followed.
The Sovereign and Princes of the Blood Royal have barred helmets of gold which are placed affrontée.
The Sovereign and Princes of the Blood Royal have golden helmets that are positioned face forward.
The modern reversion to the tournament helm as a support for the crest was begun in the illustrations to Foster’s Peerage by Dom Anselm and Forbes Nixon in 1880 and with what advantage may be seen by inspection of that admirable work.
The modern return to the tournament helmet as a support for the crest started with the illustrations in Foster’s Peerage by Dom Anselm and Forbes Nixon in 1880, and you can see the benefits by looking at that excellent work.
There can be no question of the superior value of the great helm from an artistic point of view. Its strong simplicity makes it especially suitable as a support for a crest that is treated in a bold and expansive manner and[Pg 130] its bold curves compose well with the lines of the mantling and shield.
There’s no doubt that the great helm is more valuable from an artistic perspective. Its strong simplicity makes it especially fitting as a base for a crest that is designed in a bold and expansive way, and its strong curves harmonize well with the lines of the mantling and shield.[Pg 130]
The central position which the helm occupies is necessarily an important one, and in order to avoid over-accentuation it should be so designed as to be a link between the shield and the crest, and not be permitted to concentrate attention on itself. The avoidance of such undue prominence is helped by the tilting forward of the helm, a position which tends to make the horizontal lines, of the “sight” for instance, curve upwards and so help the composition, with respect to the crest, while the strong line of the front ridge coming down in the direction of the shield is also valuable.
The helm holds a central and significant position, and to prevent it from drawing excessive attention, it should be designed to connect the shield and the crest rather than stand out on its own. Tilting the helm forward helps to keep it from being overly prominent, as this position causes the horizontal lines, like the “sight,” to curve upwards, enhancing the overall composition in relation to the crest. Additionally, the strong line of the front ridge that angles down towards the shield is beneficial as well.
The forward lean of the helm is always noticeable and probably points to its being carried on a staff as already mentioned, for its highest part, which would be the point of support, being usually behind the centre, would tend to throw it forward and so bring it into some approach to the degree of inclination that it would have when it was on the head of a charging knight.
The forward lean of the helm is always noticeable and likely indicates that it’s mounted on a staff, as previously mentioned. The highest point, which serves as the support, is usually located behind the center, causing it to tilt forward. This brings it closer to the angle it would have when worn by a charging knight.
The difficulty of dealing with modern crests usually arises from their having been designed with regard only to their representation on flat surfaces, but the problem may be solved to some extent—it is frequently impossible to do so completely—by carefully adjusting the crest and helm to each other and by placing them in the aspect that produces the best effect and at the same time expresses their character most fully; and for this a sketch model in clay or other plastic material will be found very helpful.
The challenge of handling modern crests often comes from the fact that they've been created only with their appearance on flat surfaces in mind. However, this issue can be partly addressed—though often not entirely—by carefully aligning the crest and helm with each other and positioning them in a way that creates the best visual impact while fully conveying their character. For this purpose, a sketch model made of clay or another malleable material can be extremely useful.
The leaving out of sight of all methods and materials[Pg 131] other than those employed for the immediate purpose in hand has resulted in most unfortunate, and in some cases ridiculous, crests which could never have been used in the ancient way, and now if they have to be carved in relief or in the round, as mural decoration or as the newel of a stairway, show themselves wholly inadaptable to reasonable treatment. On the other hand the early crests are always “possible,” for the mediaeval herald was naturally familiar with the appearance of an actual crest modelled in the round, though he may never have modelled one himself, and so his design is always structurally right. But what can be said for some modern examples, a dove flying over water for instance? It seems to have been forgotten until recently that heraldry ever had a real existence or could possibly be carried out in more than one way, and the result was that anything that was suitable to a flat shield was thought equally appropriate for a crest so long as it was sufficiently differenced from other bearings. A few experiments with a lump of clay would have shown the fallacy of this idea, and incidentally might have saved many a family, often in spite of itself, from being labelled for ever with an absurd bearing.
The exclusion of all methods and materials[Pg 131] besides those used for the immediate task at hand has led to some unfortunate and, in some cases, ridiculous crests that could never have been used in the traditional sense. Now, if they need to be carved in relief or in the round, whether as mural decorations or as the newel of a staircase, they prove to be completely unsuitable for proper use. In contrast, the early crests are always “possible” because medieval heralds were typically familiar with how a real crest looked when modeled in three dimensions, even if they never created one themselves, so their designs are structurally sound. But what can be said about some modern examples, like a dove flying over water? It seems like people recently forgot that heraldry used to have a real existence and could be represented in more than one way, leading to the belief that anything suitable for a flat shield was also appropriate for a crest, as long as it was distinct enough from other designs. A bit of experimentation with a chunk of clay could have illustrated the flaws in this belief and, by the way, might have saved many families—often against their own will—from being stuck with an absurd emblem for eternity.
As, however, we cannot always choose the heraldic motives with which we have to deal we must make the best of the refractory ones, as well as of the rest, and the structural side of the subject may be regarded as the direction in which the solution of difficult problems may be found. As an example, let us take a rampant lion and pose it on a helm, and it becomes obvious that if it is taken from a shield without modification it will[Pg 132] look ridiculously insecure on one leg as it is generally posed, Fig. 150, but that it is much improved if arranged in firmer relation to its base, the helm, as in Fig. 151.
Since we can’t always pick the heraldic symbols we have to work with, we need to make the most of the tricky ones, as well as the others. The structural aspect of the subject can be seen as the path to solving difficult issues. For instance, if we take a rampant lion and place it on a helm, it quickly becomes clear that if taken directly from a shield without any adjustment, it appears comically unstable on one leg as typically displayed, Fig. 150. However, it looks much better when positioned more securely in relation to its base, the helm, as shown in Fig. 151. [Pg 132]


Another difficult kind of crest is that which is differenced with a row of objects in front. For instance: In front of a tower between two wings three fleurs-de-lis; which is usually drawn as Fig. 152, although wings would never have been modelled fore and aft in that way. If the solidity of a crest is kept in mind the model would come out something like Fig. 153, and on similar lines the most unpromising material may with a little pains be made presentable by the use of sketch models in the round.
Another challenging type of crest is one that has a row of objects in front of it. For example: In front of a tower between two wings, there are three fleurs-de-lis; which is typically illustrated as Fig. 152, although wings would never actually be designed that way. If you keep the solidity of a crest in mind, the model would look more like Fig. 153, and following similar principles, even the most unpromising materials can be made presentable with a little effort using sketch models in the round.


[Pg 133]
[Pg 133]
When two helmets and crests occur together they turn towards each other and so naturally help the unity of design, and when there are three, the outer ones turn similarly towards that in the centre. If, however, the crest be of such a nature that it cannot be turned about, it will of course be preferable for the crest to dictate the position of the helm rather than to repeat the senseless fault of the helm and crest facing different ways.
When two helmets and crests are together, they face each other, naturally enhancing the overall design. When there are three, the outer ones also turn toward the one in the center. However, if the crest is designed in a way that it can’t be turned, it’s better for the crest to determine the position of the helm rather than to make the pointless mistake of having the helm and crest facing in different directions.
The arrangement about the helmet of the Torse or Wreath is of considerable importance. It should always be treated as a silken favour wreathed round the helmet, and not as a support for the crest, to which it is merely a decorative accessory. An unfortunate phrase which has been used in blazoning crests, from as early as the sixteenth century, may be answerable for much ridiculous treatment of the wreath as a solid object, viz., On a wreath, etc., which suggests a material connexion between it and the crest, and resulted in the stiff rods which were balanced on their centres, or, when two crests were used, were treated as platforms on which the crests stood on either side of, and away from, the helmet.
The way the helmet of the Torse or Wreath is arranged is really important. It should always be seen as a silk ribbon wrapped around the helmet, not as a support for the crest, which is just a decorative addition. An unfortunate phrase that’s been used in describing crests since the sixteenth century may be responsible for a lot of the silly interpretations of the wreath as a solid object, specifically, “On a wreath,” which implies a physical connection between it and the crest. This led to the awkward rods that were balanced at their centers, or, when two crests were used, they were treated as platforms where the crests stood on either side of the helmet.
That this method of blazoning a crest is not unavoidable is evident in a draft of the grant of a crest to the Grocers Company of London in which the formula is “uppon the healme a camell golde bryded sable berynge two bagges of peper,” etc.
That this way of describing a crest isn't the only option is clear in a draft of the grant of a crest to the Grocers Company of London, where the wording is “Upon the heel of a camel, gold bridled and black, carrying two bags of pepper.,” etc.
In early times the colours of the torse had no relation to those of the shield, being adopted in a purely fanciful way, but in the course of time the present custom was arrived at, namely, that the wreath should consist of[Pg 134] the principal metal and colours of the arms, as shown by their priority, in the blazon.
In the past, the colors of the torse didn’t match those of the shield; they were chosen purely for decorative reasons. Over time, however, a standard practice developed, which is that the wreath should be made up of the main metal and colors of the arms, as indicated by their order in the blazon.[Pg 134]

As the torse was composed of pieces of silk of different colours twisted together, the colours appear alternately, six spaces being generally shown, their alternation beginning on the dexter side with the metal, as most heraldic alternations do, for the idea was that metal was more “worthy” than colour, but there is nothing essential in this. In some instances the torse resembles drapery cut into leaves, as in Fig. 154, a fifteenth century example from the Palazzo del Podesta, Florence. Its place is sometimes taken by a decorative circlet called a crest coronet, which, however, is no indication of rank, though it is probably derived from the practice at a time before coronets signified specific degrees of nobility, when it often appears encircling the helmets of personages of high rank. Later, when coronets were beginning to take the form that soon became regular, the crest of a Peer was made to issue from a coronet, as in that of Richard Earl of Warwick, on his tomb. An excellent practice, and one quite in harmony with heraldic feeling, that there has been some attempt to revive in modern times. Other coronets that occur in crests and are also used as charges are described at p. 271.
As the torse was made up of twisted pieces of silk in different colors, the colors appear in an alternating pattern, usually showing six spaces, starting on the right side with the metal, as most heraldic patterns do. The idea was that metal is considered more “worthy” than color, although that's not a strict rule. Sometimes the torse looks like drapery cut into leaves, as seen in Fig. 154, a fifteenth-century example from the Palazzo del Podesta in Florence. Instead of a torse, you might find a decorative band called a crest coronet, which doesn’t indicate rank. It likely comes from a time when coronets didn’t denote specific levels of nobility and often appeared around the helmets of prominent figures. Later on, as coronets started to take a more standardized form, the crest for a Peer was designed to rise from a coronet, as seen on the tomb of Richard Earl of Warwick. This practice aligns well with heraldic traditions and has seen some revival in modern times. Other coronets that appear in crests and also serve as charges are described on p. 271.

The Mantling or Lambrequin, that depends from the helmet, and is a most valuable asset to the designer, was derived from some such protection to the helmet as the surcoat was to the body armour, and like it was soon made to serve decorative purposes. The surcoats, mantles and other garments of the fourteenth[Pg 135] century, being ornamented with dagged edges cut into various tongue-shaped patterns, the mantling naturally followed their example and thence proceeded to other ornamental development, very simply at first, but continuing with ever-increasing elaboration until it became, in many instances, similar to the contemporary architectural tracery. Its early form is shown in Fig. 155, and the beginning of its decorative development in Fig. 156. An even earlier instance of dagged edges to drapery occurs on Trajan’s column, in the decoration of a tent.
The Mantling or Valance, which hangs from the helmet, is a valuable asset for the designer and originated from a type of protection for the helmet similar to how the surcoat protected the body armor. Like the surcoat, it quickly took on decorative roles. The surcoats, mantles, and other garments of the fourteenth[Pg 135] century were adorned with jagged edges cut into various tongue-like patterns, so the mantling naturally followed suit and evolved into other decorative forms. It started off quite simple but grew increasingly elaborate, ultimately resembling contemporary architectural tracery. Its early form is shown in Fig. 155, and the beginning of its decorative evolution can be seen in Fig. 156. An even earlier example of jagged edges in drapery appears on Trajan’s column, in the decoration of a tent.

Though the mantling probably remained comparatively simple in actual use its treatment in the illuminated MSS. and on monuments shows a very ready acceptance of its ornamental possibilities, both as a decorative adjunct to the armorials and also as a link between them and other decoration. During the Middle Ages it followed the method of the Gothic tracery in dividing and sub-dividing in groups of three, which curved and interlaced in infinite variety.
Though the mantling likely stayed relatively simple in actual use, its representation in illuminated manuscripts and on monuments displays a strong embrace of its decorative potential, both as an embellishment to the armorials and as a connector between them and other decorative elements. During the Middle Ages, it followed the Gothic tracery style, dividing and subdividing into groups of three that curved and intertwined in countless variations.
In addition to being laced to the helm it was, in some cases, secured by two straps which were rivetted to the helm on either side and buckled at the back. It was also frequently decorated with badges, and in some cases the coat of arms was wholly repeated on it. It sometimes took the form of a cap which fitted over the[Pg 136] helm, and was continued behind, and a curious example of a tourney helm with such an ornament is Fig. 157, after Viollet-le-duc, which is part of the equipment of a knight about to tourney, whose surcoat is charged with a double-headed eagle, and, he being about to encounter with swords and therefore having no shield, the charge is repeated on the helm in the bold and effective manner here shown. On the stall plate of Gaston de Foix as a Knight of the Garter, part of whose arms is Or three pallets Gules, the mantling has one side similarly striped with gold and red. Examples of mantling charged with badges are also to be found on the Garter stall-plates.
Besides being attached to the helmet, it was sometimes secured with two straps that were riveted to the sides of the helmet and buckled at the back. It was often decorated with badges, and in some instances, the coat of arms was fully displayed on it. At times, it resembled a cap that fit over the[Pg 136] helmet and extended backward, and a notable example of a tournament helmet with such an embellishment is Fig. 157, after Viollet-le-duc, which is part of the gear of a knight preparing for a tournament, whose surcoat features a double-headed eagle. Since he was about to fight with swords and therefore had no shield, the emblem is repeated on the helmet in the striking and effective way shown here. On the stall plate of Gaston de Foix as a Knight of the Garter, part of whose arms is Or three pallets Gules, the mantling has one side similarly striped with gold and red. There are also examples of mantling adorned with badges found on the Garter stall-plates.

The practice of decorating the surface of mantling is still carried out to some extent in that of a Knight of the Garter, as it hangs over his stall in St. George’s Chapel, the coloured side being sewn with a twisted ornament in lace and spangles. The edges are jagged with cuts in accordance with the theory that that was the origin of the ornamental form. A far-fetched reason for what was after all a purely ornamental development.
The tradition of decorating the surface of mantling continues, to some degree, in the case of a Knight of the Garter, as it hangs over his stall in St. George’s Chapel, with the colored side embellished with a twisted lace ornament and sequins. The edges are jagged with cuts based on the idea that this was the original source of the decorative design. This explanation is quite a stretch for what was ultimately just an ornamental development.
The office of mantling being a purely decorative one suggests that its treatment, as form, should be such as to support and supplement the lines of the shield and its contents, and to assist in linking together the whole composition. It will therefore avail itself of the well-known[Pg 137] power of curves to emphasize what they enclose and will find endless variety of design in the way its lines may be made to help each other in direction and force.
The mantle’s role is purely decorative, so its design should enhance and complement the lines of the shield and its contents, helping to unify the entire composition. It will make use of the familiar[Pg 137] ability of curves to highlight what they surround and will discover countless design options in how its lines can support each other in direction and strength.




The facility of folding over the edges will be found extremely useful in correcting balance as well in form as in tone and colour, and its use in this way is practically without limit. Such foldings should of course be designed in due relation to the general direction of the mantling, so as to assist its swing and flow, or else be obviously and intentionally opposed to it. In other words, there should be intention in every detail.
The ability to fold over the edges will be very helpful in adjusting balance in both shape and color, and its application is virtually limitless. These folds should, of course, be designed in harmony with the overall direction of the draping to enhance its movement and flow, or they should clearly and deliberately contrast with it. In other words, every detail should have a purpose.
It will also be noticed how valuable are straight lines, either in the Arms or as the top of the shield, to play against the curves.
It will also be noticed how valuable straight lines are, whether in the Arms or as the top of the shield, to contrast with the curves.
It has been indicated that the treatment as regards form is practically untrammelled, but as to colour there are certain rules that must be observed. In the Middle Ages there were no rules other than sumptuary laws, to which it is probably due that ermine came to be painted on mantlings and caps of maintenance in the same conventional way that it appeared on the shield. Otherwise, mantlings were merely governed by fancy until late in the sixteenth century, except that in the latter part of that period it had become customary for those of Peers to be doubled, i.e. lined, with Ermine. With the seventeenth century began a uniform mantling of Gules; doubled with Ermine for Peers and with Argent for those below that rank. Perhaps the colours were considered national as being taken from St. George’s cross on its argent field. The present rule is for the mantling to be of the colour and metal first[Pg 138] mentioned in the blazon of the arms, as the torse does, and it dates from the end of the eighteenth century. The exceptions to this general rule are as follows:—The Sovereign’s and the Heir Apparent’s arms are mantled Or, and doubled ermine, as also are those of the other Princes of the Blood Royal. Peers formerly used the first colours of their blazon also doubled with ermine, as they still do in Scotland, but otherwise they now follow the general rule. However one may regret the older custom which produced variety of colour in the surroundings of the arms themselves and so gave scope for much beautiful arrangement, the established custom should certainly be observed, however reluctantly, and colour relief be obtained in other ways; such as by treatment of the background where such is practicable. Of course modification of tone still remains available.
It has been noted that the treatment regarding form is practically unrestricted, but when it comes to color, there are certain rules that must be followed. In the Middle Ages, there were no rules other than sumptuary laws, which likely led to ermine being depicted on mantlings and caps of maintenance in the same conventional manner it appeared on the shield. Otherwise, mantlings were influenced by creativity until the late sixteenth century, except that during the later part of that period, it became customary for Peers to have their mantlings lined with Ermine. The seventeenth century saw a standardization of mantling in Gules, lined with Ermine for Peers and with Argent for those of lower rank. Perhaps these colors were considered national, as they were taken from St. George’s cross on its argent field. The current rule is for the mantling to be in the color and metal first mentioned in the blazon of the arms, similar to the torse, and this dates back to the late eighteenth century. The exceptions to this general rule are as follows: The Sovereign’s and the Heir Apparent’s arms are mantled Or and lined with ermine, as are those of the other Princes of the Blood Royal. Peers traditionally used the first colors of their blazon also lined with ermine, as they still do in Scotland, but otherwise they now conform to the general rule. While one might miss the older practice that allowed for a variety of colors surrounding the arms and provided opportunities for beautiful arrangements, the established custom should certainly be followed, albeit reluctantly, and color contrast should be achieved in other ways; such as through the treatment of the background where feasible. Naturally, tone modification remains an option.
It is sometimes held that arms that were granted at the time when red and white mantlings were usual, and were mentioned in the blazon of the Grant, should now and henceforth be so accompanied, and this would seem to be a case when choice of method would be legitimate. The description in the blazon, usually so binding, is here of little force, for it was in such cases a mere routine phrase which conveyed no distinction of one case from another, and the change of official custom may be taken to have superseded the former rule. Certainly it is not permissible nowadays to colour the mantling without reference to the arms or without warrant from properly transmitted custom.
It’s sometimes argued that coats of arms granted when red and white mantlings were standard, and mentioned in the blazon of the Grant, should still be accompanied by those colors moving forward. This seems to be a situation where choosing a method is acceptable. The description in the blazon, which is usually so binding, has little weight here because it was merely a routine phrase that didn’t differentiate one case from another. The change in official custom can be seen as overriding the previous rule. Certainly, it’s not acceptable today to color the mantling without referencing the arms or without proper authority from established custom.
[Pg 139]
[Pg 139]
CHAPTER VII
Armorial Accessories
The armorial shield, and, in a rather less degree, the crest, are in an especial sense essential parts of an heraldic achievement, and have always been considered fully representative of their bearers. Therefore they may be used together, or singly, without the supporters or other accessories to which their owner may be entitled. On the other hand, supporters, though they may be employed without the arms to support badges or monograms, have, in that case, little more than the force of fanciful devices.
The coat of arms and, to a slightly lesser extent, the crest are crucial components of a heraldic achievement and have always been seen as representatives of their bearers. They can be used together or separately, without the supporters or any other accessories the owner might be entitled to. Conversely, supporters can be used without the arms to support badges or monograms, but in that case, they carry little more than a decorative purpose.



Supporters were in their origin badges which had acquired permanence by custom in the same way that the arms of the shield had acquired it at an earlier time. Thus, in addition to the regular armorials which so profusely adorned the Seals, certain badges were freely used which from association acquired in many cases a permanence by frequent recurrence equal to that of the arms with which they were associated. In this way lions appear in many of[Pg 140] the Great Seals, notably in those of Edward III and in the beautiful seal of Henry IV. Such emblems were placed decoratively in any spaces that were suitable, and in the simpler seals the intervals between the circumscription and the more or less triangular shield within it invited their display, as in Fig. 158, the seal of John de Segrave (c. 1300), which has a garb on either side of the shield. In Fig. 159, the seal of Anne Countess of Devon, lions occupy similar spaces, but with their backs to the shields. The seal of Ralph Neville, Earl of Westmoreland, Fig. 160, shows greyhounds, which, though of subordinate proportion,[Pg 141] have assumed the regular pose of supporters; while in the splendid seal of Edmond Beaufort, Duke of Somerset, Fig. 161, the finely designed supporting figures have complete heraldic force. Another fine example is that of William Lord Hastings, Fig. 162. The connexion between ancient Badges and the Supporters in present use is easily traced, and, as one instance of many, it will suffice to mention the white lion Badge of Mowbray, which has become one of the supporters of the Duke of Norfolk. The actual recognized use of these accessories appears to have begun at the end of the fourteenth century; and to have become firmly established in the following one.
Supporters wore their original badges, which had become permanent through tradition, just like the arms on the shield had gained permanence earlier. Along with the standard heraldry that decorated the Seals, specific badges were commonly used, and many of these gained a lasting presence through frequent use, comparable to that of the arms they accompanied. For instance, lions are featured in numerous[Pg 140] Great Seals, especially those of Edward III and the beautiful seal of Henry IV. These emblems were artistically placed in any suitable spaces, and in simpler seals, the gaps between the outer circle and the triangular shield within invited their use, as seen in Fig. 158, the seal of John de Segrave (c. 1300), which has wheat sheaves on either side of the shield. In Fig. 159, the seal of Anne Countess of Devon, lions occupy similar spaces but face away from the shields. The seal of Ralph Neville, Earl of Westmoreland, Fig. 160, shows greyhounds that, while smaller, display the typical pose of supporters; in contrast, the splendid seal of Edmond Beaufort, Duke of Somerset, Fig. 161, features finely designed supporting figures with full heraldic significance. Another excellent example is that of William Lord Hastings, Fig. 162. The connection between ancient badges and current supporters is clear, and one notable example is the white lion badge of Mowbray, now one of the supporters of the Duke of Norfolk. The recognized use of these elements seems to have started at the end of the fourteenth century and became firmly established in the following century.

[Pg 142]
[Pg 142]
The idea that supporters originated in fantastically dressed pages at a tournament seems to have little or no foundation, and though there may have been some such representation of already established devices, later statements on the subject have probably been much over-valued.
The idea that supporters began as extravagantly dressed pages at a tournament seems to lack a solid basis, and while there might have been some representation of existing symbols, later claims about this topic have likely been greatly exaggerated.

Viollet-le-duc quotes an instance of a celebrated tournament, which was held on May Day, 1346, at Chambery, when Amedee VI of Savoy had his shield hung on a tree and guarded by two lions. The interesting fact is mentioned that the shields, helms and crests of the knights who figured at this tournament remained in the Church of St. Francis at Chambery, until 1660 or thereabouts. Then the church was redecorated, and in the disregard for antiquity, which we find so difficult to understand, the relics of chivalry disappeared.
Viollet-le-Duc mentions a famous tournament that took place on May 1, 1346, in Chambery, where Amedee VI of Savoy had his shield displayed on a tree, guarded by two lions. It's noted that the shields, helmets, and crests of the knights who participated in this tournament remained in the Church of St. Francis in Chambery until around 1660. After that, the church was redecorated, and in a puzzling disregard for history, the relics of chivalry were lost.
At first and for a considerable time the proportion of supporters to the arms was very satisfactory, being bold without over emphasis, but during the sixteenth and following centuries, a tendency to increase their size was felt, and it is in this respect that modern sculptured heraldry is lacking in balance, for to over-accentuate the supporters is necessarily to minimize the arms, and so divert interest from the central motive.
At first, and for a long time, the ratio of supporters to the arms was very satisfying, being strong without being overdone. However, during the sixteenth century and beyond, there was a trend to make the supporters larger. This is where modern sculpted heraldry lacks balance; exaggerating the supporters inevitably downplays the arms and shifts focus away from the main feature.
When the space to be filled by the achievement demands it, the pose of the supporters may be varied to a considerable extent, but the rampant position should always be adhered to when it is possible. Where, for instance, the space is wide, as on a mantelpiece, there is no heraldic objection to placing the figures in a couchant position on either side of the shield, an[Pg 143] arrangement that has been frequently resorted to in Friezes.
When the area that needs to be filled by the achievement requires it, the supporters' stance can vary quite a bit, but the upright position should always be maintained when feasible. For example, when the space is large, like on a mantelpiece, there's no heraldic issue with placing the figures in a reclining position on either side of the shield, an arrangement that's often used in friezes.[Pg 143]
Sanction is given to this freedom of treatment by the fact that it is not usual in blazoning supporters to specify the heraldic attitude, except in so far as it affects the pose of the head. That is to say, if the head is in the normal position, in profile, the figure is blazoned, for example, a lion Or. If it were guardant or regardant, the fact would likewise be mentioned but not the general pose, rampant or anything else.
Sanction is given to this freedom of treatment by the fact that it is not common in heraldry to specify the pose of supporters, except when it comes to the position of the head. In other words, if the head is looking to the side, the figure is described as, for example, a lion Or. If it were facing forward or looking over its shoulder, that would also be noted, but not the overall pose, whether it’s standing on its hind legs or anything else.
In the fifteenth and sixteenth centuries the supporters were sometimes employed in pairs, and sometimes singly, to hold up the banners of arms that were represented in heraldic manuscripts or sculptured on monuments, and they were then usually placed in a sejant position. In some instances, more frequent in Italy and Germany than in this country, supporters bear crested helms on their heads in a very curious way. An English instance is on the seal of Edmond Mortimer, A.D. 1372, mentioned by Boutell.
In the 15th and 16th centuries, supporters were sometimes used in pairs and other times alone to hold up the banners of arms that appeared in heraldic manuscripts or were carved on monuments. They were typically shown in a seated position. In some cases, which were more common in Italy and Germany than in England, supporters would wear crested helmets on their heads in an unusual manner. An example from England is found on the seal of Edmond Mortimer, CE 1372, as referenced by Boutell.
On the seals of the fifteenth century onwards, the supporters were freely adapted to the available spaces, without much, if any, regard for actual physical support to any other part of the achievement. It was heraldically sufficient that they were present, and the rest was left to the taste and skill of the designer.
On the seals from the fifteenth century onward, the supporters were freely adjusted to fit the available spaces, without much concern for providing actual support to any other part of the design. It was enough that they were included, and the rest was up to the creativity and skill of the designer.
The variety of supporters has of course increased with the number of those entitled to bear them, and creatures are now used which, though perfectly suitable in an allusive way, are not equally adapted to the ordinary heraldic treatment, and the result of working in an outworn groove[Pg 144] appears when Troop horses, Camels, Elephants, and so forth are seen climbing up the side of a shield, instead of standing beside it. Admit that the rampant attitude in an animal that does not ramp is not obligatory, and the difficulty is easily overcome with every advantage to the dignity of the composition.
The variety of supporters has definitely grown along with the number of people allowed to use them. Nowadays, we see creatures that, while they work well in a metaphorical sense, aren't as suited for traditional heraldry. This becomes clear when troop horses, camels, elephants, and others are depicted climbing up the side of a shield instead of standing next to it. If we acknowledge that having an animal in a "rampant" position when it doesn't actually do that isn't a requirement, then the problem can be easily fixed, benefiting the overall dignity of the design. [Pg 144]
The idea of moral support would also be much to the advantage of symbolic human figures that are already burdened in a variety of ways, for the sight of a figure, with both hands full, trying to obey a non-existent law as to touching the shield that it “supports” is pathetically ridiculous. Nevertheless, the hold on the shield is of value in linking a design together, when it can be effected without violence to ease and probability.
The concept of moral support would also greatly benefit symbolic human figures that are already struggling in various ways, as it's pretty sad to see a figure, hands full, attempting to follow a nonexistent rule about touching the shield it "supports." However, holding onto the shield does provide some value in tying a design together, as long as it can be done without forcing things or breaking the natural flow.
Too great freedom of natural treatment is not desirable, for it is out of harmony with the especial decorative quality of heraldry, so that one objects to the natural animal supporters that characterized the illustrations of the eighteenth century, prowling from behind the shields, not as heraldic error, but as wanting in dignity as decorative design.
Too much freedom in natural treatment is not ideal because it clashes with the unique decorative quality of heraldry. This is why people find the natural animal supporters that appeared in 18th-century illustrations, lurking behind the shields, not as a heraldic mistake, but lacking the dignity expected in decorative design.
As a general rule, with some few special exceptions, the right to bear supporters is confined to Peers and Peeresses and to the highest classes, Knights Grand Cross or analogous ranks, of Orders of Knighthood. Knights of the Garter, of the Thistle, or of S. Patrick are entitled as such to bear Supporters, but as members of those orders are now invariably Peers, the question does not arise.
As a general rule, with a few exceptions, the right to have supporters is limited to Lords and Ladies and to the top classes, such as Knights Grand Cross or equivalent ranks, of Orders of Knighthood. Knights of the Garter, the Thistle, or St. Patrick are entitled to bear supporters, but since members of those orders are usually Lords, the issue doesn’t come up.

Figures of Angels and Amorini that are not considered to have the technical qualification of heraldic supporters[Pg 146] are of constant occurrence in ornamental art, and symbolical figures holding the shields of arms are posed in the spandrels of arches with admirable effect and perfect propriety, and the fact that symbolic figures are sometimes adopted as actual heraldic supporters can hardly be allowed to cramp decorative art in so important a particular, nevertheless the distinction should be recognized.
Figures of Angels and Amorini that aren't seen as having the official status of heraldic supporters[Pg 146] appear frequently in ornamental art. Symbolic figures that hold shields of arms are placed in the spandrels of arches with impressive effect and complete appropriateness. While it's true that symbolic figures are sometimes used as actual heraldic supporters, this shouldn't limit decorative art in such an important area; however, the distinction should still be acknowledged.
At Venice there is an admirably designed incised tablet in which Amorini stand beside the shield, each supporting on a pole one of the two large crests, Fig. 163; and the demi-angels which support the Royal Arms on the spandrels of the screen of Henry V. Chantry at Westminster, and the series of similar figures holding Badges in various parts of the Abbey should also be noted.
At Venice, there's a beautifully designed engraved tablet featuring Cupids standing next to a shield, each holding one of the two large crests on a pole, Fig. 163; and the half-angels that support the Royal Arms on the spandrels of Henry V's Chantry screen at Westminster, as well as the similar figures holding Badges in different areas of the Abbey, should also be mentioned.
Another admirable work in which Amorini figure is the fine panel of the Arms of Cardinal Wolsey, which faces the Crown Court at Hampton Court Palace, Fig. 164, a work that is no less remarkable for the strength and bold relief of its heraldry than for the grace and beautiful modelling of the figures.
Another impressive piece featuring Amorini is the beautiful panel of the Arms of Cardinal Wolsey, which faces the Crown Court at Hampton Court Palace, Fig. 164. This work is just as notable for the strength and bold relief of its heraldry as it is for the grace and beautiful modeling of the figures.
Under the head of supporters reference may also be made to the eagles, double or single-headed, on which in certain cases armorials are borne as a mark of special privilege. The arms of Princes and Peers of the Holy Roman Empire are borne on the double-headed Imperial Eagle, like those of the Duke of Marlborough as Prince of Mindelheim, as a privilege inherent in their rank. The single-headed eagle of the Kingdom of Prussia supports in a similar way the armorials of The Countess of Derby, to one of whose ancestors, Lord Carnarvon, Ambassador at Berlin at the end of the seventeenth century, the[Pg 147] privilege was granted by Frederick William I. It therefore appears on her book plate, which I am permitted to reproduce here, Fig. 165.
Under the section on supporters, we can also mention the eagles, whether double or single-headed, which sometimes display coats of arms as a sign of special privilege. The arms of Princes and Peers of the Holy Roman Empire are shown on the double-headed Imperial Eagle, similar to those of the Duke of Marlborough as Prince of Mindelheim, as a privilege that comes with their rank. The single-headed eagle of the Kingdom of Prussia similarly supports the arms of The Countess of Derby, as this privilege was granted to one of her ancestors, Lord Carnarvon, who was the Ambassador in Berlin at the end of the seventeenth century, by Frederick William I. As a result, it appears on her bookplate, which I am allowed to reproduce here, Fig. 165.

Other accessories consist of Crowns, Coronets, Insignia of Order of Knighthood, Mottoes, Symbols of Office, Medals or any other emblem of personal dignity or ornament.
Other accessories include crowns, coronets, insignias of orders of knighthood, mottos, symbols of office, medals, or any other emblem of personal dignity or decoration.
[Pg 148]
[Pg 148]
The principal of these, the Imperial Crown, was, in its earliest form, a decorated circlet which was frequently of a most beautiful and elaborate character, but whose decoration, apart from its general form, had not acquired specific symbolic force, unless the fleur-de-lis that sometimes appeared as part of it may be so regarded. If so, it was probably introduced with the same idea of religious symbolism, as an emblem of the Resurrection, or of the Virgin Mary, or of the Trinity, which caused it to be used on sceptres and in other ways. The crowns of the early seals show traces of arches in some instances, but it was only in the time of Henry V that the crown, the one that succeeded the “golden care” of Shakespeare, finally became arched.
The main one, the Imperial Crown, started out as a decorated band that was often very beautiful and detailed, but its decorations, aside from its overall shape, didn't really have specific symbolic meaning, except perhaps for the fleur-de-lis that sometimes appeared on it. If that's the case, it likely came in with the idea of religious symbolism, representing the Resurrection, the Virgin Mary, or the Trinity, which also led to its use on scepters and in other contexts. The crowns on early seals show some signs of arches in a few cases, but it was only during the time of Henry V that the crown, which replaced Shakespeare's “golden care,” finally became arched.
The number of the arches, as of the fleurs-de-lis and the crosses pattée that were added, varied from time to time, but since the restoration of Charles II the essential details have remained constant, though the general shape has changed with the contemporary taste in other ornament. A considerable variety of form is also found in the same period, the arches in Tudor times having sometimes the Gothic pointed character, as it appears in Fig. 166, on the reverse of the beautiful golden Bulla with which Henry VIII sealed the treaty of the Field of the Cloth of Gold. In this instance it will be observed that the number of arches is doubled, and the fleurs-de-lis and crosses pattée proportionately increased. In a similar way the Scottish Royal Crown is represented with an unusually large number of crosses and fleurs-de-lis on the rim.
The number of arches, as well as the fleurs-de-lis and the crosses pattée that were added, changed from time to time, but since the restoration of Charles II, the essential details have stayed the same, even though the overall shape has evolved with contemporary design trends. There was also a significant variety of forms during this period, with the arches in Tudor times sometimes displaying a Gothic pointed style, as seen in Fig. 166, on the back of the beautiful golden Bulla with which Henry VIII sealed the treaty of the Field of the Cloth of Gold. In this case, it's noticeable that the number of arches is doubled, and the fleurs-de-lis and crosses pattée are proportionately larger. Similarly, the Scottish Royal Crown features an unusually large number of crosses and fleurs-de-lis on its rim.

Geo. W. Eve.
In other examples, notably those sculptured on St.[Pg 149] George’s Chapel in Windsor Castle, the arch is much flattened and the crosses and fleurs-de-lis stand high on the rim, thus producing a certain squareness which is very happily suggestive of strength. It was this type of crown that influenced the treatment of those on the present Royal bookplates. In the seventeenth century the arches were depressed where they cross, and in the Georgian period the extent of the depression was very considerable, as may be seen in the maces of that time.
In other examples, especially those carved at St.[Pg 149] George’s Chapel in Windsor Castle, the arch is quite flattened, and the crosses and fleurs-de-lis rise high on the rim, creating a certain squareness that suggests strength quite effectively. This type of crown influenced the design of the current Royal bookplates. In the seventeenth century, the arches were lowered where they intersect, and in the Georgian period, the extent of this lowering was significant, as can be seen in the maces from that era.

It seems to evidence the want of intention, and that ignoring of symbolic value that was characteristic of the time, for otherwise the idea would certainly[Pg 150] have suggested itself that the orb, the emblem of sovereignty, should be held strongly up, and the crown be made to suggest its adequacy to its pre-eminent dignity.
It seems to show a lack of intention and an undervaluing of symbolic meaning that was typical of that era, because otherwise, the idea would definitely[Pg 150] have come to mind that the orb, representing sovereignty, should be prominently displayed, and the crown should convey its suitability to its high status.
Doubtless this was in sympathy with the somewhat heavy curves of other ornament, but its effect is common-place, weak and unfortunate. The general character of the present day shape is a return to the more beautiful pointed arch, and Fig. 167 is the form approved by His Majesty for official use. It is to be understood that this does not refer to the actual crown, which has remained much as it was in the time of Charles II, but to its heraldic equivalent.
Certainly, this came from the somewhat heavy curves of other decorations, but the result is ordinary, weak, and unfortunate. Today's general design is a comeback to the more beautiful pointed arch, and Fig. 167 is the style approved by His Majesty for official use. It's important to note that this does not refer to the actual crown, which has stayed largely the same since the time of Charles II, but rather to its heraldic equivalent.

The decoration of the arches may take many forms, sometimes consisting of large pearls, as in the usual way, sometimes of architectural crockets as in much of the carved decoration, or as jewelled running ornament composed of national Badges, or of oak-leaves and acorns as in that which is known as the Imperial State Crown. A fine example of the Tudor crown occurs in the stained glass roundel of the Arms of Queen Jane Seymour, in which the arches are crocketted, and the crosses have the cusped character that was prevalent at this period, Fig. 168.
The decoration of the arches can take many forms, sometimes featuring large pearls like usual, other times using architectural crockets found in much of the carved decoration, or as jeweled running ornaments made up of national badges, or of oak leaves and acorns like those seen in the Imperial State Crown. A great example of the Tudor crown appears in the stained glass roundel of the Arms of Queen Jane Seymour, where the arches are crocketted, and the crosses have the cusped shape that was common during this time, Fig. 168.

In the jewels on the rim, no attempt is usually made to copy those of the actual crown and great variety of jewelled decoration is therefore possible. The gems are most often represented of antique form, that is to say, cut en cabuchon, instead of in facets, thus presenting[Pg 151] a decorative simplicity that is very suitable to ornamental effect.
In the jewels on the rim, there's typically no effort to replicate those of the actual crown, allowing for a wide range of jeweled designs. The gems are usually fashioned in an antique style, meaning they're cut en cabuchon, not in facets, which creates a decorative simplicity that's perfect for ornamental appeal.[Pg 151]
With regard to the cross on the orb the former remarks concerning crosses pattée are especially applicable, and in addition it should be observed how much more satisfactory[Pg 152] it is for the lines of the lower limb of the cross to be produced from the circumference of the orb than for the corners to be projected beyond it. In the latter case the cross has the unfortunate effect of being balanced on the orb instead of rising from and being part of it.
With respect to the cross on the orb, the previous comments about crosses pattée are particularly relevant. Additionally, it's worth noting that it's much more satisfying for the lines of the lower limb of the cross to extend from the edge of the orb rather than having the corners stick out beyond it. In the latter scenario, the cross unfortunately appears to be sitting on the orb instead of emerging from it and being a part of it. [Pg 152]
The essential form of the crown, then, is a circlet heightened with crosses and fleurs-de-lis alternately, from which rise two arches that spring from behind the crosses pattée and uphold the orb, which is itself surmounted by a cross.
The basic shape of the crown is a circular band decorated with alternating crosses and fleurs-de-lis, from which two arches extend upward, rising from behind the cross pattée to support the orb, which is topped with a cross.
Care is necessary in order that the curves of the arches may be kept sufficiently flat, for otherwise too much tendency to a half-circle may result.
Care is necessary to keep the curves of the arches sufficiently flat; otherwise, they may tend toward a half-circle too much.
The crosses and fleurs-de-lis offer remarkable opportunities for strong, graceful, and varied treatment, and if they are kept fairly high, and well defined, the dignity of the design is much enhanced.
The crosses and fleurs-de-lis provide great chances for bold, elegant, and diverse designs, and if they are maintained at a decent height and clearly defined, the overall dignity of the design is significantly improved.
The cap which is enclosed in the actual crown is of purple velvet, but is represented heraldically as of crimson, and is lined with ermine, which being turned up at the edge, appears round the lower rim.
The cap that’s part of the actual crown is made of purple velvet, but in heraldic representations, it's shown as crimson and is lined with ermine, and when turned up at the edge, it shows along the lower rim.
The Coronets of the sons and daughters of the Sovereign have similar circlets to that of the crown, but are not enarched, except in the case of the Prince of Wales, who has one arch supporting an orb. The latter coronet is usually drawn from a point of view from which the complete arch is seen spreading from side to side. Fig. 169.
The coronets of the sons and daughters of the Sovereign have similar bands to the crown, but they aren’t arched, except for the Prince of Wales, who has one arch supporting an orb. The coronet for the Prince of Wales is typically shown from an angle that displays the full arch stretching from side to side. Fig. 169.
Other Princes and Princesses bear coronets that are varied according to nearness to the Throne, the grandchildren of the Sovereign having ducal leaves in place of two of the crosses, while nephews have similar leaves[Pg 153] in place of all the fleurs-de-lis. This must not be taken as an invariable rule of heraldry but as an indication of the system that is observed in framing the Royal Warrants by which alone the right to these coronets, and also to the Royal marks of cadency (q.v.) is conferred.
Other princes and princesses have coronets that vary based on their closeness to the throne. The grandchildren of the sovereign have ducal leaves in place of two of the crosses, while nephews have similar leaves instead of all the fleurs-de-lis. This shouldn't be seen as a strict heraldic rule but rather as a reflection of the system used in creating the royal warrants that grant the right to these coronets and the royal marks of cadency (q.v.).[Pg 153]

Royal coronets, other than that of the Prince of Wales, do not change automatically as private marks of cadency do, but being arranged under the same Royal Warrant by which the arms are assigned, they remain as so designated until they are changed by the same authority.
Royal coronets, apart from the one for the Prince of Wales, don’t automatically change like private marks of cadency do. However, since they are organized under the same Royal Warrant that assigns the arms, they stay designated this way until the same authority decides to change them.
The Coronets of Peers were definitely assigned to the various ranks by warrant of Charles II, having by that time become developed into distinctive forms, as the Crown had been, from the circlets which in themselves were marks of high rank and were so used ceremonially in conferring a title.
The Coronets of Peers were officially designated to different ranks by a decree from Charles II. By that time, they had evolved into unique designs, just like the Crown, from the circlets that represented high status and were used ceremonially when granting a title.
The coronet of a Duke is composed of eight ornamental leaves of equal height, wrongly called strawberry leaves, set on a rim which is ornamented with jewel-like tracery but not with actual gems. Eight being the full number of leaves, five of which are visible in representation.
The coronet of a Duke is made up of eight decorative leaves of the same height, mistakenly referred to as strawberry leaves, placed on a band that features jewel-like designs but no real gems. Eight is the total number of leaves, with five of them visible in depictions.
A Marquis’s coronet has four leaves alternately with an equal number of silver balls, called pearls, which are set on points to the height of the leaves, and the coronet is always represented as so posed that three leaves and two balls are visible. It is directed that in all[Pg 154] coronets the balls shall be of silver and not counterfeit pearls.
A marquis's coronet has four leaves, alternating with the same number of silver balls, known as pearls, which are positioned on points that match the height of the leaves. The coronet is typically shown in a way that three leaves and two balls are visible. It is specified that in all coronets, the balls must be made of silver and not imitation pearls.[Pg 154]
An Earl’s coronet has eight balls raised on high points and showing between them leaves which are set low down. Five balls and four alternate leaves are usually shown. This form is evidently derived from the beautiful coronet that is sculptured on the tomb of Thomas Fitzalan, Earl of Arundel, 1445, and in the same way that the coronet of another Earl of Arundel (A.D. 1487) foreshadowed that of a duke. The former of these is very fine, having groups of three pearls on alternate points, and with the leaves also on points to the same height as the others.
An Earl's coronet features eight balls elevated on top and interspersed with leaves positioned lower down. Typically, it displays five balls and four alternating leaves. This design clearly comes from the elegant coronet carved on the tomb of Thomas Fitzalan, Earl of Arundel, from 1445, much like how the coronet of another Earl of Arundel (A.D. 1487) anticipated that of a duke. The former is quite exquisite, showcasing groups of three pearls on alternate points, with the leaves also set at the same height as the other points.
A Viscount’s coronet is a circle with surface decorations which, like all the preceding, is as in that of a Duke and has sixteen silver balls set close on the rim, and of them nine are shown.
A Viscount's coronet is a circular band with decorative elements that, like a Duke's, features sixteen silver balls closely spaced along the rim, of which nine are visible.
A Baron’s coronet has six silver balls, also set directly on the rim and not on points, the circlet in this instance being plain, i.e., without indications of jewel forms.
A baron's crown has six silver balls set directly on the rim, not on points, and in this case, the band is plain, meaning it has no jewel designs.
In the warrant of Charles II it is directed that all the coronets shall be worn over a cap of crimson velvet lined with ermine, and having a tassel of gold at the top. This cap, however, is not an essential part of the coronet, although a head covering of considerable distinction in itself. During the greater part of the Middle Ages the temporal peerage consisted principally of earls and barons, the former distinguished by the circlet of gold, which was variously decorated, and the latter by a cap of crimson lined with fur. For military purposes, the coronet was fixed to the helmet, and at other times it was placed, for practical reasons of comfort among others,[Pg 155] round the cap which formed part of contemporary costume, as may be seen in many of the beautiful French and Italian medals of the fifteenth century, notably in one of Louis XII at the end of that period. Fig. 143. In another composition of about the same time, a head of King Herod has a crown which encircles a cap of the shape usually ascribed, in modern times, to a Cap of Maintenance. The last-named head covering is one of much interest as an early subject of privilege, although but little appears to be known about it. Its shape was obviously not its distinctive quality, and it must therefore have been the material or colour which constituted its especial value; and having regard to the sumptuary restrictions concerning the wearing of ermine, among other things, it seems probable that its lining of this fur was its distinctive quality, and that being prohibited to those of inferior rank, it would naturally be the cap that would be associated with a coronet when it was actually worn. Thus was formed the prototype of the coronets as described in the warrants of the end of the seventeenth century, when caps of this character had ceased to be part of the ordinary costume of people of position. The cap is therefore a means of wearing the coronet and no indication of definite rank and may certainly be omitted in heraldic design, since it adds nothing to what is signified by the coronet itself and is not an essential part of it.
In the warrant of Charles II, it states that all coronets must be worn over a crimson velvet cap lined with ermine and topped with a gold tassel. However, this cap isn’t a necessary part of the coronet, although it's a notable head covering on its own. For most of the Middle Ages, the peerage consisted mainly of earls and barons, with earls marked by a gold circlet, often elaborately designed, and barons by a crimson cap lined with fur. For military purposes, the coronet was attached to the helmet, and at other times, for practical comfort among other reasons,[Pg 155] it was placed around the cap that was part of the contemporary outfit, as seen in many stunning French and Italian medals from the fifteenth century, especially one of Louis XII from that era. Fig. 143. In another piece from around the same time, a depiction of King Herod features a crown that encircles a cap shaped like what we now call a Cap of Maintenance. This cap is intriguing as an early symbol of privilege, although not much is known about it. Its shape was clearly not its defining trait, so it must have been its material or color that made it special; considering the dress code laws regarding ermine, it likely was the fur lining that signified its uniqueness. Since those of lower rank were prohibited from wearing it, this cap naturally became associated with a coronet when worn. This laid the groundwork for the coronets described in the warrants from the late seventeenth century when caps like this were no longer typical in the wardrobe of the upper class. Thus, the cap serves as a way to wear the coronet and does not denote specific rank, and it can be omitted in heraldic designs because it doesn’t add to what the coronet itself signifies and is not a vital part of it.
This view would appear to have been the contemporary official one, for many of the Garter plates subsequent to the warrant of Charles II have no caps to the coronets, and that of John, Duke of Argyle, 1700, may be cited as an example, among others.
This view seems to have been the official stance at the time, since many of the Garter plates made after Charles II's warrant don't have caps on the coronets, and the one for John, Duke of Argyle, from 1700, can be cited as an example, among others.
[Pg 156]
[Pg 156]
By the before-mentioned warrant, the use of the ermine-lined caps was extended to barons equally with other ranks of the peerage.
By the previously mentioned warrant, the use of ermine-lined caps was extended to barons just like other ranks of the peerage.
The rank of Baronet, also hereditary, is of two classes, one of which was instituted in 1611 to encourage the plantation of Ulster, and the other in 1624 for the plantation of Nova Scotia. All new creations of the rank of baronet are of the former kind, and the Badge consists of the well-known red hand of Ulster on an argent field. This is borne on the coat of arms either on a canton or on a small escutcheon, whichever is most convenient, and if the latter it may be anywhere on the main shield in the same way that a mark of cadency is placed. The Badge of a Baronet of Nova Scotia is an actual jewel like that of an order and usually appears below the shield pendent from its ribbon of orange tawny silk. It is also worn round the neck like the insignia of an order, and consists of an oval medallion on which is the Cross of St. Andrew behind a shield ensigned with the Imperial crown and charged with the Arms of Scotland, and on the margin of the badge is the motto “Fax mentis honestæ gloria.”
The title of Baronet, which is also hereditary, comes in two classes. One was established in 1611 to promote the settlement of Ulster, and the other in 1624 for the settlement of Nova Scotia. All new baronets belong to the first class, and their badge features the iconic red hand of Ulster on a silver background. This is displayed on the coat of arms either in a corner or on a small shield, depending on what works best; if it’s on the small shield, it can be placed anywhere on the main shield similar to a mark of cadency. The badge for a Nova Scotia Baronet is an actual jewel, like that of an order, and typically hangs below the shield attached to an orange tawny silk ribbon. It can also be worn around the neck like an order's insignia, and consists of an oval medallion depicting the Cross of St. Andrew behind a shield topped with the Imperial crown and displaying the Arms of Scotland. The edge of the badge carries the motto “Fax mentis honestæ gloria.”
The Insignia of Orders of Knighthood are also among the most important and decorative accessories, either surrounding the shield, such as collars, the Garter, and the motto circle of other orders; or suspended below it as crosses and jewels.
The insignia of knighthood orders are also some of the most important and decorative accessories, whether they are around the shield, like collars, the Garter, and the motto circle of other orders; or hanging below it as crosses and jewels.

Knights of the Garter surround the shields of their arms with representations of the Garter inscribed with the motto of the order, “Honi soit qui mal y pense,” in the well-known way. It was formerly light blue, but since the time of George I has been of the dark rich colour to which it[Pg 157] has given the name of Garter Blue. The buckle, motto and other embellishments are of gold and it is now edged with the same. This last, however, is purely decorative, but has become usual from about the sixteenth century. The motto begins above the buckle, which is always[Pg 158] placed in the dexter side, and may be in any character of lettering that seems fit. Fig. 170 shows a gartered shield from the series at Alloa House. The collar consists of twenty-six small garters (in allusion to the Sovereign and twenty-five Knight Companions), each enclosing a rose, alternately with an equal number of knots, the whole being joined together with links of gold. It is notable that the roses are Tudor ones, the collar having been added to the insignia of the great Order by Henry VII, and are a red rose within a white one and a white within a red alternately. Depending from the collar is the representation of St. George slaying the Dragon, the jewel which is known as the Great George. Composed of gold and enamel it was frequently richly jewelled, and otherwise treated as a splendid subject for artistic elaboration. When the collar is used with the arms it is placed outside the Garter. These constitute the insignia that are immediately associated with the shield, but there are in addition the Star, the Ribbon and the Lesser George. The Star is worn on the left breast, consists of groups of rays, in silver or diamonds, arranged in eight points, and bearing in the centre the enamelled Cross of St. George encircled with the Garter.
Knights of the Garter surround their shields with representations of the Garter, which has the order's motto, “Honi soit qui mal y pense,” inscribed on it in the traditional way. It used to be light blue, but since the time of George I, it has been a dark, rich color known as Garter Blue. The buckle, motto, and other decorations are made of gold, and it's now trimmed with the same color. This trimming, however, is purely decorative and has been customary since around the sixteenth century. The motto is placed above the buckle, which is always located on the right side, and can be in any font that seems appropriate. Fig. 170 shows a gartered shield from the series at Alloa House. The collar is made up of twenty-six small garters (referring to the Sovereign and twenty-five Knight Companions), each enclosing a rose, alternating with an equal number of knots, all connected by gold links. Notably, the roses are Tudor roses; the collar was added to the great Order's insignia by Henry VII and features a red rose within a white one and a white rose within a red one, alternating. Hanging from the collar is the depiction of St. George slaying the Dragon, known as the Great George jewel. Made of gold and enamel, it was often richly adorned with jewels and treated as a magnificent subject for artistic elaboration. When the collar is worn with the arms, it is placed outside the Garter. These are the insignia that are directly associated with the shield, but there are also the Star, the Ribbon, and the Lesser George. The Star is worn on the left breast, consists of groups of rays in silver or diamonds arranged in eight points, and features the enamelled Cross of St. George in the center, encircled by the Garter.
The Lesser George, the jewel which is worn pendent at the side from the ribbon of the order which is worn over the left shoulder, consists of an oval badge of a similar group to that of the Great George, but placed within the Garter which forms a frame to the badge. It will be noticed that the Great George has no containing form.
The Lesser George, the jewel worn from the ribbon of the order over the left shoulder, is an oval badge similar to that of the Great George, but it is framed by the Garter. It's noticeable that the Great George doesn't have any containing shape.
The Collar when it surrounds the shield is placed outside[Pg 159] the Garter, and either one or both may be used to enclose a crest or other device. In thus using the collar of an order in a decorative way, it will not be necessary to represent the actual number of pieces in it, but only their nature and the proper order in which they occur, and a considerable latitude may be taken in treating the details so long as their essential character remains clear.
The Collar, when surrounding the shield, is positioned outside[Pg 159] the Garter, and you can use either one or both to enclose a crest or other symbol. When using the collar of an order decoratively, you don't need to show the exact number of pieces in it, but rather just their type and the correct order in which they appear. There’s quite a bit of flexibility in how you handle the details, as long as their essential character is clear.
The custom of encircling arms with the Garter has influenced the whole British practice with regard to orders of knighthood, other orders using in a similar way the motto circle which forms part of their badge.
The tradition of wrapping arms with the Garter has shaped the entire British approach to orders of knighthood, with other orders using a similar motto circle that’s part of their insignia.
The foreign practice is to use the collar with its badge to surround the arms, or in other cases to suspend a badge from its riband below the shield.
The common practice abroad is to use the collar with its badge to encircle the arms, or in some cases to hang a badge from its ribbon beneath the shield.
A knight of several orders uses principally that which is of superior rank either alone or in conjunction with others. In the latter case the emblem of the superior is innermost in surrounding the shield; and is the dexter of two, or the most central of a greater number, when dependent from it. When, however, some special allusion is intended the insignia of an inferior order may be used alone.
A knight of various orders mainly uses the highest rank either by itself or combined with others. In the latter situation, the emblem of the higher rank is placed closest to the shield, and it is positioned to the right of two, or at the center of a larger number when they hang from it. However, if there's a specific reference intended, the insignia of a lower order may be used on its own.
Thus in the case of an achievement that was to be used in connexion with a specific order, the insignia of that order would be properly used to the exclusion of one of superior rank.
Thus, in the case of an achievement meant to be associated with a specific order, the insignia of that order would appropriately be used, excluding any of higher rank.
It will be understood that the heraldic bearing of such insignia is a privilege that need not always be exercised, and when it is, may be used in a variety of ways. Thus the Garter may closely surround the shield in the familiar way or may encircle the whole achievement as in some[Pg 160] coins and medals, or even be straightened out as in the design of some of the Tudor bookbindings.
It should be noted that having the right to display such insignia is a privilege that doesn't have to be used all the time, and when it is used, it can take different forms. For example, the Garter can closely wrap around the shield in the traditional manner or can circle the entire achievement as seen in certain[Pg 160] coins and medals, or even be extended as in the design of some Tudor bookbindings.
In view of cases that have actually occurred, it should be noted that stars of orders must not be suspended below a shield as a badge may be, though they may be embodied in accessory design in a suitable way. That is to say, that only those decorations should hang below the shield which actually have a pendent character and hang from collars, ribbons, and so forth, while stars may decorate panels, be enclosed in tracery, or be employed in any other way that is not unsuitable to their naturally appliqué character.
In light of actual cases, it should be noted that stars of orders should not be suspended below a shield like a badge might be, although they can be incorporated into accessory design in an appropriate manner. In other words, only decorations that truly have a pendent nature and hang from collars, ribbons, and similar items should hang below the shield, while stars can adorn panels, be featured in tracery, or be used in any other way that fits their naturally appliqué character.
The Order of the Thistle has a Collar composed of thistles alternating with a badge made of four sprigs of the ancient rue interlaced, the whole being enamelled in the proper colours. Depending from the centre thistle of the collar is the Badge, a star of eight points bearing the figure of St. Andrew supporting his white cross. His gown is green and the surcoat purple, and he stands on a mount of green. When not used with the collar the Jewel hangs from the dark green ribbon that is worn over the left shoulder. Fig. 171 from the series at Alloa House shows a method of treating the collar in gesso photographed before painting. The star of the order consists of a silver St. Andrew’s cross having rays issuing from its angles and bearing in the centre a thistle within a circle of green enamel, that is edged with gold and bears in golden letters the motto, “Nemo me impune lacessit.” It is this circle and motto that are placed round the shields of the knights of the order and sometimes with the collar in addition.
The Order of the Thistle features a Collar made up of thistles alternating with a badge consisting of four intertwined sprigs of ancient rue, all enamelled in the correct colors. Hanging from the center thistle of the collar is the Badge, which is an eight-pointed star displaying the figure of St. Andrew holding his white cross. He wears a green gown and a purple surcoat, standing on a green mount. When not attached to the collar, the Jewel hangs from a dark green ribbon worn over the left shoulder. Fig. 171 from the series at Alloa House illustrates a way to treat the collar in gesso, photographed before painting. The star of the order is a silver St. Andrew’s cross with rays coming from its angles, and in the center, it features a thistle within a green enamel circle that is edged in gold and has the motto, “Nemo me impune lacessit,” in golden letters. This circle and motto are placed around the shields of the knights of the order, sometimes along with the collar.
[Pg 161]
[Pg 161]

[Pg 162]
[Pg 162]
The Knights of the Order of St. Patrick surround their arms with the sky-blue circle of that order inscribed with the motto, “Quis separabit,” and the date MDCCLXXXIII. The Collar is composed of roses and harps alternately, tied together with knots of gold. The roses are double and are white within red, and red within white alternately, like those of the Garter collar. In the centre is an imperial crown ensigning a harp from which hangs the badge of gold, oval in shape, and surrounded with a wreath of shamrocks which encloses the circle of light blue enamel on which is the motto and the date MDCCLXXXIII in golden letters. Within the circle is the cross of St. Patrick, Gules on a field Argent, surmounted with a trefoil slipped and with each of its leaves charged with an imperial crown, Or. The star is of eight points, the perpendicular and horizontal rays being larger than the diagonal ones, and bears the device within a motto circle exactly similar to those of the badge, but without the shamrock wreath. These are the three principal orders which form a group that is somewhat apart from the rest.
The Knights of the Order of St. Patrick are surrounded by a sky-blue circle featuring their motto, “Quis separabit,” and the date 1783. The Collar alternates between roses and harps, all tied together with gold knots. The roses are double, white inside red and red inside white, similar to those on the Garter collar. In the center is an imperial crown above a harp, from which hangs a gold badge that is oval and encircled by a wreath of shamrocks. This wreath surrounds a light blue enamel circle that displays the motto and the date 1783 in gold letters. Inside the circle is the cross of St. Patrick, red on a silver field, topped with a trefoil where each leaf has an imperial crown in gold. The star has eight points, with the vertical and horizontal rays larger than the diagonal ones, and it features a device within a motto circle similar to that of the badge but without the shamrock wreath. These are the three main orders that create a distinct group apart from the others.
In the foregoing orders consisting, as was customary in earlier times, of a Grand Master and of Knight Companions ranking equally among themselves, the amount of insignia associated with their arms is unimportant as a mark of rank, the simplest being equally efficacious heraldically with the more elaborate. In the case, however, of orders which are divided into classes, the different parts of the insignia have acquired a special importance as indications of rank within the order which must be very carefully observed.
In the previous orders, which traditionally included a Grand Master and Knight Companions who ranked equally, the insignia associated with their arms didn't signify rank; even the simplest designs were as effective heraldically as the more complex ones. However, for orders that are divided into classes, the different components of the insignia have gained significant importance as indicators of rank within the order, and this must be strictly adhered to.
[Pg 163]
[Pg 163]
Taking the Order of the Bath as typical, the lowest rank, that of Companion (C.B.), is shown by suspending the badge below the shield. The next grade, Knight Commander (K.C.B.), in addition to the suspended badge, encircles the shield with the motto of the order. And finally, a Knight Grand Cross (G.C.B.) adds to the preceding the collar of the order round his arms, outside the motto circle. It must be noted that the order has two divisions, civil and military, whose badges differ. The rest of their insignia is identical, except that a wreath of laurel accompanies the motto circle of the Military Division.
Taking the Order of the Bath as an example, the lowest rank, Companion (C.B.), is indicated by having the badge suspended below the shield. The next level, Knight Commander (K.C.B.), adds a motto around the shield to the suspended badge. Lastly, a Knight Grand Cross (G.C.B.) includes the collar of the order around their arms, outside the motto circle. It’s important to note that the order has two divisions, civil and military, which have different badges. The rest of their insignia is the same, except the Military Division features a laurel wreath along with the motto circle.
[Pg 164]
[Pg 164]
CHAPTER VIII
Methods and Materials
The methods of painting heraldry have changed very little from those that were employed in the early MSS. In the unfinished Bible at Winchester Cathedral, of which the illuminations are in every stage of progress from the sketch to the finished work, the sequence is clearly shown. First, the design lightly sketched in with fine charcoal or a leaden stylus, then carefully gone over with a black line. The gold masses put in and burnished and then the colour. Shading and correction of the outline followed, and finally the high lights put a finish to the work.
The techniques for painting heraldry haven't changed much from those used in early manuscripts. In the unfinished Bible at Winchester Cathedral, where the illuminations are at various stages from rough sketches to completed artworks, the process is clearly demonstrated. First, the design is lightly sketched with fine charcoal or a lead stylus, then carefully outlined with a black line. Next, the gold areas are added and polished, followed by the application of color. Shading and adjustments to the outline come next, and finally, highlights complete the artwork.
Vellum, a fine parchment made of calf skin, is the most suitable surface for heraldic painting in water-colour, although paper, which includes various “boards,” is useful for students’ work and for preliminary drawings. The colours bear up, and gold acquires an appearance of solidity on vellum which cannot be obtained on paper. No doubt the surface is somewhat difficult to deal with at first and painting on it has a technique of its own, but there is nothing that cannot be overcome if it is approached in a practical way. The colour of vellum varies from a yellowish white to darkish[Pg 165] ivory colour, a variety that is due to the natural colour of the skin. It can also be obtained in positive colours, the kind that is used in book-binding. It is somewhat thickly coated on one side with a chalky preparation, and if this side, the front, is used it requires delicate handling, for it is easily injured by the scraping that may be necessary for erasure, so that a rough spot of skin appears through the preparation and the surface can only be restored with great difficulty. Unless, therefore, it is necessary to use both sides as for a leaf of a book, the back of the skin will be found preferable. It is a little darker in tone and not quite so smooth, is tolerably hard and bears erasure well, but the knife requires deft handling, and then small corrections can be made with it successfully, for colours do not penetrate vellum very far, though when properly prepared they adhere to the surface with ample tenacity. It will be found very desirable to keep vellum clean rather than to trust to subsequent cleaning.
Vellum, a high-quality parchment made from calfskin, is the best surface for watercolor heraldic painting, although paper, including various “boards,” is useful for student work and preliminary sketches. The colors hold up well, and gold looks more solid on vellum than on paper. It's true that the surface can be a bit tricky at first and requires a specific technique, but anything can be managed if approached practically. Vellum's color ranges from a yellowish-white to a darker ivory, depending on the natural color of the skin. Positive colors, used in bookbinding, are also available. One side is coated thickly with a chalky preparation, and if this front side is used, it must be handled carefully, as it's susceptible to damage from scraping during erasure, which can leave a rough spot that is hard to fix. Therefore, unless both sides are necessary, like for a book leaf, the back side is usually better. It's slightly darker in tone, not as smooth, fairly sturdy, and holds up to erasing well, but the knife must be used skillfully for successful small corrections since colors don’t penetrate vellum deeply. When properly prepared, they stick well to the surface. It's best to keep vellum clean rather than relying on later cleaning.
As it is difficult to properly remove pencil marks except with the knife, the design should first be made as fully as necessary on paper or other surface, and transferred to the vellum by tracing or rubbing down or by pouncing. The best way of transferring a design is to go carefully over the back of a tracing of it with a sharp pencil and having carefully placed it in position on the vellum to rub it down with a knife held slanting, a palette knife will do very well, and in that way the lines are clearly transferred to the vellum without the depression on the surface that a point is likely to make. Tracing down the design with a style and coloured transfer paper is[Pg 166] less satisfactory owing to the blurring of the line, unless the point used is very sharp and then it is likely to cut through. In making the preliminary design the colour composition with regard to such parts as are susceptible of free treatment (such as the mantling) should be carefully noted so that nothing experimental need be tried on the vellum. Unless both sides of the skin are to be used it is well to strain the vellum over an ordinary frame by means of glue or with small tacks at frequent intervals, first well damping it on the reverse side to that which is to be used. A piece of cardboard should be placed between the vellum and the frame to give support to the surface and help to throw up the colour, care being taken, however, that the vellum though damp is not actually wet or it will stick to the cardboard in patches with disastrous effect. Having the design traced on the vellum the next step is to lay in the gold. This is provided in shells or cakes and is painted on very evenly with a sable brush and when dry is burnished with an agate burnisher, or a tusk does very well.
Since it's hard to completely remove pencil marks except with a knife, you should first make the design as detailed as needed on paper or another surface and then transfer it to the vellum by tracing, rubbing down, or using pouncing. The best method for transferring a design is to lightly go over the back of a tracing with a sharp pencil. After placing it precisely on the vellum, rub it down with a slanting knife—like a palette knife—to clearly transfer the lines without creating the indentations that a pointed tool might leave. Tracing the design with a stylus and colored transfer paper is less satisfactory because the lines can blur, unless you use a very sharp point, which might cut through the paper. When making the preliminary design, pay special attention to the color composition for parts that can be treated freely (like the mantling), so you won't need to try anything experimental on the vellum. If you're not using both sides of the skin, it's a good idea to stretch the vellum over a standard frame using glue or small tacks at regular intervals, first dampening the back side. Place a piece of cardboard between the vellum and the frame for support and to enhance the color, but make sure the vellum is damp, not wet, or it may stick to the cardboard and cause issues. Once you have the design traced on the vellum, the next step is to apply the gold. This comes in shells or cakes and is painted evenly with a sable brush; once it’s dry, it’s burnished with an agate burnisher or a tusk works well too.
Burnishing is facilitated by first gently passing the finger tip over the gold, and a piece of card or other firm substance should be placed behind the work during the whole process, or, when a high degree of polish is desired, a piece of plate glass may take the place of the card. But it must be remembered that over-burnishing deprives the gold of its beautiful colour and tends to blackness.
Burnishing is made easier by first lightly rubbing your fingertip over the gold. You should place a piece of card or another sturdy material behind the work throughout the process, or if you want a really high shine, you can use a piece of plate glass instead of the card. However, keep in mind that over-burnishing takes away the gold’s beautiful color and can make it look black.
The principal colours are then laid in their places and their quality will depend of course on the taste and intention of the artist, but in the absence of necessity for modification, the traditional strong brilliance will probably[Pg 167] be sought after and the colours will be used in their fullest strength and purity. For red, Vermilion is unapproachable in its place, has great body and is therefore easy to use. For blue, Cobalt is very beautiful but is somewhat difficult to lay from its want of opacity, a quality which is not improved by the glycerine which is used in “moist” colours. French ultramarine or French Blue (it is known under various names) forms when mixed with white a fairly efficient substitute for cobalt and presents no difficulties in laying.
The main colors are then placed, and their quality will depend on the artist's taste and intentions. But when there's no need for change, the traditional strong brightness will likely be preferred, with colors used in their full strength and purity. For red, Vermilion is unmatched in its application, has great body, and is therefore easy to work with. For blue, Cobalt is very beautiful but can be a bit tricky to apply due to its lack of opacity, a characteristic that doesn’t improve with the glycerine used in “moist” colors. French Ultramarine or French Blue (it goes by various names) is a good alternative when mixed with white and doesn't pose any challenges in application.
Green. The most brilliant is of course Emerald Green, but as it is extremely difficult to lay and easily works up it is much feared and avoided. It is very useful in combination with greens of lower tone mixed with white to lighten them. Green oxide of chromium (not chrome green) is excellent in this way and possesses good body.
Green. The most vibrant is definitely Emerald Green, but since it’s very hard to apply and can easily get messed up, it’s often feared and avoided. It's really useful when mixed with softer greens or combined with white to brighten them. Green oxide of chromium (not chrome green) works great for this purpose and has a good consistency.
The white will be Chinese White, made from oxide of zinc, which does not change colour as the lead whites do. The latter, however, are extremely useful for temporary work, such as for design that is to be carried out in other materials, when the drawing is no longer of consequence after it has served its purpose.
The white will be Chinese White, made from zinc oxide, which doesn’t change color like lead whites do. However, the latter are very useful for temporary work, like designs that will be executed in other materials, when the drawing is no longer important after it has fulfilled its purpose.
The difficult colours Cobalt and Emerald Green can nevertheless be laid satisfactorily by means of patient trial, the result depending on that skill of manipulation which can only come by much practice as well as on the exact degree of moisture with which the colours are used. Indeed, it may be well to point out, especially for the benefit of those who are familiar with water-colour sketching, how comparatively dry all the colours[Pg 168] are worked in illumination. Tints, even, are best put on with a sparely filled brush in a manner that approaches a scumble much more nearly than a wash. This will be found most troublesome in tints that are painted on the vellum itself, as in white mantling, for instance, or in objects that are “proper,” and anything like a wash with a full brush being impossible, a certain amount of stippling will probably become inevitable. The work is certainly somewhat difficult, and too much disappointment, therefore, should not be felt at the failure of first efforts. Shortly, the effort should be directed to getting the colour on with as little moisture as will suffice, so that the surface of the vellum may not become wet and disturbed.
Cobalt and Emerald Green are tricky colors, but with patience and practice, you can get good results. The success depends on your skill in handling them, which comes from experience, and the right level of moisture when applying the colors. It's important to note, especially for those used to watercolor sketching, that the colors used in illumination are generally applied in a much drier manner. Tints should ideally be applied with a lightly loaded brush, leaning more towards a scumble technique than a wash. This can be particularly challenging for tints applied directly onto the vellum, like white mantling or in “proper” objects, where using a fully loaded brush for a wash isn’t feasible, and some stippling will likely be necessary. The process is certainly demanding, so don’t be too discouraged by initial failures. In summary, focus on applying the color with as little moisture as possible to avoid wetting and disturbing the vellum's surface.
The principal masses of colour being in, such dividing or other strong lines as occur will be drawn with black. A drawing pen will probably be used for straight ones and in this also care must be taken that the black, lamp black or ivory black, is not too diluted, or it will probably spread, especially when in contact with colours that contain glycerine or waxy constituents.
The main areas of color will have any dividing or other strong lines drawn in black. A drawing pen will likely be used for straight lines, and care must be taken that the black, whether lamp black or ivory black, isn’t too diluted; otherwise, it may spread, especially when it comes into contact with colors that contain glycerin or waxy substances.
This done, the next stage of the work, if it is to have the elaboration of the real illuminated MSS. rather than of the diagrammatic Rolls of Arms, will be to model up the forms with shadow colour, using carmine or crimson lake to shade vermilion with the addition of a little sepia when stronger colour is required. Blue will be shaded with French blue to the required tone, and green with darker green.
This finished, the next step in the process, if we want to create actual illuminated manuscripts instead of just diagrammatic Rolls of Arms, will be to shape the forms using shadow color. We'll use carmine or crimson lake to shade vermilion, adding a little sepia when a deeper color is needed. Blue will be shaded with French blue to achieve the desired tone, and green will be shaded with a darker green.
The lights may then be put in with light tones of their respective colours. Gold is shaded with a low tone of[Pg 169] yellow as a general shadow colour and with umber, and is sometimes high lighted with Naples yellow and white. In accessory decoration gold may be shaded with green and finished with a darker tint of the same colour.
The lights can then be added using lighter shades of their respective colors. Gold is typically shaded with a light tone of[Pg 169] yellow as the main shadow color and with umber, and is sometimes highlighted with Naples yellow and white. In additional decoration, gold can be shaded with green and finished with a darker version of the same color.
In the colour treatment of mantling the tone may well be kept low in relation to that of the shield to which it will thus lead up and give value.
In the color treatment of mantling, the tone can be kept subtle compared to that of the shield, which will enhance and add value to it.
Instead of lighting with tones of their own colour the parts in which modelling is suggested, a very beautiful and decorative effect is produced by the mediaeval practice of heightening the whole design with gold in lines which coalesce into masses on the high lights and trail off into the shadows where also they help to define the form in a very effective way. This use of gold throughout the work serves at the same time to harmonize and pull the whole thing together into unity. It is a method which requires considerable skill of hand and clearness of intention, for the lines must be drawn with firm certainty, but when successful is most effectively beautiful.
Instead of using colors to highlight the parts suggested by the modeling, a stunning and decorative effect is achieved through the medieval practice of enhancing the entire design with gold. This gold creates lines that merge into larger areas on the highlights and fade into the shadows, effectively helping to define the form. This use of gold throughout the piece not only brings harmony but also unifies the whole work. It requires a significant level of skill and clarity of purpose, as the lines must be drawn with confident precision, but when done successfully, it is incredibly beautiful.
In the treatment of the helmet its relative importance in the composition must not be forgotten, nor its brilliancy in combination with its central position be allowed to attract undue attention. The broad shadow which its body takes in its forward tilted position is very useful in keeping down the general tone, in colour work as well as in black and white. Also it may be remembered that helmets were themselves painted and their rivets gilt.
In dealing with the helmet, we shouldn't overlook its significance in the overall composition, nor should we let its shine and central placement distract us from other elements. The wide shadow it casts when tilted forward is helpful in balancing the overall tone, both in color and black and white work. It's also worth noting that helmets were often painted and their rivets were gilded.
In painting on paper, where yellow is substituted for gold, Cadmium will be found to be the most useful kind of that colour.
In painting on paper, where yellow replaces gold, Cadmium is the most useful type of that color.
Until the invention of moist colour the pigments were[Pg 170] obtained in powder and mixed with gum water, a great deal of small knowledge being required in order that the colours should not rub off the surface on the one hand, or crack or otherwise misbehave on the other. Gold was mixed in the same way, but if with too little gum it rubbed off and if with too much it refused to burnish. Nevertheless, the colours when so mixed have a certain advantage in having more body, and a better because less waxy surface. However, the greater convenience of moist colour is undoubted and in some of them the surface is very good. So-named luminous body colour made by Newman of Soho Square has been recently tried with very satisfactory results, the cobalt among the “difficult colours” being particularly good.
Until the invention of moist color, pigments were[Pg 170] typically available in powder form and mixed with gum water. A lot of knowledge was needed to ensure that the colors wouldn’t rub off on one hand or crack and misbehave on the other. Gold was mixed in a similar manner, but if there was too little gum, it would rub off, and with too much, it wouldn’t burnish. However, when mixed this way, the colors had the advantage of being more substantial and having a less waxy surface. That said, the convenience of moist color is undeniable, and many of them have very good surfaces. The so-called luminous body color created by Newman of Soho Square has recently been tested with very satisfactory results, with cobalt proving to be particularly good among the “difficult colors.”
The notable revival of Enamelling has restored to heraldry a very beautiful means of expression, one which has proved from the twelfth century downwards to be especially suitable to its subject, as well from its broad simplicity of treatment as from its permanence and beauty. In this connexion one’s thoughts inevitably turn to the stall-plates of the Knights of that Most Noble Order of the Garter in its Chapel in Windsor Castle, and one is led to hope that they may once again be done in a way not unworthy of their splendid and monumental predecessors of the old days.
The recent revival of enameling has brought back a beautiful way to express heraldry, which has been especially fitting for this art form since the twelfth century, thanks to its straightforward style, durability, and beauty. This brings to mind the stall plates of the Knights of the Most Noble Order of the Garter in their chapel at Windsor Castle, and it inspires hope that they may once again be created in a manner worthy of the magnificent and monumental examples from the past.
Enamel entered to an enormous extent into the decorative metal work of the Middle Ages. Altars, Church vessels, and crosiers, caskets, nefs and other domestic objects, the girdles and clasps for ladies’ use, as well as the details of military trappings were among the many things that were adorned in this manner. The[Pg 171] massive military belts that were worn below the hips and were indicative of high rank were especially rich in goldsmiths’ work and enamels, infinite pains and enormous sums being spent on their execution.
Enamel played a huge role in the decorative metalwork of the Middle Ages. Altars, church vessels, crosiers, caskets, nefs, and various household items, along with girdles and clasps for women, as well as details of military gear, were all often decorated this way. The[Pg 171] large military belts worn below the hips, indicating high rank, were particularly rich in goldsmithing and enameling, with endless effort and significant amounts of money invested in their creation.

Of the various methods of enamelling that which is known as Champlevé is especially associated with Gothic art. Among the most interesting of the personal ornaments is the cloak clasp of Queen Eleanor, wife of the warrior King Edward I (Fig. 172). Here the arms of her husband, England, with those of her own blood, Castile and Leon, unite to make a unique fastening to the Royal mantle of that Queen “of Good Memory.” This clasp was probably made at Limoges, where Champlevé enamel was certainly produced as early as the latter half of the twelfth century and probably[Pg 172] earlier, the art having been imported, it is said, from Venice, whither it had come from the East.
Of the various methods of enameling, the one known as Champlevé is especially linked to Gothic art. One of the most interesting pieces of personal jewelry is the cloak clasp of Queen Eleanor, wife of the warrior King Edward I (Fig. 172). This clasp features the arms of her husband, England, combined with her own family emblems from Castile and Leon, creating a unique fastening for the royal mantle of the Queen "of Good Memory." This clasp was likely made in Limoges, where Champlevé enamel was definitely produced as early as the second half of the twelfth century and possibly[Pg 172] even earlier, with the craft reportedly having been brought over from Venice, which received it from the East.
At this same time heraldry was coming into systematic form, and enamel was soon employed to display it on the Royal and other monuments, beginning perhaps with the memorial slab to Geoffrey Plantagenet, Count of Anjou (father of Henry II), who died in 1151, which is now in the Museum at Le Mans.
At this time, heraldry was becoming more organized, and enamel was soon used to showcase it on royal and other monuments, starting with the memorial slab for Geoffrey Plantagenet, Count of Anjou (father of Henry II), who died in 1151, which is now in the Museum at Le Mans.
The succeeding centuries are increasingly rich in heraldic enamels, the shields in the monuments of Edward III and his Queen, Philippa of Hainault, and on the magnificent tomb of William de Valence, Earl of Pembroke, in Westminster Abbey, may be taken as examples. The shield on the latter monument is reproduced by Boutell and others and will well repay study, especially when it is rendered in the colour which is necessary to a full appreciation of its beauty (Fig. 174).
The following centuries saw a growing abundance of heraldic enamels. The shields found in the monuments of Edward III and his wife, Philippa of Hainault, as well as on the stunning tomb of William de Valence, Earl of Pembroke, in Westminster Abbey, serve as great examples. The shield on that tomb is shown by Boutell and others and is definitely worth examining, especially when viewed in the colors needed to fully appreciate its beauty (Fig. 174).
Towards the end of the mediaeval period began the Garter stall-plates already alluded to as still to be seen on the panels of St. George’s Chapel, which date from the early fifteenth century, though some of them relate to personages of an earlier time.
Towards the end of the medieval period, the Garter stall plates mentioned earlier started to appear on the panels of St. George’s Chapel. These date back to the early fifteenth century, although some of them are connected to individuals from an earlier time.
These have most fortunately been brought within reach of study in the valuable facsimile reproductions in the work by Mr. St. John Hope, which includes in its scope the plates which were executed down to nearly the end of the fifteenth century. As examples of heraldic composition they are invaluable, for although the deterioration of the Gothic was already begun, they possess to a remarkable extent those decorative qualities that their modern successors so unfortunately lack.
These have fortunately become accessible for study in the valuable facsimile reproductions found in the work by Mr. St. John Hope, which covers the plates created up until nearly the end of the fifteenth century. As examples of heraldic composition, they are priceless, for although the decline of the Gothic style had started, they still hold a remarkable amount of the decorative qualities that their modern counterparts sadly lack.
[Pg 173]
[Pg 173]
Enamel itself consists of a rather dense glass coloured with metallic oxides, and must not be confused with the enamel colours which are employed in painting on porcelain. The latter are vitrifiable but not vitrified material; that is to say, in them the metallic colours in powder are mixed with powdered glass, and the whole becomes fluxed together when the work is fired in the kiln or muffle, while in true enamel the glass and its colouring are intimately combined from the first. By way of definition it may be said that enamel work is therefore an arrangement of one or more layers of coloured glass on fused metal.
Enamel itself is a dense glass colored with metallic oxides and shouldn’t be confused with the enamel paints used for porcelain. The paints can be vitrifiable but aren’t vitrified materials; in them, the metallic colors in powder form are mixed with powdered glass, and everything fuses together when fired in the kiln or muffle. In true enamel, however, the glass and its colors are combined from the start. To define it, enamel work is essentially layers of colored glass arranged on melted metal.
In Champlevé work the design is first outlined on a metal plate, usually copper, and then, by means of gravers and chisel-like tools called scorpers, the space which is to receive the enamel is cut out to the necessary depth, from ¹⁄₃₂ to ¹⁄₂₀ of an inch, the rather rough surface that is left by the scorper serving as an additional key to the enamel (see Fig. 173), which having been ground to a powder and moistened with water, is then placed in the cavities prepared for it, and, after being carefully dried, is put into a muffle raised to a red heat, and thus fired until the enamel is fluxed. The work is then allowed to cool, is smoothed and polished, and the metal parts may then be gilt. Champlevé is usually executed in opaque enamel; that is, in glass made opaque by an admixture of oxide of tin.
In Champlevé work, the design is first outlined on a metal plate, usually copper. Then, using gravers and chisel-like tools called scorpers, the areas that will hold the enamel are cut out to the necessary depth, ranging from ¹⁄₃₂ to ¹⁄₂₀ of an inch. The somewhat rough surface left by the scorper adds extra grip for the enamel (see Fig. 173). The enamel, which is ground into a powder and mixed with water, is then placed into the prepared cavities. After being carefully dried, it is put into a muffle oven heated to red hot and fired until the enamel melts. The piece is then allowed to cool, smoothed, polished, and the metal parts can be gilded. Champlevé is usually done in opaque enamel, which is glass made opaque by mixing in oxide of tin.
In very early specimens two or more colours are found in contact in one space, but this is extremely difficult to do, and the resulting line is a somewhat ragged one in European work, though wonderful effects of opaque colours are produced by the Japanese. Since the thirteenth[Pg 174] century each colour, in Western work, fills its own space.
In very early examples, two or more colors are found in contact within one area, but achieving this is quite challenging, resulting in a somewhat jagged line in European work, though the Japanese create amazing effects with opaque colors. Since the 13th century, each color in Western art occupies its own space.

The design, must, from the nature of the work, be kept very simple without too much subtlety of line that might be lost in the cutting, and the laying of the enamel will be facilitated if the angles of small spaces are not made too pointed. The principal qualities of form will consist in good distribution and well-balanced masses rather than in expression of detail. The outlines of charges[Pg 175] which are in colour on metal, or vice versa, are formed by the edges of the sunk spaces and such further definition that maybe required, such as the marking of the junction of the further legs with a lion’s body, is effected with a line of the ground colour laid in a groove cut for the purpose. This perfectly natural method of drawing with the materials that are immediately concerned has resulted in some singularly inept modern examples of heraldry, where the limbs are deliberately represented as detached from the bodies, as though there were something mysteriously mediaeval in such an unreasoning travesty of a perfectly simple expedient.
The design must, due to the nature of the work, remain very simple without excessive subtlety in the lines that might get lost during cutting. The application of the enamel will be easier if the angles of small spaces aren’t too sharp. The main qualities of the form should focus on good distribution and well-balanced shapes rather than on intricate details. The outlines of charges[Pg 175], which are colored on metal, or the other way around, are created by the edges of the recessed areas, and any additional detail needed, like marking where the legs meet a lion’s body, is done with a line of the base color placed in a groove cut specifically for that purpose. This completely natural method of using the materials directly involved has led to some particularly awkward modern examples of heraldry, where limbs are intentionally shown as separate from the bodies, as if there’s something mysteriously medieval about such a nonsensical distortion of a perfectly simple technique.
Where one colour approaches another, as in the de Valence shield (Fig. 174), it will be necessary to leave a narrow rim of metal as an outline, and where the work is sufficiently large other details of form will be shown in a similar way. Diaper also may be thus drawn in lines of metal among colour, as is shown here in the running ornament, or by lines of colour in metal, as the case may be.
Where one color meets another, like in the de Valence shield (Fig. 174), it's important to leave a thin border of metal as an outline. If the piece is large enough, other details of the shape will be highlighted in a similar fashion. Diaper patterns can also be depicted with metal lines among the colors, as illustrated in the running ornament, or with color lines on the metal, depending on the situation.
The gilt outlines of the de Valence Champlevé shield somewhat suggest the effect of Cloisonné work, the way in which the Byzantine enamels were executed; but this method has been little, if at all, employed heraldically. In it the spaces to be filled are made of flat wires that are bent to the requisite form and soldered into their places on a metal plate, and the work then proceeds as in Champlevé.
The gold outlines of the de Valence Champlevé shield resemble the look of Cloisonné work, similar to how Byzantine enamels were created; however, this technique has rarely, if ever, been used in heraldry. In this method, the areas to be filled are formed from flat wires that are shaped as needed and soldered onto a metal plate, after which the process continues like in Champlevé.

In the fifteenth century, when Renaissance art was beginning to look at things in a new way and was discovering new methods by which to express itself, a new kind of enamel work took the place of the more formal[Pg 177] Champlevé, just as a freer kind of heraldry was about to supersede the decadent Gothic. This became known in time as “Limoges Enamel,” though, as we know, that place had been celebrated for enamel in another form for hundreds of years. This painted enamel did not, however, take the place of Champlevé on monuments, rather the use of enamel in that way died out. Probably the painted plaques were too tender for the purpose, and in any case the treatment would have had to be much modified to bring them into harmony with monumental conditions. Although the method was new the treatment of the subjects was largely that of the missal paintings, and figure compositions, both sacred and secular, were accompanied by decorative borders into which heraldry naturally entered. Fig. 175 is an heraldic example of this method as it was practised by the celebrated Nardon Penicaud.
In the fifteenth century, as Renaissance art began to view things differently and explore new ways to express itself, a new type of enamel work replaced the more formal Champlevé, just as a more relaxed style of heraldry was about to take over from the declining Gothic. This eventually became known as “Limoges Enamel,” though that region had been famous for another type of enamel for hundreds of years. However, this painted enamel did not replace Champlevé in monuments; instead, the use of enamel in that way faded away. Likely, the painted plaques were too delicate for that purpose, and in any case, the technique would have needed significant adjustment to suit monumental contexts. Although the method was new, the approach to the subjects was largely similar to that of missal paintings, with figure compositions, both sacred and secular, accompanied by decorative borders that naturally included heraldry. Fig. 175 is a heraldic example of this method as practiced by the renowned Nardon Penicaud. [Pg 177]

This kind of enamel is done on a smooth plaque of[Pg 178] thin copper or other metal which has been slightly domed for the purpose. It is covered with a coat of enamel which forms the ground, the back also being enamelled in order to equalize the contractile strains, and fired. The design is then painted in white of suitable thicknesses, which on being fired form tones with the ground colour according to their relative opacity, and the result is called grisaille. This is a very charming form of decoration in itself, and is frequently done with that intention. Usually, however, coloured enamel is painted over it, the work being carefully fired at each stage, a very anxious process, and finally it may be heightened with gold after the manner of the illuminations. An additional method of obtaining decorative effects, in diapers, etc., presents itself in the power of scratching the painted gold with a needle before firing. Fig. 176, executed in this manner, is a plaque that is the property of W. H. Weldon, Esq.
This type of enamel is applied to a smooth plaque of[Pg 178] thin copper or another metal that has been slightly curved for this purpose. It’s covered with a layer of enamel that creates the base, with the back also being enameled to balance out the contractile stresses, and then fired. The design is painted in white with the right thicknesses, which changes shades based on how opaque they are after being fired, resulting in what’s known as grisaille. This style of decoration is quite lovely on its own and is often done with that in mind. However, colored enamel is usually painted over it, and the work is carefully fired at each step, which is a tense process. Finally, it might be enhanced with gold similar to illuminations. Another way to achieve decorative effects, like patterns, is by scratching the painted gold with a needle before firing. Fig. 176, created using this method, is a plaque owned by W. H. Weldon, Esq.
From the capacity of painted enamel to imitate the effects of the illuminations it presents few technical difficulties as design. Its practice, however, is another matter, as may be imagined when the risk of the numerous firings is taken into account.
From the ability of painted enamel to mimic the effects of illumination, it presents few technical challenges in design. However, its practice is a different story, especially when you consider the risks involved with the multiple firings.
A form of enamel that is occasionally used for badges and similar heraldic subjects is that which is called bassetaille. In this method the subject, usually in the form of a medallion, is carved in low relief and the transparent enamel fluxed completely over it, the surface being afterwards ground and polished. The varying thickness of the enamel, from the deepest part of the relief to the highest, gives a quality of gradated colour that is extremely beautiful. In a badge or jewel of this kind[Pg 180] there is, of course, a rim raised to the height necessary to contain the enamel and extending above the highest point of the carved subject.
A type of enamel that is sometimes used for badges and other heraldic designs is known as bassetaille. In this technique, the subject, usually shaped like a medallion, is carved in low relief and then completely covered with transparent enamel. The surface is later ground and polished. The varying thickness of the enamel, from the deepest part of the relief to the highest point, creates a beautifully graduated color effect. In a badge or piece of jewelry made this way[Pg 180], there is, of course, a rim raised to the necessary height to hold the enamel and extending above the highest point of the carved design.

Still another method is that which came into use in the fifteenth century for jewels, and is known as plique-a-jour, a kind of transparent Cloisonné which is said to have been produced by Cellini, who certainly knew of it. It is an extremely difficult process, but the effect is remarkably precious and jewel-like, the enamel being fired into a design which has been built up of bent wire and soldered together like Cloisonné without the bedplate, so that the work looks like a miniature piece of stained glass (as indeed it is) and of great beauty. In a similar way a design may be cut out or saw pierced through a plate of metal and filled with enamel à jour.
Another method that emerged in the fifteenth century for making jewelry is called plique-a-jour, a type of transparent cloisonné that's believed to have been created by Cellini, who was definitely familiar with it. It's an extremely challenging process, but the result is beautifully precious and jewel-like, with the enamel fused into a design constructed from bent wire and soldered together like cloisonné but without a backplate, making the piece resemble a miniature stained glass window (which it essentially is) and showcasing great beauty. Similarly, a design can be cut out or sawed through a metal plate and filled with enamel à jour.
In all methods of enamelling, a drawing of the design must of necessity be first made, and it is of course essential that the designer should have a practical knowledge of the methods that are concerned, the design and the finished work being necessarily interdependent, and though written descriptions are useful to indicate the nature of the processes nothing can supply the place of actual experiment under competent instruction. Familiarity with the practical side of art craftsmanship need not imply an intention to produce the work itself, but is absolutely necessary to adequately designing for it.
In all methods of enameling, a design sketch needs to be created first, and it's crucial that the designer has a hands-on understanding of the relevant techniques since the design and the final product are closely linked. While written instructions can help explain the processes, nothing replaces actual practice with skilled guidance. Knowing the practical aspects of art craftsmanship doesn't mean one has to create the work themselves, but it's essential for effectively designing it.
Enamel is increasingly employed in commemorative tablets and in objects of ceremonial use, and is also used with equally charming effect on the decoration of cabinets, jewel caskets, and other boxes to which as wedding gifts or other presentations, heraldry, properly[Pg 181] marshalled and well executed, is peculiarly appropriate. To such purposes the “Limoges” painted method readily lends itself, especially when the general design is of somewhat ornate character. With regard to the mounting of enamels, metal as framework seems especially suitable to their perfect display, as the setting to the gem, and so when a plaque is used to decorate a wooden panel it is well to introduce metal as an intermediary. But, nevertheless, I have found a well-cut ebony frame very satisfactory in itself, and the matter is clearly one for experiment.
Enamel is increasingly used in commemorative plaques and ceremonial items, and it also beautifully enhances the decoration of cabinets, jewelry boxes, and other containers meant as wedding gifts or presentations, where heraldry, properly arranged and well executed, is particularly fitting. The “Limoges” painted technique is especially suited for these purposes, particularly when the overall design is somewhat elaborate. When it comes to mounting enamels, metal as a frame seems particularly appropriate for showcasing them perfectly, much like a setting for a gem. Therefore, when using a plaque to decorate a wooden panel, it’s a good idea to incorporate metal as an intermediary. However, I have found a well-crafted ebony frame to be very satisfactory on its own, and this is clearly a matter for experimentation.
Champlevé and Cloisonné go well with the more severe styles of design, both ornamental and heraldic, in fact, enamel goes best with styles similar to those with which it was associated in the early practice. The one with the freedom of the Renaissance, the others with the greater severity and strength of the Gothic.
Champlevé and Cloisonné fit nicely with the more straightforward design styles, both decorative and heraldic. In fact, enamel works best with styles similar to those it was linked to in its early use. One is associated with the freedom of the Renaissance, while the others connect with the greater seriousness and strength of the Gothic.
For salvers, inkstands, lamps and other utensils heraldry in Champlevé enamel is very suitable and it is somewhat remarkable that it is not more often employed in place of the engraving which is usually inappropriate because of its lack of decorative quality.
For trays, inkstands, lamps, and other utensils, heraldry in Champlevé enamel works really well, and it's quite surprising that it's not used more often instead of engraving, which usually doesn't have much decorative value.
Metal.—Although heraldry in metal work has so wide a range, from the massive bronze gate to the badge worked on a buckle, that it can only be partially dealt with in a general work, it is desirable to touch upon such parts of so large a subject as may help the student to find in early work good examples for present application. The value of the beautiful metal coffret, the jewel case of the Middle Ages, for instance, to the designing of the modern box, whether it be intended for a[Pg 182] similar use or as the repository of a city’s thanks to a hero, is obvious. Even the obsolete weapons of early times may be made useful for their decoration, as admirable models for the making of trowels and other ceremonial implements whose after character as souvenirs of interesting occasions renders them suitable to, if indeed it does not demand, heraldic or symbolic decoration.
Metal.—Although metalwork in heraldry has a vast range, from the heavy bronze gates to the badges crafted on buckles, it can only be partially addressed in a general overview. However, it's important to highlight aspects of this extensive topic that can assist students in finding good examples from early work for modern use. For instance, the beautiful metal coffret, which served as a jewel case in the Middle Ages, clearly influences the design of contemporary boxes, whether they're meant for the same purpose or as a place for a city's gratitude to a hero. Even outdated weapons from earlier times can be valuable for their decorative quality, serving as excellent models for creating trowels and other ceremonial tools, whose ultimate purpose as keepsakes from significant events makes them well-suited for, if not requiring, heraldic or symbolic decoration.
Of the large work the stately bronze doors of Henry VII’s Chapel in Westminster Abbey are among the most distinguished examples in their perforated design of work whose duty is rather that of a gate than a door. The panels are filled with badges in pierced work, the Beaufort Portcullis, Henry’s favourite badge, the Falcon and Fetterlock of York, the entwined roses of York and Lancaster, and the Royal Monogram, all telling their story in terms of beautiful metal work. Within is the monument with the effigies of the King and Queen recumbent on the tomb, while at the foot amorini support a shield of arms and at the corners are placed angels who once held crowns. Designed by Torregiano and executed by him or under his direction, it is without doubt the most splendid and complete heraldic metal work of its time and style in this country. Over the gates in the grille which surrounds the tomb are the Royal Arms, France and England quarterly with the dragon and greyhound supporters. The latter was the badge of the Nevilles, but the former, the Dragon of Cadwallader, was of especial value in the King’s eyes. It denoted his descent from Llewellyn and King Arthur, and perhaps he liked to feel that his greatness was not wholly dependent upon York and Lancaster. It had[Pg 183] been flown, on a flag of the Tudor colours, argent and vert, on the field of Bosworth when the “White Boar” was slain and his crown was plucked from the hawthorn bush into which it had fallen and placed on the head of the victor. As badges, the dragon and the greyhound are repeated on the upper part all round the grill and in its parapet portcullises and roses alternate in the cuspings of the tracery. One of these dragons is shown in Fig. 173. Even the great candle sconces are Tudor roses placed horizontally, which support crowns whose crosses and fleur-de-lis form a decorative rim. As heraldic design the proportion of the parts, the vigour of the animals and the excellence of the spacing (and this may be especially seen in the supporters over the gates) leave nothing to be desired, while the general arrangement of the repeated heraldic motives in a decorative and yet reticent way is as admirable an example as can be found.
Of the large work, the impressive bronze doors of Henry VII’s Chapel in Westminster Abbey are some of the best examples of their intricate design, resembling a gate more than a typical door. The panels are filled with badges in cut-out work, including the Beaufort Portcullis, Henry’s favorite badge, the Falcon and Fetterlock of York, the intertwined roses of York and Lancaster, and the Royal Monogram, all telling their story through beautiful metalwork. Inside is the monument featuring the effigies of the King and Queen lying on the tomb, while at the foot, cherubs support a shield of arms, and angels who once held crowns are positioned at the corners. Designed by Torregiano and created under his direction, it is undoubtedly the most magnificent and complete heraldic metalwork of its time and style in this country. Above the gates in the grille surrounding the tomb are the Royal Arms, quarterly France and England, with the dragon and greyhound supporters. The greyhound was the badge of the Nevilles, but the Dragon of Cadwallader was particularly significant to the King. It symbolized his descent from Llewellyn and King Arthur, and perhaps he liked to feel that his greatness wasn’t solely tied to York and Lancaster. It had been displayed on a flag of Tudor colors, silver and green, at the Battle of Bosworth when the "White Boar" was defeated, and his crown was retrieved from the hawthorn bush where it had fallen and placed on the victor's head. As badges, the dragon and the greyhound are repeated along the upper part around the grill, with portcullises and roses alternating in the tracery. One of these dragons is shown in Fig. 173. Even the large candle holders are Tudor roses positioned horizontally, supporting crowns with crosses and fleur-de-lis forming a decorative rim. In terms of heraldic design, the proportions of the parts, the vibrancy of the animals, and the quality of the spacing (especially evident in the supporters over the gates) are impeccable, while the overall arrangement of the repeated heraldic motifs in a decorative yet subtle way is an admirable example.


Relief in metal work, cast or wrought, was very fully employed in the Renaissance monuments in place of the flatter treatment which preceded it. The mediaeval[Pg 184] memorials more frequently employed the flat decoration done in Champlevé enamel fixed into the spaces of sculptured stone, or else the incised metal slab, somewhat similar in its method of production, which is known as a Monumental Brass. These are so comparatively numerous and of such admirable workmanship as to form one of the most interesting and instructive means of studying most that pertains to good heraldry. They were executed with great care, and afford examples of almost every kind of application of[Pg 185] arms and badges to costume. Their wealth of heraldic lore is ably set forth in the works of Creeny, Waller, and others, and a single illustration must suffice here. Fig. 178 is the interesting brass to the memory of Sir John de Brewys, which is in many respects typical. The figure of the knight in his armour, his hands in an attitude of prayer, his head resting on his great helm, which bears his crest, and his feet on a couchant lion. Around him are shields of his arms six times repeated, and between them on little scrolls the words “Jesus” and “Mercy” many times occur.
Relief in metalwork, whether cast or wrought, was extensively used in Renaissance monuments instead of the flatter style that came before it. The medieval[Pg 184] memorials often featured flat decorations made with Champlevé enamel set into the spaces of sculpted stone, or the incised metal plate known as a Monumental Brass, which is somewhat similar in production method. These are relatively numerous and exhibit such excellent craftsmanship that they represent one of the most fascinating and informative ways to study aspects of good heraldry. They were made with great attention to detail and provide examples of nearly every type of application of[Pg 185] coats of arms and badges on clothing. Their rich heraldic history is well documented in the works of Creeny, Waller, and others, and here we can only provide a single illustration. Fig. 178 features an interesting brass memorial for Sir John de Brewys, which is notably typical in many ways. The figure of the knight in his armor, hands in a prayer position, head resting on his large helm that displays his crest, and feet on a reclining lion. Surrounding him are shields displaying his arms repeated six times, with scrolls between them frequently bearing the words “Jesus” and “Mercy.”
The method of work is very similar to that of the Champlevé enamels, allowing for the difference in scale, the lines being boldly incised in the metal with chisel-like tools and then filled in with black or colour much after the way of the niello and enamel of the smaller and more precious work, a hard waxy composition being used as the colouring material.
The working method is quite similar to that of Champlevé enamels, considering the difference in scale. The lines are deeply carved into the metal using tools like chisels and then filled in with black or color, much like the technique used in the niello and enamel of smaller, more valuable pieces, utilizing a hard, waxy substance as the coloring material.
Among the smaller metal work of domestic use, the firedogs, firebacks, hinges, locks and other parts of furniture, there is no lack of examples. The slabs of cast iron that are known as firebacks were very generally used as spaces for heraldry, the emphatic central position which they shared with the chimney-piece making them similarly appropriate. With the revival of dog-grates the accompanying fireback has also returned to favour, and a study of old castings therefore becomes additionally necessary. The Tudor examples are usually very excellent and bold in design, as in that illustrated here (Fig. 179), which displays the Royal Arms, probably of Henry VIII. In a form of[Pg 186] work which is to be subjected to the action of fire, and even to be seen for the most part through lighted fuel, a design is obviously fitting in proportion to the degree of elimination of unessential detail that is effected, and in the case in point this has been most efficiently done. The arms, and the lower part of the centre generally, are much fireworn, but anything of this nature simpler and finer in pose and modelling than are the supporters it would be difficult to find, while the proportion and spacing of the whole composition leave nothing to be desired. Fig. 180 is another well-designed Tudor example, the arms being those of Queen Elizabeth, who sometimes used the greyhound for a supporter as her father had done, instead of the dragon.
Among the smaller metalwork used in homes, like firedogs, firebacks, hinges, locks, and other furniture parts, there are plenty of examples. The cast iron slabs known as firebacks were commonly used as displays for heraldry, sharing a prominent central position with the fireplace, making them quite fitting. With the comeback of dog grates, firebacks have also regained popularity, which makes studying old castings even more essential. The Tudor examples are typically very striking and bold in design, as seen in the one illustrated here (Fig. 179), showcasing the Royal Arms, likely of Henry VIII. In pieces meant to withstand fire and often seen through burning fuel, a design is clearly suited to the degree of simplification of unnecessary details, and in this case, it has been done very effectively. The arms, and generally the lower part of the center, are quite worn from the fire, but it would be hard to find anything simpler and more beautifully posed and modeled than the supporters. The proportion and spacing of the entire composition are excellent. Fig. 180 is another well-crafted Tudor example, featuring the arms of Queen Elizabeth, who sometimes used the greyhound as a supporter, as her father had done, instead of the dragon.

[Pg 187]
[Pg 187]

[Pg 188]
[Pg 188]
It must be remembered, in designing firebacks, that the work is to be carried out by casting and should therefore be of suitable character. Casting is necessary because every time that wrought iron becomes red-hot and cools again it scales, and so loses a considerable thickness of material in a comparatively short time, a disadvantage that does not exist in the cast metal. The design in most cases is treated panel-wise within a raised border, but in the later backs the outline of the design, of the mantling and crest, sometimes formed the edge of the fireback without a containing rim. A space at the bottom, the part that was most embedded in the fire, is frequently left plain, or simply fluted.
It’s important to remember when designing firebacks that the process will involve casting, so the design should be appropriate for that. Casting is necessary because every time wrought iron gets red-hot and then cools down, it scales, significantly losing thickness in a relatively short time—something that doesn't happen with cast metal. Typically, the design is arranged in panels within a raised border, but in later firebacks, the outline of the design, including the mantling and crest, sometimes forms the edge of the fireback without a surrounding rim. A section at the bottom, which is usually the part most exposed to the fire, is often left plain or just lightly fluted.

[Pg 189]
[Pg 189]
Fig. 181 is also interesting as heraldry in cast metal, which in this case is bronze; and an Italian example is found in the arms of the Martelli, cast in bronze by Donatello (Fig. 182), which has much spirit, but lacks the excellent distribution of the same creature on the decorative shield for the Palazzo Guadagni now in the Museum at South Kensington.
Fig. 181 is also interesting as heraldry in cast metal, which in this case is bronze; and an Italian example is found in the arms of the Martelli, cast in bronze by Donatello (Fig. 182), which has a lot of character, but lacks the excellent arrangement of the same creature on the decorative shield for the Palazzo Guadagni now in the Museum at South Kensington.

The elaborate hinges, clasps, and locks of doors and coffers that were often enriched still further with coats of arms are also of great interest and appear to have been made subjects of lavish decoration before the larger domestic belongings were so treated. Of the decorations of lock-plates the German example of the Imperial Eagle from the Town Hall, Nuremberg (Fig. 183), is interesting as an instance of great simplification of form to suit the material in which it[Pg 192] is expressed. Fig. 184 is another but more ornate example of the treatment of pierced and chased metal.
The detailed hinges, clasps, and locks on doors and chests, which were often enhanced with coats of arms, are also quite fascinating and seem to have been lavishly decorated before the larger household items received similar treatment. Among the lock plate decorations, the German example of the Imperial Eagle from the Town Hall in Nuremberg (Fig. 183) stands out as a notable instance of simplification to fit the material it is made from. Fig. 184 is another, but more intricate, example of pierced and chased metalwork.




French.
Sixteenth Century.
The French lock-plate in chiselled iron (Fig. 185) was in the Spitzer Collection, and is decorated with the crowned Arms of France, and with Navarre, Aragon, Bearn and Bourbon quarterly and with a coat at top repeated on either side, consisting of three pommes de pin, or pine cones. The fleur-de-lis in Gothic tracery on the hasp is also notable. Fig. 186 bears the crowned Arms of France surrounded by the beautiful collar of St. Michael. Below is the well-known monogram which combines the initials of Henry II and of Diana de Poitiers, and her badge of crescents forms a circular device interlaced within the guilloche border, and a further allusion to her goddess namesake occurs in the bows and arrows at the sides. A fellow bolt-plate in the same collection has the Arms of France dimidiating those of Medici and Dauphiny on the shield at top, and in place of the crescent badge below, is a rainbow in clouds and surrounded by laurel; and the monogram, a double K for Queen Katherine, is several times repeated.
The French lock plate made of carved iron (Fig. 185) was part of the Spitzer Collection. It's adorned with the crowned Arms of France, along with the Arms of Navarre, Aragon, Bearn, and Bourbon arranged in quarters. At the top, there's a coat that’s repeated on either side, featuring three pine cones. The fleur-de-lis in Gothic tracery on the hasp is also noteworthy. Fig. 186 displays the crowned Arms of France, encircled by the beautiful collar of St. Michael. Below, you’ll find the recognizable monogram that merges the initials of Henry II and Diana de Poitiers, along with her crescent badge forming a circular design intertwined within the guilloche border. Additionally, there's a reference to her goddess namesake with bows and arrows on the sides. Another bolt plate from the same collection features the Arms of France splitting those of Medici and Dauphiny on the shield at the top. Instead of the crescent badge below, there’s a rainbow among clouds, surrounded by laurel; and the monogram, a double K for Queen Katherine, is repeated several times.

A very beautiful work, also in chiselled iron, is the panel of the armorial insignia of the Emperor Charles V, the Arms with the Columns the latter rising from waves of[Pg 194] the sea, being the device that represented the Pillars of Hercules and the motto “plus oultre” (Fig. 187). The arms are encircled with the collar of the Toison d’Or very boldly treated. The work is Spanish of the early sixteenth century, and is notable for its exquisite finish as well as for its general excellence of design and drawing.
A stunning piece, also made of intricately carved iron, is the panel featuring the coat of arms of Emperor Charles V, which includes the Arms with the Columns emerging from sea waves, symbolizing the Pillars of Hercules and the motto “plus ultra” (Fig. 187). The arms are surrounded by a boldly designed collar of the Toison d’Or. This work is Spanish from the early sixteenth century and is remarkable for its exquisite craftsmanship as well as its overall excellence in design and artistry.


Eighteenth Century.
Examples of keys, also from the Spitzer Collection, are given in Figs. 188 and 189. The former bears the arms of a Cardinal Archbishop, and the latter, which is excellently pierced and chiselled, has two lions supporting a badge, a crowned castle. Each is of good design, its[Pg 195] use and material having been well considered so that it is of a decorative shape that does not impede its usefulness. The latter is full of minute and exquisite detail, indistinguishable in the illustration. Besides the decoration of the barrel with a spiral band, there are eagles’ heads on its wards and the words “vive le roi” are twice inscribed on it in letters of gold.
Examples of keys from the Spitzer Collection are shown in Figs. 188 and 189. The first key features the arms of a Cardinal Archbishop, while the second, which is beautifully pierced and engraved, has two lions supporting a badge, a crowned castle. Both are well-designed, with careful consideration given to their use and materials, resulting in decorative shapes that do not hinder their functionality. The latter key is filled with intricate and exquisite details that are hard to see in the illustration. In addition to the spiral band decoration on the barrel, there are eagle heads on its wards, and the phrase “vive le roi” is engraved on it in gold letters twice.
The beautiful and elaborate repoussé and engraved work that was very largely employed in the decoration of metal in the Middle Ages and the Renaissance, found full scope in the magnificent armour in which the greatest artists and the most skilful craftsmen combined their forces to make a gift that should be worthy of a princely hand. Repoussé decoration consisted for the most part of the allegorical and mythological subjects that were so fashionable at the period, and comparatively little heraldry was done in that way. Engraving and etching, on the other hand, were extensively used to decorate metal with arms and badges.
The beautiful and intricate repoussé and engraved designs that were widely used for decorating metal during the Middle Ages and the Renaissance fully flourished in the stunning armor crafted by the greatest artists and most skilled artisans, who came together to create a piece worthy of a noble hand. Most repoussé decoration featured allegorical and mythological themes that were popular at the time, with relatively little heraldry done in that style. In contrast, engraving and etching were frequently employed to adorn metal with coats of arms and emblems.
In the execution of repoussé work a metal plate is fixed down to a bed of pitch, a material which affords an efficient support while being soft enough to yield to the shaping metal as it is hammered and punched into[Pg 196] the designed form. The work is afterwards chased and finished on the face, but the essential quality is, of course, that of being modelled into relief from behind. A very beautiful piece of repoussé work is the quadrangular buckler, of late sixteenth century work, in the Royal Armoury at Stockholm, which was bought in Holland by Charles XV of Sweden (Fig. 190). The design is a fine bold treatment of the Arms of the Visconti, and the workmanship is probably Italian. There is a backplate with repoussé arms in the same collection.
In repoussé work, a metal plate is secured to a bed of pitch, a material that provides stable support while being soft enough to accommodate the shaping metal as it is hammered and punched into[Pg 196] the intended design. The piece is then chased and finished on the front, but the main characteristic is that it’s formed in relief from the back. A stunning example of repoussé work is the square shield from the late sixteenth century, located in the Royal Armoury in Stockholm, which was purchased in Holland by Charles XV of Sweden (Fig. 190). The design features a bold portrayal of the Visconti arms, and the craftsmanship is likely Italian. There's also a backplate with repoussé arms in the same collection.


The Royal Armoury, Dresden.
Sixteenth Century.
The powder horn (Fig. 191) in the Royal Armoury at Dresden is a very good example of the treatment of heraldry on a small object, and incidentally shows the practice of placing helms on the heads of supporters in order to display some of the crests.
The powder horn (Fig. 191) in the Royal Armoury at Dresden is a great example of how heraldry is handled on a small object, and it also shows the practice of putting helms on the heads of supporters to showcase some of the crests.

Engraving being extensively used to cut decorative[Pg 197] bands of ornament on the armour, was naturally the method adopted for ornamenting the blades of weapons and other flat surfaces. Indeed, it was from the engraving for ornament’s sake that engraving for the purpose of reproduction by printing was evolved by Finiguerra, the famous Florentine goldsmith, in the middle of the fifteenth century. This interesting experiment, if it were an experiment and not a practice whose application had been before unnoticed, is said to have been made on a piece of plate, a pix, of which the only impression is said to be in the Bibliothèque Nationale, Paris. Engraving was also preliminary to niello work and to damascening, two somewhat analogous methods of decoration, that are peculiarly suitable to the ornamentation[Pg 198] of metal. In the former the lines of the engraving are filled with a sort of black enamel which is fixed in its place by heat, while in damascening the design, drawn with boldly cut lines on the steel, is filled in with gold or other metal hammered in with mallets, and the whole surface is then polished.
Engraving was widely used to create decorative[Pg 197] designs on armor, so it naturally became the technique for decorating weapon blades and other flat surfaces. In fact, it was for the sake of decoration that engraving evolved into a method for reproduction through printing, pioneered by Finiguerra, the renowned Florentine goldsmith, in the mid-fifteenth century. This intriguing experiment, if it was indeed an experiment and not simply a technique that had gone unnoticed before, is said to have been carried out on a piece of plate, specifically a pix, with the only existing impression reportedly housed in the Bibliothèque Nationale in Paris. Engraving was also a precursor to niello work and damascening, two similar decoration methods particularly suited for metal ornamentation[Pg 198]. In niello, the engraved lines are filled with a black enamel that’s fixed in place with heat, while in damascening, the design is outlined with bold cuts on the steel and filled in with gold or another metal hammered in with mallets, after which the entire surface is polished.
The halberds and partisans that were of the nature of ceremonial weapons, the arms of body guards, for example, were usually decorated in some such way. The bill or glaive (Fig. 192) is a good example of German work of its period, and the halberd (Fig. 193) is a very interesting specimen of French work of a little earlier date.
The halberds and partisans that were ceremonial weapons, like those used by bodyguards, were typically decorated in various ways. The bill or glaive (Fig. 192) is a great example of German craftsmanship from that time, and the halberd (Fig. 193) is a fascinating example of earlier French work.
These examples will be found valuable in their bearing on the decoration of ceremonial tools such as the trowels with which foundation-stones are laid.
These examples will be useful for decorating ceremonial tools like the trowels used to lay foundation stones.
In engraving a surface for subsequent treatment with another metal or with enamel the process itself will dictate the use of a strong and suitable method of cutting. When, however, the engraving is to stand on its own qualities it is important to bear in mind the difference between engraving that is employed as decoration and that intended for printing. This distinction has frequently been lost sight of, with the result that there is much engraving of the sort that, however well it might print, and in some cases this is more than doubtful, it certainly does not decorate; while fine bold cutting that is done in the right way will realize the value of the play of light on the incised line, and the consequent ornamental effect. In this connexion it may perhaps be permitted to define shortly the technical distinction between etching and engraving. In etched work, then, the design is bitten[Pg 200] into metal with an acid mordant, while engraving is done with a cutting tool.
When engraving a surface for later treatment with another metal or enamel, the process requires a strong and appropriate cutting technique. However, when the engraving is meant to showcase its own qualities, it's essential to understand the difference between engraving used for decoration and that intended for printing. This distinction is often overlooked, leading to a lot of engraving that might print well—though that's often questionable—but definitely doesn't serve a decorative purpose. In contrast, well-executed bold cutting highlights the interplay of light on the engraved lines, creating a decorative effect. In this context, it might be helpful to briefly clarify the technical difference between etching and engraving. In etched work, the design is etched into the metal using an acid, while engraving is performed with a cutting tool.[Pg 200]

Etching is largely evident in the decoration of metal, frequently taking the form of lowering the background by biting-in with acid, and thus leaving the design to appear in masses of polished surface in contrast with the darkened colour of the bitten metal, and the details are put in with lines that are etched or engraved, as may be most convenient.
Etching is mainly seen in metal decoration, often by using acid to etch away the background, which makes the design stand out against the shiny, polished surface compared to the darkened color of the etched metal. The details are added with lines that are either etched or engraved, whichever is more convenient.

An important quality of this kind of treatment is[Pg 201] that while the objects are enriched and very expressively decorated their practical efficiency for work is in no way impaired, and this may fairly be taken to be a conclusive test of right decorative treatment.
An important quality of this kind of treatment is[Pg 201] that while the objects are enhanced and beautifully decorated, their practical usefulness for work is not affected at all, and this can be considered a definitive test of appropriate decorative treatment.

Interesting features of Renaissance dwellings were the rainwater heads, cisterns, fountains, statues and other garden accessories that were cast in lead; architectural fashions which are again coming into vogue with the returning regard for the style of the Renaissance. The cistern (Fig. 194) is an heraldic example in cast lead, and Fig. 195 is a fountain in the same material. The latter is Dutch work of the early[Pg 203] seventeenth century, and was brought from Bois-le-duc. The motives, eagles displayed, lions’ heads and the lion rampant of Holland which holds in its paws a sword and a sheaf of arrows, are thrice repeated round the central pipe, which is surmounted by a crown.
Interesting features of Renaissance homes included rainwater heads, cisterns, fountains, statues, and other garden accessories made of lead; architectural styles that are becoming popular again with the renewed interest in Renaissance design. The cistern (Fig. 194) is a heraldic example in cast lead, and Fig. 195 is a fountain made of the same material. The latter is Dutch work from the early[Pg 203] seventeenth century and was brought from Bois-le-duc. The designs, featuring eagles, lions’ heads, and the lion rampant of Holland holding a sword and a bundle of arrows, are repeated three times around the central pipe, which is topped with a crown.

Yet another method of metallic production is shown in electro deposited replicas of modelled designs such as Fig. 196, a panel treatment of the Arms of Oxford University, which may be considered in connexion with its fellow of Cambridge, Fig. 89.
Yet another way to produce metal is demonstrated in electroplated replicas of modeled designs like Fig. 196, which depicts a panel treatment of the Arms of Oxford University. This can be looked at alongside its counterpart from Cambridge, Fig. 89.
[Pg 204]
[Pg 204]
CHAPTER IX
Architectural Decoration
In its application to architectural decoration heraldry put forth some of its finest work as became one of the family of the “mother of the arts,” and it was in architecture too that the modern revival of heraldic art began, much in the same way that the Renaissance had first made its influence felt in the decoration of the monuments of an earlier time.
In its role in architectural decoration, heraldry showcased some of its best work as part of the "mother of the arts," and it was in architecture that the modern revival of heraldic art started, similar to how the Renaissance first impacted the decoration of monuments from an earlier period.
The sculptured heraldry of the Middle Ages was confined to the monuments and chantries, such as those of Westminster Abbey, Peterborough, Kings Langley, Canterbury, Beverley and many other places whose sculptured shields are memorials no less of the personages whose arms they bear than of the vigorous art of their time. Certain it is that even in the worst periods the heraldic decoration of architectural objects continued to show a greater degree of excellence than was generally evident in other forms of heraldic expression.
The carved heraldry of the Middle Ages was limited to monuments and chapels, like those at Westminster Abbey, Peterborough, Kings Langley, Canterbury, Beverley, and many other locations, where the sculpted shields serve as memorials not only to the individuals they represent but also to the dynamic art of their era. It's clear that even in the most challenging times, the heraldic decoration of architectural structures maintained a higher level of quality than was typically seen in other forms of heraldic expression.
With the growth of the Renaissance, domestic architecture and its attendant decoration, in which armorials were displayed, increased enormously in extent and beauty, and the colleges which were founded or rebuilt[Pg 205] in the early sixteenth century followed in the decoration of the chapels and halls the excellent examples of their predecessors, but in the new and adaptable style that had come into fashion.
With the rise of the Renaissance, residential architecture and its accompanying decor, which prominently featured family crests, significantly expanded in both size and beauty. The colleges established or renovated in the early sixteenth century mirrored the impressive designs of their predecessors in the decoration of chapels and halls, but adopted the new and versatile style that had become popular.
Henry VIII patronized art with enthusiasm as a part of his general rivalry with the magnificent Francis I, and his example was followed by the new families who were taking the place of the old nobility that civil war and the scaffold had nearly exterminated, in building stately mansions, many of which stand as present examples of the skill and thoroughness with which the work was done.
Henry VIII supported art passionately as part of his rivalry with the impressive Francis I, and his example was adopted by the new families who were replacing the old nobility that civil war and executions had almost wiped out, in constructing grand mansions, many of which still stand today as examples of the skill and dedication with which the work was done.
In France the beautiful châteaux which still remain as store-houses of heraldic and other artistic wealth were built during the same period under Charles VIII, Louis XII and Francis I, and it is difficult to describe in adequate language how perfectly they displayed their characteristic devices with a dignity that was without one touch of obtrusiveness.
In France, the stunning châteaux that still stand as repositories of heraldic and other artistic treasures were constructed during the same era under Charles VIII, Louis XII, and Francis I. It's hard to find the right words to express how beautifully they showcased their unique designs with a dignity that lacked any hint of being showy.
Fontainebleau, Blois, Chambord and many another stately building testify to the taste and magnificence of their owners as well as to the skill that was lavished on their making. Fig. 197, the Gateway of the Château de Blois, is especially interesting for the employment of badges and heraldic diapers. The porcupine badge of Louis XII appears over the doorways as it does within, while the main archway is flanked by columns ornamented with a diaper which encloses in its reticulations the fleur-de-lis of France and the ermine spot of Brittany. A range of similar columns is in one of the interior courts. Fig. 202 is an example[Pg 207] of the badge-adorned fireplaces in the château. The whole is a restoration, very little indeed of the original work having remained.
Fontainebleau, Blois, Chambord, and many other impressive buildings showcase the style and grandeur of their owners as well as the craftsmanship that went into creating them. Fig. 197, the Gateway of the Château de Blois, is particularly noteworthy for its use of badges and heraldic patterns. The porcupine badge of Louis XII is featured above the doorways just like inside, while the main archway has columns decorated with a pattern that includes the fleur-de-lis of France and the ermine spot of Brittany. A series of similar columns can be found in one of the interior courtyards. Fig. 202 shows an example[Pg 207] of the fireplaces adorned with badges in the château. Overall, this is a restoration, with very little of the original work remaining.

In Spain extremely bold and vigorous heraldic sculpture was placed over doorways and under windows, but it was often executed with magnificent effect in large rectangular panels at the sides of the principal entrance. Fine examples are at the doorway of the Hospital at Santiago and at that of the University Library at Salamanca.
In Spain, striking and dynamic heraldic sculptures were positioned above doorways and beneath windows, often created with stunning effect in large rectangular panels flanking the main entrance. Great examples can be found at the doorway of the Hospital in Santiago and at that of the University Library in Salamanca.
Italian examples are found in the Florentine wall decoration in the Palazzo Vecchio and Palazzo del Podesta, in the composition of which small shields bearing the symbols of Saints and the arms of cities were usually associated with the principal device.
Italian examples can be seen in the wall decor of the Palazzo Vecchio and Palazzo del Podesta in Florence, where small shields featuring symbols of saints and the coats of arms of cities were typically linked to the main design.
Heraldic groups were also employed with excellent effect on angles of buildings, breaking the straight line in profile in a very satisfactory way.
Heraldic groups were also used effectively on the corners of buildings, creating a pleasing break in the straight line of the profile.
In the scheme of heraldry for a house the principal position on the exterior was over the main entrance, and there the armorials of the owner were boldly displayed, arms of alliance and genealogical trees being reserved for the more intimate surroundings of the interior.
In the system of heraldry for a household, the main spot on the outside was above the front entrance, where the owner's coat of arms was prominently displayed, while coats of arms of alliances and family trees were kept for the more personal spaces inside.
Other parts of the exterior were ornamented with less elaborate insignia such as seemed to fit the spaces that offered themselves, badges being freely used in this way as well inside as out. Chimney stacks and other flat spaces were relieved with panels, and ridges and pinnacles were adorned with figures of heraldic significance in relation to the family of the house.
Other parts of the exterior were decorated with simpler symbols that fit well in the available spaces, with badges being commonly used both inside and outside. Chimney stacks and other flat areas featured panels, and ridges and peaks were embellished with figures that had heraldic significance related to the family of the house.
[Pg 208]
[Pg 208]
In arms in relief, whether in large mural decorations or in the minute workmanship of a seal, contiguous spaces, which in flat painting would be considered divisions of the same plane, are distinguished from each other by sinking the surface in parts or by means of diapering. The quarterly shield of Henry IV on his great seal (Fig. 2, p. 18) has the field of the English quarter sunk so that the edge of the French quarter being higher takes light or throws a shadow which defines the space. Additional emphasis is given to ordinaries by strongly bevelling their edges which then reflect light in the same way. And diapering, which has been already referred to, may have the effect of raising or lowering the tone of the decorated surface, according to the amount of light it reflects or of shadow that it includes.
In raised relief, whether in large mural designs or in the detailed work of a seal, adjacent areas that would be seen as parts of the same plane in flat painting are set apart by indenting the surface in sections or using patterns. The quarterly shield of Henry IV on his great seal (Fig. 2, p. 18) has the background of the English quarter lowered so that the edge of the French quarter, which is higher, either catches light or casts a shadow that defines the area. Additional emphasis is provided to the main elements by sharply beveling their edges, which then reflect light in a similar manner. Additionally, the previously mentioned patterns can create the illusion of raising or lowering the tone of the decorated surface, depending on how much light they reflect or how much shadow they contain.
The mantling that occurs in sculpture, especially when done in wood, does not hesitate to go to the fullest extent in the direction of free ornamental treatment, and in thus seizing upon the decorative possibilities of its so lightly fettered character it may form a connecting decoration between the constituents of an heraldic scheme which might otherwise have a certain effect of spottiness.
The draping that happens in sculpture, especially when made of wood, fully embraces a free ornamental style. By tapping into its lightly restricted nature, it can create a decorative link between the elements of a heraldic design that might otherwise appear disjointed.
The pose of the heraldic elements of the design may also be made to help materially the general unity of effect. Thus the helmets of a series of armorials may be faced towards a central point, such as the altar in a church, or the hearth or the daïs of a secular apartment. Shields may be inclined in a common direction with similar intention and all the heraldry have definite relation to its surroundings. It should be remembered, however, that in thus posing the elements of a series,[Pg 209] a shield must be treated as a whole, and the contents must not be altered in sympathy with the direction of its regard.
The arrangement of the heraldic elements in the design can significantly contribute to the overall unity of the piece. For example, the helmets in a collection of coats of arms may face a central point, like the altar in a church, or the fireplace or platform in a secular room. Shields can be angled in the same direction for a similar purpose, ensuring all the heraldry relates effectively to its environment. However, it's important to remember that when arranging the elements in a series,[Pg 209] a shield should be considered as a whole, and its design shouldn't be changed to match the direction it faces.

A form of external decoration which has been but little used for heraldry, though it is one which is readily adapted to the purpose, is that kind of cement work in layers that is known as Sgraffito. Examples of this method of work are shown in the friezes, Figs. 198 and 199, in which the heraldry adds interest to very graceful design, and in the panel of the Armorials of Pope Paul III (Fig. 200).
A type of external decoration that hasn’t been widely used for heraldry, although it can easily be adapted for it, is the layered cement technique known as Sgraffito. Examples of this technique can be seen in the friezes, Figs. 198 and 199, where the heraldry enhances a very elegant design, and in the panel of the Armorials of Pope Paul III (Fig. 200).

In Sgraffito work the design is drawn through a coat of[Pg 210] moist plaster on to a lower one of another colour, much as etching is drawn through the ground on to the copper, and like it is, in its simplest form, a line art.
In Sgraffito work, the design is created by drawing through a layer of[Pg 210] wet plaster onto a lower layer of a different color, similar to how etching is done through the ground onto copper. In its simplest form, it's a type of line art.

Heraldry in interior decoration found its first application in the actual shields, which were hung on the walls of the great Halls of mediaeval strongholds, was closely followed by the similar use of the more ornate ceremonial ones and continued in the tapestries and embroidered hallings which were the wall coverings of[Pg 212] the halls and chambers. Some of these are still extant, and many others are mentioned in the wills of great personages and in the household accounts of the time.
Heraldry in interior decoration first appeared on actual shields, which were displayed on the walls of the grand halls of medieval fortresses. This was quickly followed by the use of more elaborate ceremonial shields and continued in the tapestries and embroidered hangings that served as wall coverings for the halls and chambers. Some of these still exist today, and many more are referenced in the wills of notable figures and in household accounts from that period.[Pg 212]

At the end of the fifteenth century panelling was superseding the decorative draperies and sculpture was taking the place in domestic buildings that it had long held in ecclesiastical ones, the heraldry which had been displayed in beautiful needlework being executed in carving that was no less beautiful in another way. Plaster work also came largely into use for interior decoration.
At the end of the fifteenth century, paneling was replacing decorative fabrics, and sculpture was becoming as common in homes as it had been in churches. The heraldry that was once shown in beautiful embroidery was now being carved in an equally stunning way. Plasterwork also became widely used for interior decoration.
Many instances of beautifully applied heraldry are given in Mr. Gotch’s admirable work[1] and notably the doorway and panelling of the Gallery of the Vyne, Hampshire, Fig. 201, which I am permitted to reproduce here. The doorway is adorned by arms supported by amorini and the panelling is full of shields and badges; the appropriateness of the work is immediately felt, and there is nothing obtrusive, everything “occurs” with an inevitableness that is delightful.
Many examples of beautifully executed heraldry can be found in Mr. Gotch’s impressive work[1], particularly the doorway and paneling of the Gallery of the Vyne, Hampshire, Fig. 201, which I have permission to share here. The doorway features arms supported by cherubs, and the paneling is filled with shields and badges; the fittingness of the work is instantly recognized, and nothing feels forced—everything happens with a delightful inevitability.
In the decoration of a room the fireplace is naturally the central feature, to which in some cases the heraldry is confined; in others, and the larger number, it covers the panel above, the decoration varying in amount from a carving in the centre of the frieze of the chimney-piece, or on comparatively small centres of panelling, to the whole armorials fully displayed. Fig. 202 is an example of badges employed in this way, and is another of the many representations of the devices of Louis XII and his Queen, Anne of Brittany.
In room decoration, the fireplace is naturally the focal point, sometimes featuring solely heraldry; in most cases, it extends to the panel above, with the decoration ranging from a carved piece in the center of the mantelpiece to smaller panels, or even full displays of armorials. Fig. 202 shows an example of badges used this way and represents the many devices associated with Louis XII and his Queen, Anne of Brittany.
These large chimney-piece achievements are produced[Pg 213] in a variety of ways, being sometimes sculptured in stone or wood, but they are also cast in plaster or modelled in situ in the same material.
These large mantlepiece creations are made in different ways, sometimes carved from stone or wood, but they are also cast in plaster or shaped in situ from the same material.

In the decoration of ceilings complete armorials and even shields of arms are by no means so much used as are badges and other fanciful devices, the intersections of ribs and the centres of panels being naturally selected for the purpose. Two examples of ceiling bosses consisting of wreaths enclosing a shield of the Royal Arms[Pg 214] and a fleur-de-lis badge respectively are from ceilings at Hampton Court (Fig. 203), for which also I am indebted to Mr. Gotch’s work.
In ceiling decoration, full coats of arms and shields are not as commonly used as badges and other decorative designs. Usually, the points where ribs intersect and the centers of panels are chosen for this purpose. Two examples of ceiling bosses featuring wreaths that enclose a shield of the Royal Arms[Pg 214] and a fleur-de-lis badge are from ceilings at Hampton Court (Fig. 203), which I also owe to Mr. Gotch’s work.

The upper divisions of wall panelling are especially suitable for a series of shields and badges when they are at a sufficient height to bring the heraldry above the line of the eye. This will probably be in carved work, the most direct and natural way of decorating wood, but shields in colour, flat or in relief, may occupy the panels with very satisfactory effect. A frieze is also an obviously suitable space for such a purpose, whether the decoration be modelled or painted, or both.
The upper sections of wall paneling are particularly ideal for displaying a collection of shields and badges, especially when they're placed high enough to be seen above eye level. This is typically done with carved work, which is the most straightforward and natural method of decorating wood. However, colored shields, whether flat or three-dimensional, can also effectively fill these panels. A frieze is another obvious area for this kind of decoration, whether the designs are sculpted, painted, or a combination of the two.
Among the materials suitable for interior decoration gesso is an excellent means of obtaining relief in work that is to be painted, and it is more readily handled than[Pg 215] modelled plaster, from the ease with which it can be kept moist. In early work the smaller details of monuments were frequently modelled in this material, as were the arms on some of the stone shields in Westminster Abbey; and on the decorative panelling, on which jewels and enamels were also modelled and painted.
Among the materials suitable for interior decoration, gesso is an excellent way to achieve texture in painted work, and it’s easier to work with than modelled plaster because it can be kept moist more easily. In earlier designs, smaller details of monuments were often crafted using this material, like the coats of arms on some of the stone shields in Westminster Abbey, and on the decorative paneling where jewels and enamels were also added and painted.
Gesso is simply the Italian name for Plaster of Paris, burnt gypsum, but is technically understood to mean a preparation of plaster or other material which depends for its hardening on the solidifying of some cohesive medium, usually a form of glue, and not on chemical action in the material.
Gesso is just the Italian term for Plaster of Paris, which is burnt gypsum, but it technically refers to a mix of plaster or other materials that harden by solidifying a cohesive medium, usually some kind of glue, rather than through a chemical reaction in the material.
Methods of making gesso are described by Cennino Cennini in the MS., written in 1437, in which he describes minutely the technical practices of his time. First the plaster is to be “well washed and kept moist in a tub for at least a month” and is to be stirred up well every day until “it almost rots and is completely slaked and it will become soft as silk.” It was then made into cakes, dried and kept for use. By this process it became what was called gesso sottile, though the term is also applied to the similar preparation of whiting, to be mentioned presently. As to its use, it is directed to “Put some cakes of gesso sottile into a pipkin of water and let them absorb as much as they will. Grind it fine, mix it with fine glue in a pipkin, put the pipkin in water so that it becomes hot but does not boil, for if it did it would be spoiled.”
Methods of making gesso are described by Cennino Cennini in the MS., written in 1437, where he details the technical practices of his time. First, the plaster should be “well washed and kept moist in a tub for at least a month” and stirred up well every day until “it almost rots and is completely slaked, making it soft as silk.” It was then formed into cakes, dried, and stored for later use. Through this process, it became known as gesso sottile, although the term is also used for a similar preparation of whiting, which will be mentioned shortly. Regarding its use, he instructs, “Put some cakes of gesso sottile into a small pot of water and let them absorb as much as they can. Grind it fine, mix it with fine glue in a small pot, and place the pot in water so that it gets hot but doesn’t boil, because if it does, it would be ruined.”
A very important point is the thorough slaking and tempering of the plaster, which continues to improve the longer it is kept. The glue that was used was made from hides, size being made from the fine kinds[Pg 216] of skin, vellum and parchment, as the finest kind is made now. Fish glue was also used from very early times.
A crucial point is the complete slaking and tempering of the plaster, which keeps getting better the longer you let it sit. The glue used was made from animal hides, with size being made from high-quality leather, vellum, and parchment, just like the best ones today. Fish glue has also been used since ancient times.[Pg 216]
Very useful gesso is made with whiting (calcined chalk) instead of the plaster. The latter is said to be tougher, but whiting is certainly easier in working. The whiting should be soaked in water for at least twenty-four hours (like the preceding preparation this kind of gesso is all the better the more thoroughly it is prepared), and mixed in a vessel, with the fine thin glue, the whole being placed in a saucepan of water and kept hot. By keeping the pot of gesso in the water while it is being used it will be kept liquid for some time (though the top will skin over rather soon) and it may be remelted by again heating it from time to time. I find ordinary gelatine a good adhesive and melt it into the consistency of a not too strong size before adding it to the whiting, together with a few drops of oil or glycerine as a preventive from cracking. The gesso is best used with a long-haired brush, such as those called riggers, from which it is allowed to flow in a blobby way, the lights being first loaded on and afterwards joined down by subsequent painting. It may at this stage be modelled to some extent, and for this a stiffish brush moistened with warm water is an efficient tool. When it is dry the gesso may be carved and shaped with knives and riffles with the same facility as plaster. It may then have a coat of gelatine (which should be very thin, as otherwise it will form a skin that is likely to blur detail), and the work is ready for painting or other treatment.
Very useful gesso is made with whiting (calcined chalk) instead of plaster. While plaster is said to be tougher, whiting is definitely easier to work with. The whiting should be soaked in water for at least twenty-four hours (like the previous preparation, this type of gesso benefits from thorough preparation), and then mixed in a container with the fine thin glue, placing the whole mixture in a saucepan of water to keep it warm. By keeping the gesso pot in the water while you're using it, it will stay liquid for a while (although the top will form a skin pretty quickly) and can be remelted by reheating it occasionally. I find regular gelatin to be a good adhesive, and I melt it down to a consistency that's not too strong before mixing it with the whiting, along with a few drops of oil or glycerin to prevent cracking. The gesso works best with a long-haired brush, like those called riggers, allowing it to flow in a blobby manner, starting with the lights and then blending them in with subsequent painting. At this stage, it can be shaped to some extent, which can be effectively done with a stiff brush moistened with warm water. Once dry, the gesso can be carved and shaped with knives and riffles just as easily as plaster. It can then receive a coat of gelatin (which should be very thin, otherwise it will form a skin that could blur the details), and the work is ready for painting or other finishing touches.
In the treatment of wooden shields in this way care[Pg 217] should be taken that they are well seasoned, and unless they are sufficiently thick they should have transverse pieces at the back to prevent warping; a coat of gesso on the back is also useful for the same purpose. If the wood is well stopped by being sized several times and is slightly roughened the layers of linen or other keying material may be dispensed with.
In handling wooden shields this way, make sure they are well-seasoned, and if they aren't thick enough, they should have crosspieces on the back to prevent warping. A coat of gesso on the back is also helpful for this purpose. If the wood is properly sealed through multiple applications of sizing and is a bit rough, you can skip the layers of linen or other materials for keying.
Gesso work is well adapted for treatment in colour, and of this the quality may be much improved by the use of underlying metal, gold under red, and silver under blue. These metals are applied by the ordinary gilders’ methods and are then painted over. Very beautiful effects may also be obtained in monochrome on modelled gesso, when the gradations of tone may be made to help the relief and vary the colour.
Gesso work is great for color treatment, and its quality can be greatly enhanced by using underlying metals, like gold under red and silver under blue. These metals are applied using standard gilding methods and then painted over. You can also achieve stunning effects in monochrome on molded gesso, where the tone gradations can enhance the relief and add variety to the color.
Pyrography, or burnt word etching, is also employed in heraldic decoration, a notable instance being the series of shields on the fireplace of Lord Leven and Melville at Glenferness. An example of this method of work is shown in Fig. 204, a fanciful composition designed for the door of a cabinet.
Pyrography, or burnt word etching, is also used in coat of arms decoration, a significant example being the series of shields on the fireplace of Lord Leven and Melville at Glenferness. An example of this technique is shown in Fig. 204, a creative design intended for the door of a cabinet.
In arranging a scheme of heraldic decoration, the field of choice is a very large and varied one, from the simplest shield or badge on the frieze of a mantelpiece to the carefully planned series decoration of a whole building.
In setting up a scheme of heraldic decoration, the options are extensive and diverse, ranging from a basic shield or badge on the frieze of a mantelpiece to the thoughtfully designed decoration of an entire building.


As an example of one form of genealogical scheme maybe instanced the series of arms and devices in painted gesso now in the hall of Alloa House, Alloa, which were done to fill a range of panels in a dado, and beginning with the simplest shield of Henricus de Erskine in 1224 (Fig. 141),[Pg 219] extend round the apartment and end, on the opposite side of the fireplace, with the quartered and impaled arms of the present Earl and Countess of Mar and Kellie (Fig. 205). Alternating with the arms of each generation are repetitions of three devices, designed for the purpose and[Pg 220] consisting of the crest and motto of the Earldom of Mar, those of Kellie (Fig. 206) and the monogram and motto with the supporters (Fig. 207) respectively. These devices were of course capable of any necessary amount of repetition, and when a knighthood of an order necessitated a group of two or more shields the devices serve to mark the grouping, and as it were to punctuate the whole scheme. The gesso was made of whiting and gelatine as already described, and the surface was varied by the[Pg 221] use of different textures. The colour was applied over metal which was allowed to show through on the ridges of the diaper that was also introduced to give variety and interest to the simpler forms. Others of this series are illustrated in Figs. 141 and 142.
As an example of one type of genealogical display, consider the collection of coats of arms and designs in painted gesso located in the hall of Alloa House in Alloa. These were created to fill a row of panels in a dado, starting with the simplest shield of Henricus de Erskine from 1224 (Fig. 141),[Pg 219] wrapping around the room and concluding, on the opposite side of the fireplace, with the quartered and impaled arms of the current Earl and Countess of Mar and Kellie (Fig. 205). Alternating with the arms of each generation are repeated designs, specifically created for this purpose and[Pg 220] consisting of the crest and motto of the Earldom of Mar, those of Kellie (Fig. 206), and the monogram and motto with the supporters (Fig. 207). These designs were certainly adaptable for any necessary repetition, and when a knighthood or order required a grouping of two or more shields, the designs helped to distinguish the groupings and effectively punctuated the entire scheme. The gesso was made from whiting and gelatine as previously mentioned, and the surface was varied by[Pg 221] using different textures. The color was applied over metal, which shone through on the ridges of the diaper pattern that was also included to add variety and interest to the simpler shapes. Additional examples from this series are featured in Figs. 141 and 142.


[Pg 222]
[Pg 222]
Another method of arranging a scheme of decoration is that which traces the advent of quarterings into the shield of a family, by picking from the pedigree the matches by which the various coats of arms came in, and making them the motives of the work, to the exclusion of intermediate matches, proceeding in regular order from the simple arms to the final shield of complete quarterings.
Another way to plan a decoration scheme is by showing how quarterings were added to a family's shield. This involves selecting matches from the family tree that brought in different coats of arms and using them as the main inspiration for the design, while ignoring any intermediate matches. The process follows a clear sequence from the basic coat of arms to the final shield with all the complete quarterings.
Many other schemes will readily suggest themselves. The visits of guests of distinction may be marked by panels of their arms in the chambers they occupied, perhaps by an enamel plaque in the centre of a panel.
Many other ideas will easily come to mind. The visits of distinguished guests could be highlighted with panels of their coats of arms in the rooms they stayed in, maybe even with an enamel plaque in the center of a panel.
The arms of Schools, Colleges and Universities, and of other corporations and institutions, motives that are allusive rather than personal, are yet of the keenest interest to those concerned, an interest that is too often tempered by the unworthiness of the heraldic treatment. The practice of hanging on the wall shields of arms of the stationers’ shop type may be necessary for commercial reasons, but is much to be deplored. It seems impossible to get them improved, the feeling that they are “good enough” (and perhaps they are!) appears to be sufficient recommendation. Even when the arms are well treated, as is rarely the case, and I am not now referring only to the kind which satisfies the aesthetic perception of the casual schoolboy, the effect of the hanging shield in an ordinary room suggests at best a kind of Strawberry Hill Gothic that is out of keeping with any probable surroundings. When heraldry that can be treated as a movable picture is needed, and something of this kind is made necessary by the want[Pg 223] of permanence in our dwelling-places, a framed panel of arms is probably the most suitable form that modern heraldic wall decoration can take. It may be in wood or metal, in colour or monochrome, of any quality and interest that may be found most pleasing, and being framed, it will take its place in the adornment of an ordinary room in the same way that a picture does.
The crests of schools, colleges, universities, and other organizations carry significance that is more symbolic than personal, and they are of great interest to those involved, an interest that is often overshadowed by the low quality of their heraldic representation. While displaying shields typical of a stationery shop may serve commercial purposes, it's quite unfortunate. It seems impossible to improve them; the belief that they are "good enough" (and maybe they actually are!) seems to be enough justification. Even when the crests are well designed, which is rare, and I’m not just talking about what would please a casual schoolboy’s tastes, the effect of a hanging shield in a regular room evokes, at best, a sort of Strawberry Hill Gothic that doesn’t match its surroundings. When heraldry needs to function as a movable piece of art—something made necessary by the impermanence of our living spaces—a framed panel of arms is likely the best option for modern heraldic wall decoration. It can be made of wood or metal, in color or black and white, and can vary in quality and style to suit individual taste, and being framed, it fits into home decor just like any other piece of art.
Stained Glass.—Of all methods of heraldic expression stained glass is perhaps the most appropriate as purely decorative treatment of the subject, for not only is the splendour of colour peculiarly fitting, but even the commemorative quality of heraldry assimilates in feeling with the memorial character which is rarely absent from a stained window.
Stained Glass.—Of all the ways to express heraldry, stained glass is probably the most fitting purely decorative approach to the topic. The stunning colors are especially suitable, and the commemorative aspect of heraldry aligns well with the memorial nature that is often present in a stained glass window.
The temptation which it naturally offered to partisan fury has left comparatively little of the early work, but sufficient has remained to show how perfectly it could be made to serve its purpose.
The temptation it naturally presented to biased anger has left relatively little of the early work, but enough remains to demonstrate how effectively it could be used to fulfill its purpose.
In a form of design which is carried out with pieces of coloured glass cut to the necessary shapes and held together by strips of grooved lead, which is soldered into position, this structural lead-work presents considerable difficulty. It follows the lines of the composition wherever possible, but when the shape of the glass makes another course desirable, it does not hesitate to go across a space, and in that case, being frankly used for structural reasons, it must not clash with those lines that help to define form. In short, design in this, perhaps more than in other arts, must conform to the dictation of the material. Thus it is important that the pieces of glass should be designed of cutable shape[Pg 224] without too small re-entering angles, and the limits of bending in the lead must also be recognized. Its passing across objects is vindicated by structural necessity, and by that alone, and narrow places are leaded across, not only because of any difficulty that there may be in the cutting, but because the glass would probably break there when being fired in a kiln, or when under the strains that are set up in a window by wind pressure.
In a type of design done with pieces of colored glass cut into the right shapes and held together with strips of grooved lead that are soldered in place, this structural lead-work presents significant challenges. It follows the lines of the composition whenever possible, but when the shape of the glass requires a different approach, it can extend across a space. In such cases, because it is used for structural reasons, it should not conflict with the lines that help define the form. In short, design in this medium, perhaps more than in other arts, must comply with the properties of the material. Therefore, it's crucial that the pieces of glass are designed with cuttable shapes without overly small re-entering angles, and the limitations of bending the lead must be acknowledged. The lead’s crossing over other elements is justified by structural necessity alone, and narrow areas are leaded over not just due to any difficulties in cutting but also because the glass would likely break during firing in a kiln or due to the stresses exerted by wind pressure on a window.[Pg 224]
The tendency of outline to lose itself in the darker of the colours that it divides has already been referred to, and is very notable in this connexion. When therefore the objects are light on dark, the lead-work will sink into the background, and although it may leave small space for the glass, it is sometimes surprising how efficiently that little lights up and expresses the colour. If the charges are inconveniently small for the leading, resort is had to what is called flash glass, which consists of two layers, of which one only is coloured, and is made by dipping a piece of molten white into a coloured glass, when the mass is about to be blown into the bulb which, shaped and expanded, ultimately becomes a sheet of glass. The desired shapes are pierced through the coloured layer of the composite sheet by means of grinding, or by etching with hydrofluoric acid, and are left white, or stained yellow with a solution of silver, as the case may be.
The tendency for outlines to blend into the darker colors they separate has already been mentioned and is quite noticeable in this context. So, when the objects are light against a dark background, the leadwork tends to fade into the background, and even though it may leave only a small space for the glass, it's surprising how effectively that little bit illuminates and showcases the color. If the pieces are too small for the leading, we use what's called flash glass, which consists of two layers, one of which is colored. This is made by dipping a piece of molten white glass into colored glass just before it’s shaped and blown into a bulb, which, once formed and expanded, ultimately becomes a sheet of glass. The desired shapes are cut out from the colored layer of this composite sheet by grinding or etching with hydrofluoric acid, and they are left white or stained yellow with a silver solution, depending on the case.
In addition to the lead-work, which defines the general forms with more or less accuracy, details are depicted by means of a brown enamel colour, which serves also as a general shadow tint, being painted on the glass, and then fired. The brown enamel[Pg 225] is also used for the diapering which is so especially valuable in glass decoration, and for this purpose it may express the design in lines drawn with the colour or, being applied as a broad wash; the diaper pattern may be scratched out of it with a point. As a general rule over-painting should be used as sparingly as possible for the purpose of defining or emphasizing form.
Besides the lead work that outlines the basic shapes with varying precision, details are illustrated using a brown enamel color, which also acts as an overall shadow tint. This is painted onto the glass and then fired. The brown enamel[Pg 225] is also utilized for the diapering, which is particularly valuable in glass decoration. For this, it can express the design through lines drawn with the color or be applied as a broad wash; the diaper pattern can then be scratched out of it with a pointed tool. Generally, over-painting should be applied as little as possible to define or emphasize form.
The silver stain can be similarly put on, either in lines or in washes, these materials, either alone or in combination, serving to express surface decorations of all degrees of elaboration.
The silver stain can also be applied, either in lines or washes, with these materials, used alone or together, helping to create surface decorations of all levels of complexity.
In addition to the accurate and expressive drawing which goes to make good heraldry, the principal feature of glass design is obviously its colour effect, the grouping of the colour masses in such a way as will best express the subject in beautiful coloured light. In view of the obligatory nature of heraldic tinctures, though not of their exact quality, the harmony of colour may be helped by suitable treatment of the background (which is susceptible of variation that is only limited by the nature of the materials) in combination with the prescribed colours of the heraldry. And here occurs that temptation to alter the tinctures of mantlings which has proved too much for the correctness of some heraldic compositions.
In addition to the precise and expressive drawing that makes good heraldry, the main aspect of glass design is clearly its color effect, arranging the color masses in a way that best represents the subject in beautiful, colorful light. Considering the mandatory nature of heraldic colors, though not their exact quality, the harmony of color can be enhanced by appropriately treating the background (which can vary based solely on the materials used) in conjunction with the required colors of the heraldry. This is where the temptation to change the colors of the mantlings arises, which has compromised the accuracy of some heraldic designs.
The design is usually made on a small scale, showing the colour scheme and the general composition, and a full-size drawing in black and white is then prepared, in which the arrangement of the leading and the character of other details are carefully indicated. On this the various coloured glass is laid and cut into the required shapes, which are then arranged in due order with the[Pg 226] lead, and the whole is securely soldered together. The lead having a double groove is in section like the letter H, the inside surfaces being milled, to afford a better key for the glass and for the cement which is added for additional security.
The design is typically created on a small scale, showcasing the color scheme and overall layout. A full-size drawing in black and white is then prepared, where the arrangement of the main features and the details are clearly indicated. On this drawing, various pieces of colored glass are laid out and cut into the necessary shapes, which are then arranged properly with the[Pg 226] lead, and everything is securely soldered together. The lead has a double groove and is shaped like the letter H in cross-section, with the inside surfaces milled to provide a better grip for the glass and the cement that is added for extra security.
Pugin, whose influence on architecture was so impressive, had no less strong an effect on the heraldry which accompanies it so appropriately, and the beautiful armorial decoration of the Houses of Parliament, for which he is answerable, is a wonderful mass of fine work in glass and stone and other materials. No less remarkable in that it succeeded a long period of such extreme weakness, and was itself but the firstfruits of the revived interest in the subject.
Pugin, whose impact on architecture was remarkable, also had a significant influence on the heraldry that complements it perfectly. The stunning armorial design of the Houses of Parliament, for which he is responsible, is an impressive display of intricate work in glass, stone, and various other materials. It's especially noteworthy since it followed a long time of artistic decline and marked the beginning of a renewed interest in the field.
In this work Pugin was fortunate in the efficient assistance that was at his command, and the drawings by his son-in-law and pupil, John Powell, by Burgess and others, show how admirably the master mind was served. The drawings reproduced here were probably designed by Pugin, but the actual work is that of John Powell.
In this work, Pugin was lucky to have effective support available to him, and the drawings by his son-in-law and student, John Powell, along with those by Burgess and others, clearly demonstrate how well the master’s vision was executed. The drawings shown here were likely designed by Pugin, but the actual execution is credited to John Powell.
However imbued with the mediaeval spirit Pugin was, the Renaissance feeling unmistakably asserts itself in these designs, and in spite of the Gothic detail of the tracery they seem to associate themselves naturally with the Tudor heraldry rather than with that of an earlier time. Indeed, it is possible that Pugin was not unmindful of this, for there is little doubt that he had studied the Renaissance work that is to be found, as well as that of the Middle Ages, in the neighbouring Abbey.
However much Pugin was influenced by the medieval spirit, the Renaissance vibe clearly comes through in these designs. Despite the Gothic details in the tracery, they seem to connect more naturally with Tudor heraldry than with that of earlier times. In fact, it's likely that Pugin was aware of this, as there's little doubt he studied both the Renaissance work and that of the Middle Ages found in the nearby Abbey.

Tudor heraldry marked the close of the Middle Ages. In character it was a combination of the mediaeval[Pg 228] style with that of the Renaissance; that is to say, it was the expression of what remained of mediaeval regard for its subject, in a form that was strongly influenced by the new feeling in Art.
Tudor heraldry signaled the end of the Middle Ages. It was a blend of medieval style and Renaissance elements; essentially, it reflected what was left of medieval appreciation for its subjects, shaped by the fresh artistic sensibilities of the time.
Besides the technical knowledge and the power of draughtsmanship there is ample evidence of individual design working through various influences, handling and assimilating them, a further proof that no one possessing real artistic power, in whatever degree, is content merely to reproduce the dry bones of any period. However that may be, they are very beautiful drawings, serving admirably as models of working drawings, in which is set forth all that is necessary to the carrying out of the work, and I am much indebted to Messrs. Hardman for permission to reproduce them.
Besides the technical knowledge and skill in drawing, there's plenty of evidence of personal design influenced by various sources, taking them in and adapting them, further proving that anyone with true artistic ability, no matter the level, isn't satisfied just to replicate the basic structures of any era. Regardless, these are very beautiful drawings, serving excellently as examples of working drawings, showing everything needed to complete the project, and I am very grateful to Messrs. Hardman for allowing me to reproduce them.
The disposition of the lead is very carefully shown throughout, and the smaller details are drawn just so far as is necessary for the direction of the painter. Repetitions of figures being similarly finished only when they differ in some important respect from the initial shape, as in the case of the lion in the base of the shield of the Royal Arms (Fig. 208), when the pose is sufficiently varied from the upper ones, by the field space, as to warrant its separate treatment. These arms occupy the upper part of the light in the Royal Gallery, Fig. 209 being the lower part of the same window. Perhaps the most remarkable for vigour is the little white horse which so admirably occupies its space, a quatrefoil opening (Fig. 210). All the animals are full of vitality, but none have quite so much as this. In this respect it may well be contrasted with the much inferior Dragon of Cadwallader [Pg 230]in Fig. 209. The character of the unicorn (Fig. 211) is altogether unusual in English heraldry, and follows the foreign type which derives its form from that of a goat with one horn, instead of that which is the combination of a horse’s body with the legs of a stag and the tail[Pg 234] of a lion, a form with which other examples have made us familiar. The wild boar of Richard III (Fig. 212), for all his enormous tusks, seems not unworthy of the irreverent way in which he is referred to, in a working note pencilled on the cartoon, as “the pig.”
The arrangement of the lead is carefully displayed throughout, and the smaller details are included only as needed for the painter's guidance. Repetitions of figures are finished similarly only when they differ significantly from the original shape, like the lion at the base of the Royal Arms shield (Fig. 208), where the pose varies enough from the upper ones due to the field space, justifying its separate treatment. These arms are located at the top of the light in the Royal Gallery, with Fig. 209 showing the lower part of the same window. The standout for its energy is the little white horse, which fills its space wonderfully in a quatrefoil opening (Fig. 210). All the animals are vibrant, but none have quite as much vitality as this one. In this regard, it can be compared to the much less impressive Dragon of Cadwallader [Pg 230] in Fig. 209. The unicorn's character (Fig. 211) is quite unusual in English heraldry and follows a foreign type that resembles a goat with a single horn, rather than the form that combines a horse's body with stag legs and a lion's tail, which we’re more familiar with from other examples. Richard III's wild boar (Fig. 212), despite its huge tusks, seems to be aptly named in the irreverent note written on the cartoon, referring to it as “the pig.”





The comparative smallness of the Royal Crest in Fig. 213 is due to the designer’s intention to bring the head into the central line of the composition with a view to upstanding effect, and in this respect is of course a reasonable problem to have solved. Whether, however, it was worth while so to sacrifice the larger proportion which the lion would have had to the crown in mediaeval design is another matter.
The relatively small size of the Royal Crest in Fig. 213 is because the designer wanted to align the head with the central line of the composition for a more striking effect, which is certainly a valid challenge to address. However, whether it was worth sacrificing the larger proportion that the lion would have had compared to the crown in medieval design is a different issue.
Nevertheless, the whole series of work is finely designed and beautifully drawn with clearly thought-out intentions as a whole, and with much delightful fancy in the variation of the decorated detail, and to conclude this very interesting series Fig. 214 is from a coloured drawing of the white swan of the de Bohuns that was one of the badges of Henry IV.
Nevertheless, the entire series of work is well-designed and beautifully illustrated with clear intentions throughout, showcasing a lot of charming creativity in the variety of decorated details. To wrap up this fascinating series, Fig. 214 is from a colored drawing of the white swan of the de Bohuns, which was one of the emblems of Henry IV.

In domestic stained glass conditions that were different from those that were involved in church windows had to be considered, and especially excessive obscuration of the light was to be avoided, this being effected by the use of plain, or slightly decorated, quarries, the stronger colour being confined to a centre roundel or medallion, a very suitable space for heraldic treatment, and to decorated borders. In addition, from the time of the Middle Ages such stained windows had been made movable by being enclosed in frames which could be temporarily fastened into window spaces, as is still done, and[Pg 236] for a similar reason armorial roundels may remain detached from the window and be suspended by wires (see Fig. 168).
In home settings, stained glass had to be approached differently than in church windows, particularly by minimizing excessive light obstruction. This was achieved by using plain or lightly decorated panes, with stronger colors reserved for a central roundel or medallion, which was ideal for displaying heraldic designs, along with decorated borders. Additionally, since the Middle Ages, these stained windows have been made movable by fitting them into frames that can be temporarily secured in window openings, just as is still done today. For a similar reason, armorial roundels can remain separate from the window and be hung by wires (see Fig. 168).
Of such roundels there are many excellent examples, that were originally in Netley Abbey, in the Hartley Museum at Southampton.
Of these roundels, there are many great examples that were originally in Netley Abbey, now located in the Hartley Museum in Southampton.


Ockwells Manor, Berks.
K.G. Ockwells Manor.
From the second half of the fifteenth century onwards armorial stained glass increased greatly in extent and freedom. The shields became square and in many instances have the form (derived from the tournament shield à bouche) which became associated later with the name of the Tudors. Probably the finest examples of domestic stained glass that we have are the splendid heraldic windows at Ockwells Manor, Berks. In these the shields are much curved, the helmets and mantlings are very elaborate, and the figures are drawn with great vitality and beauty. Each light has an achievement, consisting of arms with mantled helm and crest, in the middle, upon a background of quarries placed diamondwise and bearing the Norreys Badge, three distaffs, in yellow stain. In diagonal lines, the motto in text letters, “Feyth = fully serve,” is several times repeated in all but two of the lights, the exceptions being the Royal ones, where “Dieu et mon droit” accompanies the Arms of Henry VI (Fig. 215) and “Humble et Loiall,” the motto of his Queen, Margaret of Anjou, is with her armorials. In both these lights the Norreys Badge appears as in the others. Below the King’s Arms are his two supporters, heraldic antelopes Argent, which are spotted, as well as armed, crined and unguled (i.e. horned, haired and hoofed) Or. The series, which included twelve lights that are now vacant, was erected by Sir John Norreys, the builder of Ockwells[Pg 238] Manor House, and consists of his arms and those, to quote Mr. Everard Green, “of his sovereign, patrons and kinsfolk. In short a liber amicorum in glass, a not unpleasant way for light to come to us.” The arms here illustrated are those of Sir Edmund Beaumont, K.G., and Sir James Butler, K.G. (Figs. 217 and 218), of Sir Henry Beauchamp, Earl of Warwick (Fig. 216), and the Royal Arms, to which reference has already been made. The heraldic particulars of those and others that remain will be found amply set forth in Archaeologia, vol. lvi., 1899. It will be observed that the arms of such as were K.G. are not encircled with the Garter, that practice not having as yet come into full general use. Some attention should be given to the badges on these windows as being good examples of the practice in domestic glass of decorating transparent quarries with devices, badges and monograms, floral and other running patterns, in stain and grisaille, as admirably serving its purpose without too much sacrifice of light, and therefore as affording suggestions for modern work which has to comply with similar conditions. The lights herein illustrated are from the excellent drawings by Mr. W. T. Cleobury, in the Victoria and Albert Museum.
From the second half of the 15th century onward, armorial stained glass became much more extensive and creative. The shields turned square and often took the shape (influenced by the tournament shield à bouche) that later became linked with the Tudors. Probably the finest examples of domestic stained glass we have are the stunning heraldic windows at Ockwells Manor, Berks. In these, the shields are quite curved, the helmets and mantlings are very detailed, and the figures are depicted with great energy and beauty. Each light features an achievement, which includes arms with a mantled helm and crest in the center, set against a background of diamond-patterned quarries displaying the Norreys Badge—three distaffs—in yellow stain. The motto “Feyth = fully serve” appears several times in diagonal lines in all but two of the lights, with the exceptions being the Royal ones, where “Dieu et mon droit” accompanies the Arms of Henry VI (Fig. 215) and “Humble et Loiall,” the motto of his Queen, Margaret of Anjou, appears with her armorials. In both of these lights, the Norreys Badge is present, just like in the others. Below the King’s Arms are his two supporters, heraldic antelopes Argent, which are spotted, as well as armed, crined, and unguled (meaning horned, haired, and hoofed) Or. This series, which included twelve lights that are now empty, was created by Sir John Norreys, the builder of Ockwells[Pg 238] Manor House, and consists of his arms and those, to quote Mr. Everard Green, “of his sovereign, patrons, and relatives. In short, a liber amicorum in glass, which is a pleasant way for light to reach us.” The arms illustrated here are those of Sir Edmund Beaumont, K.G., and Sir James Butler, K.G. (Figs. 217 and 218), Sir Henry Beauchamp, Earl of Warwick (Fig. 216), and the Royal Arms that have already been mentioned. The heraldic details of these and others that remain are thoroughly detailed in Archaeologia, vol. lvi., 1899. It should be noted that the arms of those who were K.G. are not encircled with the Garter, as that practice had not yet become widely adopted. The badges on these windows deserve attention as they serve as excellent examples of the practice in domestic glass of decorating transparent quarries with devices, badges, monograms, floral, and other patterns in stain and grisaille, effectively serving their purpose without sacrificing too much light, and therefore providing insights for modern work that must meet similar conditions. The lights illustrated here are from excellent drawings by Mr. W. T. Cleobury, in the Victoria and Albert Museum.


K.G., Ockwells Manor.
K.G., Ockwells Manor.
The glass that has been hitherto mentioned is that which, like the true enamels, is coloured in the making with metallic oxides, the painting on it being confined to the use of the brown shadow colour, and the yellow silver stain. Windows made wholly in that way can be described as painted glass because though the silver is a true stain, it is used as paint and fired, instead of being[Pg 240] incorporated with the glass in the pot. About the middle of the sixteenth century, the practice came into vogue of using panes of transparent glass as surfaces for decorative design in painted colours or in grisaille, and large windows of square panes of white glass with elaborate designs of arabesque ornament were done in verifiable enamel colours and with a minimum of leading, such as those in the Laurentian Library, Florence (Fig. 219). The medallion in the centre contains the arms of the Medici, the family of Pope Clement VII, whose tiara and keys accompany the arms in another of the same series of windows that has been reproduced in Mr. Lewis Day’s admirable book, Windows.
The glass mentioned earlier is made like true enamels, colored during the process with metallic oxides. The painting on it only uses brown shadow color and yellow silver stain. Windows made entirely this way can be called painted glass because, although the silver is a true stain, it’s used like paint and fired, rather than being[Pg 240] mixed with the glass during production. Around the mid-sixteenth century, it became popular to use panes of transparent glass as surfaces for decorative designs in painted colors or grisaille. Large windows made of square panes of white glass featuring intricate arabesque patterns were done in verifiable enamel colors and with minimal leading, like those in the Laurentian Library, Florence (Fig. 219). The medallion in the center shows the arms of the Medici, the family of Pope Clement VII, whose tiara and keys accompany the arms in another window of the same series reproduced in Mr. Lewis Day’s excellent book, Windows.
A very remarkable school of enamelled glass painting that largely concerned itself with heraldry existed in Switzerland, encouraged by the custom which had grown up of persons and guilds presenting painted windows to each other. These largely consisted of portrait subjects accompanied by armorial bearings.
A notable school of enamelled glass painting focused on heraldry existed in Switzerland, supported by the tradition of individuals and guilds gifting each other painted windows. These mainly featured portrait subjects along with their coats of arms.
Into this work the use of the point entered to a surprising extent, the washes of colour being frequently covered with the scratched lines with which details were drawn or textures indicated with the minuteness of fine engraving. Indeed the process of obtaining effects by drawing with a needle in lines of light through a dark medium inevitably suggests the art of etching on metal.
In this work, the use of points became surprisingly prevalent, with washes of color often covered by scratched lines that depicted details or textures with the precision of fine engraving. In fact, the technique of creating effects by drawing with a needle in lines of light through a dark surface inevitably brings to mind the art of etching on metal.

Marvellous as were the effects produced by the needle in the hands of a master the method was a dangerous one under less capable control, and in any case the effect is altogether different and less glass-like than that[Pg 242] of the earlier method, being characterized by a sharp glittering brilliancy in place of the deep effulgence of pot metal.
As incredible as the results from a skilled artist using the needle were, the technique could be risky in less capable hands. In any case, the outcome is completely different and less transparent than that[Pg 242] of the previous method, showing a bright, sharp brilliance instead of the rich glow of pot metal.

This painted glass of the sixteenth century contains much fine vigorous heraldic drawing, as may be seen in the working drawings that are extant, as well as in the windows themselves, Burgmair and many others, whose power in heraldic art is well-known in other directions, having also made designs for the glass painters.
This sixteenth-century painted glass features a lot of bold, lively heraldic designs, which can be seen in the surviving working drawings as well as in the actual windows. Burgmair and many others, known for their strength in heraldic art in various fields, also created designs for glass painters.
Fig. 215 is a characteristic sketch of lions supporting banners and shields, a favourite method of grouping in compositions of this kind. The vigour and “go” of these animals is very remarkable, and it is unfortunate that the artist’s name is not on the drawing.
Fig. 215 is a typical sketch of lions holding up banners and shields, a popular way to arrange elements in this type of composition. The energy and life of these animals are quite striking, and it's a shame that the artist's name isn't on the drawing.
[Pg 243]
[Pg 243]

[Pg 244]
[Pg 244]

[Pg 245]
[Pg 245]
The drawing by Holbein, Fig. 221, is very characteristic of his work, and of the style of continental heraldry in the sixteenth century when the early simplicity was giving way to great elaboration of design.
The drawing by Holbein, Fig. 221, is very typical of his work and the style of continental heraldry in the sixteenth century, when the early simplicity was being replaced by much more elaborate designs.
The helmets in the glass work of this period are useful indications of how structural facts, reinforcing pieces for example, and surface ornament may be made available as decorative detail, and Fig. 222, by A. Renten, is one of many good examples that are found among drawings of this kind. The mantlings by this artist are particularly well drawn, as is evident in the illustration.
The helmets in the glass work from this era are good examples of how structural elements, like reinforcing pieces, and surface decoration can be utilized as decorative details. Fig. 222, by A. Renten, is just one of many great examples found in drawings of this type. The mantlings by this artist are especially well drawn, as shown in the illustration.
FOOTNOTES:
[1] Early Renaissance Architecture in England.
__A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__ Early Renaissance Architecture in England.
[Pg 246]
[Pg 246]
CHAPTER X
Embroidered Heraldry
The romantic associations that embroidered heraldry call to mind, of fair fingers working the devices on battle flags and on knightly surcoats, render it a subject of the utmost fascination, and although its adequate treatment would demand more space than can be devoted to it here, it will still be possible to refer in some measure to an art that, like the heraldry it embodied, touched in one way or another all the life of the Middle Ages and has transmitted no little of its beauty and charm to the work of our own time.
The romantic vibes that embroidered heraldry evoke—of skilled hands crafting designs for battle flags and knightly cloaks—make it incredibly fascinating. Even though a full discussion would require more space than we have here, we can still touch on this art form, which, like the heraldry it represented, influenced nearly all aspects of life in the Middle Ages and has passed down a significant amount of its beauty and charm to modern work.
Long before heraldry was formulated noble ladies practised the art and found in it a delightful occupation. Embroidered heraldry is even alluded to in that dim time where myth and history meet, as when the Raven banner of the Vikings, the dread Landeyda, desolation of the land, was woven and embroidered in one noontide by the daughters of Reyner Lodbrock, son of Sigurd.
Long before heraldry was established, noble ladies practiced the art and found it a lovely pastime. Embroidered heraldry is even mentioned in that vague time where myth and history intersect, like when the Raven banner of the Vikings, the feared Landeyda, scourge of the land, was woven and stitched one afternoon by the daughters of Reyner Lodbrock, son of Sigurd.
In England in the sixth century Aldelswitha, a noble Saxon lady, taught the art to some young girls and so formed the first school of art needlework of which we[Pg 247] have any record. The four daughters of Edward the Elder were celebrated embroiderers, and there was a constant succession of skilled needleworkers whose names and even many of their notable works were handed down as worthy of remembrance; the altar cloths and vestments, covered with golden eagles, that had been worked by Queen Aelgitha the wife of Canute among many others. And the reputation was not merely a local one, but throughout Europe the praises are recorded of the Opus Anglicum, whose name, from being at first a general one, afterwards acquired a particular technical meaning. The excellence that called forth such universal appreciation continued throughout the mediaeval period, as when in the thirteenth century Pope Innocent III was enthusiastic in its praise. In the development of heraldry embroidery found a congenial subject, and ladies busied themselves in depicting with the needle their husbands’ armorials, as their predecessors had pictured the incidents of their own times, on hallings and banners and emblazoned garments, such employment being a frequent subject of the beautiful illuminations of the painted MSS. which had so much affinity with fine needlework, from which it copied and was itself copied in return.
In sixth-century England, Aldelswitha, a noble Saxon woman, taught young girls the art of needlework, establishing the first recorded art school for it. The four daughters of Edward the Elder were renowned embroiderers, and there was a steady stream of skilled needleworkers whose names and notable works were remembered; among them were the altar cloths and vestments, adorned with golden eagles, created by Queen Aelgitha, the wife of Canute, among others. This reputation extended beyond local borders, as the praises of Opus Anglicum were recorded throughout Europe; initially a general term, it later took on a specific technical meaning. The high quality that garnered such widespread acclaim persisted through the medieval era, with Pope Innocent III expressing enthusiastic admiration for it in the thirteenth century. Embroidery found a fitting subject in the development of heraldry, and women occupied themselves with stitching their husbands’ armorials, much like their predecessors had depicted contemporary events on hangings, banners, and ornate garments. This work often appeared in the beautiful illuminations of painted manuscripts, which shared a strong connection with fine needlework, influencing and being influenced by it in return.
Ecclesiastical vestments and altar frontals contain much heraldry, and the Syon Cope, that most interesting work of the thirteenth century, contains on its orphreys and borders some sixty coats of arms on round or diamond shaped shields. One of those on the orphreys is shown at Fig. 223, although it is perhaps more curious than beautiful.
Ecclesiastical vestments and altar frontals feature a lot of heraldry, and the Syon Cope, an intriguing piece from the thirteenth century, showcases around sixty coats of arms on round or diamond-shaped shields across its orphreys and borders. One of these coats of arms is depicted in Fig. 223, though it might be considered more interesting than attractive.
[Pg 248]
[Pg 248]

Among the earliest examples of heraldic embroidery that survive is the surcoat of Edward the Black Prince, no less admirable in its way than the already mentioned shield, and on account of its unique character it is necessarily reproduced again and again. It consists of the arms of the shield translated into terms of embroidery, and if it were but in better preservation a finer model for heraldic work it would be hardly possible to conceive. This is but one of the many splendid heraldic garments of which[Pg 249] so little remains, but which are depicted on the monumental effigies with absolute fidelity. Of the latter fact this surcoat is one of the proofs, for its copy on the effigies was made with such accuracy that even the faults of the needlework are there.[2] The embroidery of badges on garments instead of the regular arms was also common, as witness the effigies of Richard II and his Queen, Anne of Bohemia, in Westminster Abbey.
Among the earliest surviving examples of heraldic embroidery is the surcoat of Edward the Black Prince, which is just as admirable as the previously mentioned shield. Due to its unique character, it is often reproduced. It features the arms of the shield translated into embroidery, and if it were in better condition, it would be an even better model for heraldic work. This is just one of the many beautiful heraldic garments of which[Pg 249] so few remain, but they are accurately depicted on monumental effigies. This surcoat proves that, as its copy on the effigies was made with such precision that even the flaws in the needlework are visible. [2] The embroidery of badges on garments instead of the standard arms was also common, as seen in the effigies of Richard II and his Queen, Anne of Bohemia, in Westminster Abbey.

[Pg 250]
[Pg 250]
A sixteenth century example of embroidered badges, a cap of fine linen beautifully worked with fleurs-de-lis and roses as the principal motives, is in the Victoria and Albert Museum, and is reproduced in Fig. 224.
A sixteenth-century example of embroidered badges, a cap made of fine linen beautifully decorated with fleurs-de-lis and roses as the main motifs, is in the Victoria and Albert Museum and is shown in Fig. 224.

Another example of embroidered linen (Fig. 225) in the Victoria and Albert Museum, is an altar frontal which is decorated with heraldic motives in appliqué work.
Another example of embroidered linen (Fig. 225) in the Victoria and Albert Museum is an altar frontal decorated with heraldic designs made using appliqué work.

Some interesting and instructive fragments of embroidery exist in the Museum at Berne, part of the spoil taken from the tent of Charles the Bold, Duke[Pg 251] of Burgundy, after the disastrous Battle of Grandson in 1476. Fig. 226 is the badge, the flint and steel, of the Great Burgundian Order of the Golden Fleece, whose insignia are conspicuous in the decoration of the next century in association with the Emperors[Pg 252] Maximilian and Charles V. In this instance the steel striker serves as a space for the quartered arms of Burgundy, Limbourg and Flanders. Fig. 227 shows the same arms on what was perhaps part of the bardings, the tournament or other ceremonial drapery of a charger.
Some interesting and informative pieces of embroidery can be found in the Museum in Berne, taken from the tent of Charles the Bold, Duke[Pg 251] of Burgundy, after the unfortunate Battle of Grandson in 1476. Fig. 226 features the badge, which is a flint and steel, of the Great Burgundian Order of the Golden Fleece, whose insignia are prominent in the decoration of the following century linked with the Emperors[Pg 252] Maximilian and Charles V. In this case, the steel striker acts as a space for the quartered arms of Burgundy, Limbourg, and Flanders. Fig. 227 displays the same arms, possibly from the barding, tournament, or ceremonial drapery of a horse.

Both show admirably how heraldic embroidery should be done, namely, in flat applique strongly designed and simply executed. The sable lions of Flanders are conclusive proofs of how heraldic vigour and decorative distribution may be attained in embroidery.
Both demonstrate excellently how heraldic embroidery should be done, specifically in flat applique that is strongly designed and simply executed. The black lions of Flanders are clear examples of how to achieve heraldic strength and decorative arrangement in embroidery.
Towards the end of the sixteenth century embroidery began to be padded into relief, a practice which afterwards developed to a remarkable extent in spite of its inartistic unsuitability to the material and work. It was naturally[Pg 253] least offensive in its beginnings, and the shield of Eric XIV, King of Sweden (Fig. 228), is a somewhat exceptionally good example of the heraldry of its time (about 1560). The arms are well-designed, the lions of the fourth quarter, Denmark, being particularly spirited, while the execution is very excellent of its kind.
Towards the end of the 16th century, embroidery started to be padded to create a 3D effect, a technique that grew significantly despite not being very suitable for the material and the craft. In its early stages, it was the least objectionable, and the shield of Eric XIV, King of Sweden (Fig. 228), is a notably good example of the heraldry of that era (around 1560). The design of the arms is well-crafted, with the lions in the fourth quarter, representing Denmark, being particularly lively, while the execution is quite impressive for its type.

An instance of domestic embroidery occurs in Fig. 229, where the arms of James I are used as a centre to a design that is, in the main, floral.
An example of home embroidery appears in Fig. 229, where the coat of arms of James I is used as the centerpiece of a design that is mainly floral.
[Pg 254]
[Pg 254]

[Pg 255]
[Pg 255]
Work of the highest heraldic importance must always have been that of the banners, as the very concentration of battle heraldry, but of these, alas! there are no very early examples.
Work of the highest heraldic importance must have always been the banners, as they represent the essence of battle heraldry; however, unfortunately, there are no very early examples of these.
The banners of the Knights of the Garter in St. George’s Chapel were doubtless all embroidered formerly, as that of the Sovereign still is, but they have for long been done in an inferior way, even as the painted stall plates superseded their enamelled predecessors.
The banners of the Knights of the Garter in St. George’s Chapel were probably all embroidered in the past, just like the Sovereign's still is, but they have long been done in a lesser quality, just as the painted stall plates replaced the enamelled ones.
Of the various forms of flag that were in use in the day of the tournament and even survived, at funeral ceremonies, until comparatively modern times, the principal were the Banner, the Pennon and the Standard. The Banner, sometimes called the Great Banner, was square in shape and bore the arms of its lord exactly as they were borne on his shield, i.e., occupying the whole surface. Its use was confined to such knights as were especially privileged, and who were therefore called Knights Bannerets, and to nobles of higher rank. Although the banner as such bore the whole arms of the shield, other large and square flags, even when charged with badges, were sometimes called by the same name when employed for a special purpose, as, for instance, the banner of the Red Dragon of Cadwallader that was borne at Bosworth Field.
Of the different types of flags used during the tournament and which continued to be used in funeral ceremonies until relatively modern times, the main ones were the Banner, the Pennon, and the Standard. The Banner, often referred to as the Great Banner, was square and displayed the arms of its lord just as they appeared on his shield, meaning it covered the entire surface. Its use was limited to knights who had special privileges, known as Knights Bannerets, and to nobles of higher status. Although the banner displayed the complete arms from the shield, other large square flags, even if they had emblems on them, were sometimes also called by the same name when used for specific purposes, such as the banner of the Red Dragon of Cadwallader that was carried at Bosworth Field.
The Pennon was a long pointed flag, which was borne by a knight and was charged with his arms or device. The cutting off of the tail of the pennon, leaving the flag square, conferred on its owner the right to have a banner thenceforward, which ceremony of creating a Banneret always took place on the field of battle and[Pg 256] under the royal banner displayed. The Standard, properly so-called, was also a pointed flag, though banners were sometimes called standards when they were flown from a mast that was either fixed in the ground or was supported on a solid platform or wagon. From this comes the inaccurate custom of describing the Royal Banner as the Royal Standard. The Standard always, in England, had the national emblem, the Cross of St. George, next the staff, and the remainder of the flag was of the owner’s colours, and was charged with his badges and motto (Fig. 230).
The Pennon was a long, pointed flag that a knight carried, featuring his arms or emblem. Cutting off the tail of the pennon to make the flag square granted the owner the right to have a banner from that point on. This ceremony for creating a Banneret always occurred on the battlefield and[Pg 256] under the royal banner displayed. The Standard, strictly speaking, was also a pointed flag, although banners were sometimes referred to as standards when displayed from a mast fixed to the ground or supported on a solid platform or wagon. This led to the incorrect practice of calling the Royal Banner the Royal Standard. The Standard always included the national emblem, the Cross of St. George, next to the staff, while the rest of the flag featured the owner’s colors, along with his badges and motto (Fig. 230).

The early form of the banner was higher than it was long, that is to say, the hoist, that part of a flag that is next the staff, was greater than the fly or the length from the staff to the further edge of the flag, and that shape continued throughout the Tudor period; later, however, the form became more square and finally extended in the other direction until at the present time the[Pg 257] Admiralty pattern is greater in length than in height in the proportion of two to one. This has, no doubt, been arranged as the best suited to naval use, and for the Union Flag and for the Ensigns it appears satisfactory, but when a more armorial sort of flag is in question the naval proportion becomes more or less objectionable according to the nature of the bearings. In the Royal Banner, as so proportioned, the difficulty of designing the rampant lion of the Scottish quarter, so that it may be well distributed in its space and still vigorous, or of the Irish harp so that it may properly balance with the other quarterings, is nearly insuperable.
The early version of the flag was taller than it was wide, meaning the part next to the pole (the hoist) was longer than the side from the pole to the outer edge (the fly). This design remained throughout the Tudor period; however, later on, the shape became more square and eventually changed further until now the[Pg 257] Admiralty pattern is longer than it is tall in a two-to-one ratio. This has likely been designed to work best for naval use, and it seems satisfactory for the Union Flag and the Ensigns. However, when it comes to a more heraldic type of flag, this naval proportion can be somewhat problematic depending on the design elements. In the Royal Banner, with this proportion, it becomes extremely challenging to depict the rampant lion of the Scottish quarter so that it fits well and still looks strong, or to position the Irish harp so that it balances nicely with the other sections.
When we remember that the whole plan on which armorial bearings are devised is based on filling an upright space, the shield shape, it is not difficult to understand how it is that the attempt to adapt such emblems to a horizontal space so frequently suggests the ludicrous effect of a distorting mirror. There is of course no reason why the proportion of flags should be the same whether they are flown on land or sea, and this is very properly recognized in regimental colours and in the banners of the Knights of the Garter at Windsor, all of which are more nearly square.
When we remember that the entire design of coat of arms is based on filling a vertical space, the shape of the shield, it’s easy to see why trying to adapt these symbols to a horizontal space often looks comically distorted. There’s no reason for the proportions of flags to be the same whether they’re displayed on land or at sea, and this is rightly acknowledged in regimental colors and in the banners of the Knights of the Garter at Windsor, all of which are more square-shaped.
Animals on flags, and also on the bardings of horses, always faced towards the staff in the one case and towards the head of the horse in the other, and this for a very natural reason. The flag flowing backward would cause the figure that turned towards its staff to face in the direction of advance and the figures on the bardings would, of course, have the same direction under the similar circumstances, while it is evident that if they[Pg 258] faced in the opposite direction they would inevitably have given rise to the offensive gibe that they were running away.
Animals on flags, as well as on the armor of horses, always faced toward the flagpole in one case and toward the horse's head in the other, and this is for a very simple reason. If the flag flowed backward, the figure facing the flagpole would end up facing the direction of movement, and the figures on the horse's armor would obviously follow suit in similar circumstances. Clearly, if they faced the opposite direction, it would inevitably lead to the insulting suggestion that they were running away.
The banner that concerns us more especially, the Union Jack, may have its essential construction explained by reference to the diagrams in Fig. 231. First we have two of the three national emblems (1) and (2), the cross of St. George and the saltire of St. Andrew, as they had long been used by England and Scotland respectively. Soon after King James succeeded to the English Crown a banner was made (3) which combined the two by placing the red cross of St. George (with a narrow line, taken from its white field, left round it) over that of St. Andrew, and thence was formed the first Union Jack, under which the great naval actions of the eighteenth century were fought.
The banner that we're particularly interested in, the Union Jack, can be explained through the diagrams in Fig. 231. First, we have two of the three national symbols (1) and (2), the cross of St. George and the saltire of St. Andrew, as they had long been used by England and Scotland respectively. Shortly after King James took the English Crown, a banner was created (3) that combined the two by placing the red cross of St. George (with a narrow line from its white background around it) over that of St. Andrew, leading to the creation of the first Union Jack, under which the major naval battles of the eighteenth century were fought.
At the Union with Ireland, in 1801, a fresh element, a red saltire on a white field for St. Patrick (4), was introduced, and the red of St. Patrick and the white of St. Andrew were united in equal proportions in this manner—(5), the red being made to retain a little of its white field as St. George had done formerly, and the result so far appears in—(6). The cross of St. George, with its white edge, was then placed over all, to complete the Union Jack as we know it. This will be found quite easy to follow if care is taken to remember the construction, and that the lines from corner to corner of the flag divide equally the broad white and the red of the saltires. Also that in the upper quarter, next the staff, the broad white must be uppermost, and for this reason: it is heraldically usual to begin a counter-change of two[Pg 259] tinctures, a metal (silver or white) and a colour (red), by naming the metal first. Further, the tincture that is mentioned first is always placed next above the line of diagonal division. Therefore, as the blazon in the warrant is a “saltire per saltire quarterly argent and gules,” the white must be where it is. And so any possible question of precedence was automatically avoided.
At the Union with Ireland in 1801, a new element was added: a red saltire on a white background for St. Patrick (4). The red of St. Patrick and the white of St. Andrew were combined equally this way—(5), with the red slightly retaining some of its white background, similar to how St. George had done it earlier, resulting in—(6). The cross of St. George, featuring its white edge, was then placed over everything to complete the Union Jack as we recognize it today. This can be easily understood if you remember how it's constructed and that the lines from corner to corner of the flag equally divide the broad white and red of the saltires. Also, in the upper quarter next to the staff, the broad white must be on top, and here's why: it's standard heraldic practice to name a counter-change of two tinctures, a metal (silver or white) and a color (red), by stating the metal first. Moreover, the tincture mentioned first is always placed above the line of diagonal division. Therefore, since the blazon in the warrant is “saltire per saltire quarterly argent and gules,” the white must be placed accordingly. This setup eliminates any potential questions about precedence.

[Pg 260]
[Pg 260]
The form of the flag as shown on the Royal Warrant of 1801 is seen in (7), and is that which has been followed in regimental colours. In this it will be observed that in consequence of the narrow white of the saltire being a fimbriation that is added to the red the outline of the saltire does not register across. The Admiralty pattern, however, in what one cannot but feel was an unnecessary effort to avoid this, seems to place narrow red strips on top of the white saltire, so that the outside diagonal lines manage to register, but the result is to reduce St. Patrick’s half of the joint saltire by the width of the narrow white.
The design of the flag shown on the Royal Warrant of 1801 is displayed in (7), and it has been used in regimental colors. It's worth noting that because the narrow white of the saltire is an added border to the red, the outline of the saltire doesn't fully connect. However, the Admiralty pattern, in what seems to be an unnecessary attempt to fix this, appears to place narrow red strips over the white saltire, allowing the outer diagonal lines to connect, but this ends up reducing St. Patrick’s portion of the combined saltire by the width of the narrow white.
Now, the evident intention in devising the flag was to effect equal representation of Scotland and Ireland in order to lessen the probability of quarrels such as had occurred between the Scotch and English seamen before the first Union Jack was made in the early seventeenth century; and this is perfectly effected by the pattern of the Royal Warrant.
Now, the clear goal in creating the flag was to ensure equal representation of Scotland and Ireland to reduce the chances of conflicts like those that happened between Scottish and English sailors before the first Union Jack was created in the early seventeenth century; and this is effectively achieved by the design of the Royal Warrant.
The intention of equality is also evidenced in the warrant by similar care in designing the Union badge of Rose, Thistle, and Shamrock, for after the badge has been described as a rose with a thistle on one side and a trefoil on the other, the description is carefully repeated, but with the positions of the shamrock and thistle reversed, the obvious intention being to remove any ground for a claim to priority that might have arisen by assigning the dexter side to one emblem in preference to the other. Indeed I have known exception to be taken to a perfectly correct rendering of this Union Badge, under the impression that such precedence did in fact exist.
The goal of equality is also shown in the design of the Union badge featuring the Rose, Thistle, and Shamrock. After the badge is described as having a rose on one side and a thistle on the other, the description is carefully repeated, but this time with the shamrock and thistle switched around. The clear intention is to eliminate any grounds for claiming that one emblem has priority over the other by placing it on the right side. In fact, I've seen people take issue with a perfectly accurate depiction of this Union Badge, believing that such precedence did actually exist.
[Pg 261]
[Pg 261]
Another form of banner which survives is that which was, from a very early period, used to decorate trumpets and is still so employed by the trumpeters of the Household Cavalry and by those of the Sheriffs of counties for use on occasions of ceremony. Such decorations usually contain the arms alone, as a great banner does, but there are also instances of badges being borne on them and also complete armorial insignia. They are tied to the instruments by ribbons or laces, and hang squarely down. The bearings, whether simple or complex, are made to read upright, when the trumpet is held horizontally, as though they were on a hanging shield. This is, of course, the natural way, though there are instances to the contrary.
Another type of banner that still exists is one that has been used since ancient times to decorate trumpets. It's still used by the trumpeters of the Household Cavalry and by county Sheriffs during ceremonial events. These decorations usually feature just the arms, like a large banner, but there are also examples where badges and complete heraldic designs are included. They are attached to the instruments with ribbons or laces and hang down straight. The designs, whether simple or intricate, are positioned to be seen upright when the trumpet is held horizontally, as if they were on a hanging shield. This is the natural orientation, although there are some exceptions.
As we have seen, flags were generally embroidered and with more or less elaboration according to the circumstances which influenced other heraldic treatment. Frequently they were done in cutwork, sewn down and done over with beautiful needlework and even adorned with gems. The greatest artists were employed to design them, Sandro Botticelli among many others.
As we've seen, flags were usually embroidered with varying degrees of detail based on the circumstances that influenced other heraldic designs. Often, they featured cutwork, were sewn down, and enhanced with beautiful needlework, sometimes even embellished with gems. The best artists were hired to create them, including Sandro Botticelli and many others.
The methods of the missal painter in his use of gold lines for lights and other definitions and decorations were employed in the needlework, indeed all the arts of illuminated decoration, taking the term in its widest sense, copied from each other, but each adapted the method to its own needs and materials; and that is the gist of the whole matter. At the beginning, in the seventeenth century, of the period that was so fatal to all decorative art, when embroidery took what was probably thought to be a wonderful new departure, its subjects[Pg 262] were raised to an increasing height from the ground where before it had been flatly treated. Thenceforward the embroidery became lumpy as the heraldry became weak, and both were alike inartistic until comparatively recently, until in fact it began to be again recognized that the mediaeval artists were right, that the right way to use a material was the natural way and not in attempting to make it resemble something else. At the time referred to it seems to have been thought that the more embroidery was made to look like a coloured relief and the less like embroidery the better embroidery it was, and therefore the lions, for example, were stuffed up and raised as high as possible and the whole effect became coarse and clumsy, an effect that was largely contributed to by the inferior design.
The techniques used by missal painters, such as gold lines for highlights and other definitions and decorations, were also applied in needlework. In fact, all forms of illuminated decoration borrowed from each other, with each art adapting the methods to its own needs and materials; that is the essence of the matter. At the start of the seventeenth century, a time that was detrimental to all decorative art, embroidery seemed to take what was thought to be a remarkable new direction, raising its subjects higher than the previously flat designs. From then on, embroidery became bulky as heraldry weakened, and both became similarly unartistic until relatively recently. It has since been recognized that medieval artists were correct in believing that the best way to use a material is naturally, rather than trying to make it look like something else. During that period, the belief seemed to be that the more embroidery resembled a colored relief and less like traditional embroidery, the better it was. As a result, designs, such as lions, were overly stuffed and raised, creating a coarse and clumsy appearance, largely due to inferior design.
The costliness of embroidery helped the introduction of painted banners, which in time, assisted by the decay of embroidered as of other decorative arts, superseded the needlework. However, the inferiority of the painted banner was always recognized, and although even the banners of the Knights of the Garter had come to be done in the cheaper method, that which hung over the stall of the Sovereign continued to be embroidered, as it is to this day. The present banner is beautifully worked, and is on the correct lines of flat design.
The high cost of embroidery led to the use of painted banners, which over time, especially as embroidered and other decorative arts declined, replaced needlework. However, the lower quality of painted banners was always acknowledged, and even though the banners of the Knights of the Garter eventually used this cheaper method, the one that hangs over the Sovereign's stall remains embroidered, just like it does today. The current banner is beautifully crafted and follows the principles of flat design.
In painted banners, usually of silk, the material is strained in a frame, by means of laces passed through tapes sewn to the edges, and the design being drawn or pounced on it, is carefully gone over with size, which fills the interstices of the silk, and when dry forms an[Pg 263] excellent surface for the subsequent gilding and painting in oils.
In painted banners, typically made of silk, the fabric is stretched in a frame using laces threaded through strips sewn to the edges. The design is drawn or pounced onto it and then carefully covered with size, which fills the spaces in the silk. Once dry, this creates an [Pg 263] excellent surface for the later gilding and oil painting.
There can be no doubt, however, that embroidery, now that it has so brilliantly revived, is the method of all others in which modern banners should be executed, and if this were recognized there need be no lack of opportunity. Among others the trumpet banners of the Sheriffs who every year are appointed to the respective counties, are used to display their arms during the year of office, and afterwards, their official life being ended, are frequently made into screens for domestic use. It is in this connexion that their method of production becomes of especial importance. Their somewhat tawdry and incongruous appearance is quickly felt, and they soon disappear into the retirement that they merit.
There’s no doubt that embroidery, now that it has made such a strong comeback, is the best way to create modern banners. If this was acknowledged, there would be plenty of opportunities. For example, the trumpet banners of the Sheriffs, who are appointed to their respective counties every year, are used to showcase their arms during their term in office. Once their official duties are over, these banners are often turned into screens for home use. In this context, the way they are made becomes particularly important. Their somewhat flashy and mismatched look is quickly noticed, and they soon fade into the obscurity they deserve.
The banners of the City Companies would better decorate their venerable halls if fashioned in beautiful needlework, and when they were carried in the procession on Lord Mayor’s Day would impart a gleam of real splendour into that properties-in-daylight pageant. The painted banners could still serve for bad weather flags.
The banners of the City Companies would look even better in their historic halls if they were made with beautiful needlework, and when they were displayed in the procession on Lord Mayor’s Day, they would add a touch of real splendor to that daytime event. The painted banners could still be used as flags for bad weather.

In modern heraldic embroidery the design is the weak point, but improvement would certainly follow the study of good early work and also of good examples of other decorative methods if they were intelligently adapted to the materials employed. The purpose and character of the object must influence the work, and considerations of weight and substance affect the making of a banner, which is to wave and flow, at least to some extent that would not need to be insisted on in a framed panel. Not that the treatment need be wholly flat, like[Pg 265] the diagrammatic shield of an early roll of arms, for it may well have such definition of the charges as are seen on the Black Prince’s surcoat; also the complete form of an object may be sufficiently suggested without the employment of methods more suitable to another material. Thus, it is not particularly difficult to indicate that a thing is round without making it as round as possible.
In modern heraldic embroidery, the design is the weak point, but improvement would definitely come from studying good early works and examples of other decorative methods if they were thoughtfully adapted to the materials used. The purpose and character of the object must influence the work, and considerations of weight and substance affect the creation of a banner, which is meant to wave and flow to some extent, unlike a framed panel. This doesn’t mean the treatment has to be completely flat, like the diagrammatic shield in an early roll of arms, as it can have the same definition of the charges seen on the Black Prince’s surcoat. Additionally, the complete form of an object can be effectively suggested without using methods more suitable for a different material. So, it isn't particularly hard to show that something is round without making it perfectly round.

Lace.—Although heraldry does not appear to have[Pg 266] been so extensively practised in lace as in other forms of needlework, it is still used to a considerable extent, and generally as a device that is introduced as a personal detail in a large pattern.
Laces.—Even though heraldry doesn't seem to have been used as much in lace as in other types of needlework, it is still utilized quite a bit, usually as a personal touch in a bigger design. [Pg 266]
Among the few examples of heraldic lace at South Kensington are a piece of English needlepoint and the bedcover of Flemish work in which the double-headed eagle is well done (Fig. 232), which will repay study, and serve to explain the method of this kind of work.
Among the few examples of heraldic lace at South Kensington are a piece of English needlepoint and a Flemish bedcover featuring a well-crafted double-headed eagle (Fig. 232). These pieces are worth studying and help illustrate the technique used in this type of work.
The method of making the preliminary designs for lace is set forth in the pattern-books which began to be produced in the sixteenth century, and of which very interesting examples are extant. The lace design, Fig. 233, is from a book of patterns which belonged to the Duchess of Brunswick and is now in the National Art Library of the Victoria and Albert Museum, and represents the arms of Frederick II, King of Denmark. It has the usual characteristics of the German heraldry of its time.
The process of creating initial designs for lace is outlined in the pattern books that started to be produced in the sixteenth century, and many fascinating examples still exist. The lace design, Fig. 233, comes from a collection of patterns that belonged to the Duchess of Brunswick and is currently housed in the National Art Library of the Victoria and Albert Museum. It features the coat of arms of Frederick II, King of Denmark, and displays the typical traits of German heraldry from that era.
[Pg 267]
[Pg 267]
CHAPTER XI
Some Miscellaneous Charges
Annulet.—A simple ring, as in the mark of cadency of a fifth son, Fig. 295, p. 288. A ring in which a precious stone is mounted is called a gem-ring, and an interesting example occurs in one of the badges of the Medici, Fig 234; another Medici badge has three gem-rings interlaced.
Annulet.—A basic ring, like the symbol for a fifth son, Fig. 295, p. 288. A ring that has a precious stone set in it is referred to as a gem-ring, and a notable example can be found in one of the Medici badges, Fig 234; another Medici badge features three interlaced gem-rings.

[Pg 268]
[Pg 268]
Barnacles or Breys.—An instrument that was used to control a restive horse by exerting pressure on his nostrils. They are represented as in Fig. 235, or open as in Fig. 236. (See also Geneville, Fig. 223, p. 248.)
Barnacles or Breys.—A device used to manage an unruly horse by applying pressure to its nostrils. They are shown as in Fig. 235, or open as in Fig. 236. (See also Geneville, Fig. 223, p. 248.)


Battering-ram.—A siege weapon consisting of a heavy beam headed like a ram and having hooks or other means of fastening the chains by which it was supported and swung. Figs. 237 to 239 are some of its forms. When difference of tincture requires it is said to be headed, or armed, and garnished of these appliances. Sometimes the term purfled is used for garnished. One of the best known examples is the coat of Bertie: Az. three battering rams barways in pale ppr. headed and garnished, az.
Battering ram.—A siege weapon made from a heavy beam with a ram-like head and equipped with hooks or other means to secure the chains that supported and swung it. Figs. 237 to 239 show some of its variations. When different colors are needed, it is described as being headed, or armed, and decorated with these features. Sometimes the term purfled is used instead of decorated. One of the most famous examples is Bertie’s coat: Az. three battering rams arranged vertically in pale ppr. headed and decorated, az.



Buckles.—Being important part of military equipment were frequently employed as charges or as badges in allusion to battle occurrences or other notable events. Thus the Badge of the Pelhams commemorates the capture of King John of France at the Battle of Poictiers. Buckles afford some scope[Pg 269] for decoration, as in Fig. 240, a fifteenth century example from Westminster Abbey.
Buckle sets.—As a key part of military gear, they were often used as symbols or badges referencing battles or significant events. For example, the Badge of the Pelhams honors the capture of King John of France at the Battle of Poictiers. Buckles also provide opportunities[Pg 269] for decoration, like in Fig. 240, a fifteenth-century example from Westminster Abbey.


Bugle Horn.—This, the most frequent of the charges derived from the Chase, forms an interesting subject for decorative treatment, in its possible grace of line and in the ornamental character of its details. It is usually shown as if suspended from a knotted or twisted cord, of which it is stringed, though it is occasionally hung from a flatter form of baldric. Its garnishings, mouth-piece, rim rings, etc., are usually gold (Fig. 241).
Bugle.—This, the most common of the designs taken from the Chase, offers an engaging topic for decorative treatment, in its potential elegance of shape and in the decorative nature of its details. It is typically depicted as if hanging from a knotted or twisted cord, of which it is stringed, although it can also be shown hanging from a flatter style of baldric. Its embellishments, mouthpiece, rim rings, etc., are usually gold (Fig. 241).



Chaplet.—A wreath of leaves or of flowers and leaves. In the latter the flowers are usually four in number (Fig. 242). When a “chaplet” without further qualification is mentioned, a severely conventionalized form is sometimes employed, consisting of[Pg 270] a ring with four flower bosses, as Fig. 243. See Garland. A chaplet of oak is called a civic crown (Fig. 244), and one of laurel a triumphal crown.
Rosary beads.—A wreath made of leaves or a mix of flowers and leaves. When it includes flowers, there are usually four of them (Fig. 242). If a “chaplet” is mentioned without any additional description, it often refers to a highly stylized version that consists of[Pg 270] a ring with four flower buds, as shown in Fig. 243. See Garland. A chaplet made of oak is known as a civic crown (Fig. 244), while one made of laurel is called a triumphal crown.
Chess-rook (Fig. 245).—This is probably the result of a mis-reading of roc, the coronal of a tilting spear. It is always represented with the cleft shape of the latter and never as a castle, the usual form of chess-rook.
Rook chess piece (Fig. 245).—This is likely the result of a misinterpretation of roc, the crown of a tilting spear. It is consistently depicted with the split shape of the latter and never as a castle, which is the typical shape of a chess rook.
Cinque-Foil (Fig. 246).—A five membered leaf, or conventional flower of five petals.
Five-leaf clover (Fig. 246).—A leaf with five parts, or a typical flower with five petals.



Clarion.—A combination of musical pipes in a hand case, the Syrinx or Pan-pipe. It is of frequent occurrence in the heraldry of the Middle Ages and in a large variety of more or less elaborate forms, one of which is here represented (Fig. 247). It is sometimes called a rest, with the suggestion that it represents the piece fixed on a breast-plate as a support for the tilting spear, but this appears to be extremely improbable.
Notification.—A set of musical pipes in a hand-held case, known as the Syrinx or Pan-pipe. It appears frequently in medieval heraldry and in various more or less intricate designs, one of which is shown here (Fig. 247). It's sometimes referred to as a rest, suggesting that it represents a piece attached to a breastplate to support the tilting spear, but this seems very unlikely.
Clouds occur as bordures and other ordinaries in various interesting conventional forms and also as points from which emerge arms and other objects. Ordinaries composed of clouds in this way are[Pg 271] blazoned nebuly equally with the more simplified nebuly line. There are many examples of this treatment of which Fig. 72, p. 57, will give an idea of a bordure nebuly, as it appears in one of the representations at the Heralds College of the arms of the Mercers Company.
Clouds appear as borders and other basic designs in various interesting conventional shapes and also as points from which arms and other objects emerge. Basic designs that include clouds in this way are[Pg 271] described as nebuly, just like the simpler nebuly line. There are many examples of this approach, of which Fig. 72, p. 57, will give you an idea of a nebuly border, as seen in one of the displays at the Heralds College featuring the arms of the Mercers Company.

Cockatrice.—A wyvern-like monster with a cock’s head, as in the many sixteenth century drawings of the arms of the City of Basle, to which it was a supporter under its other name of Basilisk, as in Fig. 248, part of a drawing by Holbein.
Cockatrice.—A monster resembling a wyvern with the head of a rooster, similar to the numerous 16th-century illustrations of the arms of the City of Basel, where it was a supporter under its other name, Basilisk, as shown in Fig. 248, part of a drawing by Holbein.
Coronets.—Crown and coronets other than those of rank, already described, may be considered as of two kinds, and are of purely symbolic import.
Tiara.—Crowns and coronets, apart from those associated with rank as previously described, can be categorized into two types and serve purely symbolic purposes.

Crowns (including coronets) used as charges, are generally those that are more accurately described as heraldic crowns, that is, those which have no allusion to specific rank, but are emblematic in various other ways. The coronet of decorative leaves set on a rim and sometimes called a crest coronet (Fig. 249) is thus borne as a charge in the arms of some of the Companies of London in allusion to events in which kings have been concerned. When, however, a specifically Royal Crown appears it is usually as an Augmentation[Pg 272] by special grant from the Sovereign. A fine example of crowns and their distribution as charges on a shield is Fig. 250, from the tomb of Prince Edmund of Langley, at Kings Langley, Herts. The arms are those ascribed to St. Edmund.
Crowns (including coronets) used as charges are typically what we call heraldic crowns, meaning they don't refer to specific ranks but symbolize different things instead. The coronet made of decorative leaves placed on a rim, sometimes referred to as a crest coronet (Fig. 249), is used as a charge in the arms of some of the Companies of London to reference events involving kings. However, when a specific Royal Crown appears, it's usually as an Augmentation[Pg 272], granted by the Sovereign. A great example of crowns and how they are used as charges on a shield is shown in Fig. 250, from the tomb of Prince Edmund of Langley in Kings Langley, Herts. The arms are attributed to St. Edmund.

[Pg 273]
[Pg 273]
Other heraldic crowns are the mural crown, representing a fortified wall (Fig. 251), and the naval crown, composed of sails and sterns of ships (Fig. 252), and both are at the present time restricted with care, in the cases of new grants or augmentations, to circumstances in which their obvious symbolism applies.
Other heraldic crowns include the mural crown, which represents a fortified wall (Fig. 251), and the naval crown, made up of sails and sterns of ships (Fig. 252). Nowadays, their use is strictly regulated, meaning that new grants or additions can only be made in situations where their symbolic meaning is clearly relevant.



The mural crown is usually composed in our heraldry of the simple crenellations shown in the example. Abroad, however, a more elaborate and picturesque form occurs in the form of a castellated wall showing three towers at intervals.
The mural crown in our heraldry typically consists of the simple crenellations seen in the example. However, internationally, a more elaborate and decorative version appears that features a castellated wall with three towers spaced out.


The crown vallery is intended to represent palisades, as in Fig. 253, and when the palisades are more definite and are fastened to the rim instead of rising out of it, the crown is palisado instead of vallery (Fig. 254).
The crown vallery is meant to represent palisades, as shown in Fig. 253, and when the palisades are clearer and attached to the rim instead of emerging from it, the crown is palisado instead of vallery (Fig. 254).
The Eastern crown, sometimes called an antique crown, is formed of five straight rays (Fig. 255),[Pg 274] and when in addition there is a star on each point it becomes a celestial crown.
The Eastern crown, also known as an antique crown, consists of five straight rays (Fig. 255),[Pg 274] and when there’s a star on each point, it turns into a celestial crown.
Crescent.—This charge, beautiful as it appears in the badges connected with Henry II of France and Diana of Poitiers, has come to be drawn clumsily as to look more like a biscuit with a bite out of it than a graceful shape derived from the crescent moon. When it is simply described as a crescent it always has its points upwards, and it becomes a decrescent if they point to the sinister, and an increscent when they are pointed to the dexter. Still rarer as a charge than these latter is the full moon, and when she thus occurs she is blazoned a Moon in her Plenitude. It is understood that the proportionate thickness of a crescent may be any that is felt to be in harmony with the general character of the design that accompanies it.
Crescent moon.—This emblem, stunning as it looks on the insignias associated with Henry II of France and Diane de Poitiers, has become awkwardly depicted, resembling more a cookie with a bite taken out of it than an elegant shape based on the crescent moon. When it's simply referred to as a crescent, its points always face upwards; it’s called a decrescent when the points are directed to the left, and an increscent when they point to the right. Even rarer as a symbol than these are the full moon, which is described as a Moon in her Plenitude. It's understood that the thickness of a crescent can vary, as long as it fits well with the overall design surrounding it.
Escallop Shell.—This beautiful charge, with its radiating lines within its outline, appears to have been specially connected with the Crusades as the pilgrim’s badge, as such being sewn on to the cloak or hat. Later the shells so worn were sometimes elaborately painted in the manner of the illuminators, in memory of the pilgrimage. The escallop is especially associated with St. James, and so frequently occurs in Spanish decoration such as that of the House of the Shells, Saragossa, the whole front of which is semée of escallops in high relief.
Scallop Shell.—This beautiful emblem, with its radiating lines within its shape, seems to have been specifically linked to the Crusades as a pilgrim's badge, typically sewn onto a cloak or hat. Later, these shells were often intricately painted like the work of illuminators, to commemorate the pilgrimage. The escallop is especially associated with St. James, and it frequently appears in Spanish designs, such as the House of the Shells in Saragossa, which features a facade covered with escallops in high relief.
Also, an old writer says: “The shell thereof is the fairest instrument that can be, being of nature’s[Pg 275] making, which for the beauties sake is put in the collars of Saint Michael’s Order.”
Also, an old writer says: “The shell is the most beautiful instrument there is, made by nature, which for the sake of its beauty is placed in the collars of Saint Michael’s Order.”
Estoile.—A star of six wavy points.
Estoile.—A star with six wavy points.

Escarbuncle (Fig. 256).—Is derived from the strengthening bands of the shield which the mediaeval metal worker’s decorative instinct made into beautiful ornament even as it did the hinges of a door. The metal plates radiating from the central boss of the shield terminated in foliated forms of great beauty, the fleurs-de-lis of the present charge, while the hollow ring in the centre enabled it to fit over the boss. Many beautiful examples exist of this piece of armour become the Badge of Anjou, worn by Henry II.
Garnet (Fig. 256).—Comes from the reinforcing bands of the shield that medieval metal workers elegantly fashioned into stunning decorations, similar to the way they designed door hinges. The metal plates extending from the center boss of the shield ended in beautifully shaped floral designs, like the fleurs-de-lis seen in the current emblem. The hollow ring in the middle allowed it to fit over the boss. There are many beautiful examples of this piece of armor, which became the Badge of Anjou, worn by Henry II.

Fountain (Fig. 257).—The symbol of a spring of water, is a roundle barry, wavy argent and azure, wavy lines having been emblematic of water from time immemorial. Its occurrence in the arms of Lord Stourton (Sable a bend or between six fountains) is very interesting as an example of heraldry of which the meaning is well understood. In the admirable account given by Mr. Fox Davies in The Art of Heraldry he points out that the manor of Stourton on the borders of Wilts and Somerset obtained its name from the river Stour which rises within the manor. The sources of that river are six wells which exist in a tiny valley in Stourton Park, which is still called Six Wells Bottom. When Leland wrote in 1540 to 1542 the[Pg 276] whole six were in existence (some have since disappeared), for he wrote: “The ryver of Stoure risith ther of six fountaynes or springes, whereof 3 be on the northe side of the Parke, harde withyn the Pale, and other 3 be northe also but withoute the Parke. The Lorde Stourton giveth these 6 fountaynes yn his Armes.” In addition, not only were three springs inside the park and three outside, but also three were in Wiltshire and three in Somerset. The appropriateness of three fountains on either side of the ordinary is therefore manifest. Would that all heraldic origins were equally clear!
Water feature (Fig. 257).—The symbol of a spring of water is represented as a circular pattern with wavy lines in silver and blue, since these wavy lines have been a long-standing symbol for water. Its presence in the arms of Lord Stourton (Black with a gold diagonal stripe between six fountains) is particularly interesting as it provides a clear example of heraldry with an understood meaning. In the excellent description by Mr. Fox Davies in The Art of Heraldry, he notes that the manor of Stourton, located on the borders of Wiltshire and Somerset, got its name from the River Stour, which originates within the manor. The sources of that river are six wells located in a small valley in Stourton Park, which is still known as Six Wells Bottom. When Leland wrote between 1540 and 1542, all six wells were still there (some have since vanished), as he stated: “The River Stoure rises there from six fountains or springs, of which three are on the north side of the park, right within the boundary, and the other three are also north but outside the park. Lord Stourton includes these six fountains in his arms.” Additionally, not only were three springs inside the park and three outside, but also three were in Wiltshire and three in Somerset. The relevance of having three fountains on each side of the central design is thus clear. If only all heraldic origins were this straightforward!

Fylfot (Fig. 258).—A symbolic figure which appears to have been used from the remotest antiquity and round which much literature has been written in common with its Indian form, the Swastica. Its presence in heraldry is probably to be ascribed to mere copying from some eastern example, though even thus a symbolic meaning may have been ascribed to its cross-like form, or perhaps some one of the transmitted meanings may even have been known.
Swastika (Fig. 258).—A symbolic figure that seems to have been used since ancient times, and there is a lot of literature written about it alongside its Indian counterpart, the Swastica. Its appearance in heraldry likely comes from simply imitating some eastern example, but even then, a symbolic meaning might have been attributed to its cross-like shape, or perhaps some of the meanings passed down might have been understood.
It occurs in the arms of Sir Wm. Kellaway in a “Copy of an antient roll of Arms,” in the Heralds’ College.
It appears in the arms of Sir Wm. Kellaway in a “Copy of an ancient roll of Arms,” in the Heralds’ College.
In Japan it is well-known as the Mon or badge of the Matsudaira family.
In Japan, it's widely recognized as the Mon or badge of the Matsudaira family.
Hammer.—In heraldry both the workman’s hammer, emblematic of industry, if it have no more definite symbolism, occurs as well as the military martel-de-fer. Examples of both are given in Figs. 259[Pg 277] and 260. Another instance of the first is in the Arms of the Blacksmiths Company of London, Sa a chev. Or between three hammers Arg. handled and ensigned with crowns gold; and with this is their swinging motto, “By hammer and hand all arts do stand.”
Hammer.—In heraldry, both the worker's hammer, symbolizing hard work, and the military martel-de-fer are present, even if the latter doesn't have a clearer meaning. Examples of both can be found in Figs. 259[Pg 277] and 260. Another example of the worker's hammer appears in the arms of the Blacksmiths Company of London, which features a silver shield with a gold chevron between three silver hammers, all with gold handles and crowns. Their motto proudly states, “By hammer and hand all arts do stand.”


Hawk’s Bells and Jesses.—The bells are of the globular kind (Fig. 261), and jesses are the leather straps by which they were secured to the falcons’ legs. Also attached to the jesses were pieces of metal, called vervels, that were stamped with the owner’s monogram or badge.
Hawk's bells and jesses.—The bells are round-shaped (Fig. 261), and the jesses are the leather straps that fasten them to the falcons’ legs. Also attached to the jesses were metal pieces called vervels, which were marked with the owner's initials or emblem.
Hawk’s Lure.—A bird’s wing that was attached to a cord by means of which it was thrown in the air in order to attract the falcons to hand. Its usual shape as a charge is as in Fig. 262.
Hawk's Attraction.—A bird’s wing that was connected to a cord, which was used to toss it in the air to draw falcons closer. Its typical shape as depicted is shown in Fig. 262.



Hemp-brake or Hackle.—An instrument for bruising hemp. Its best known heraldic example is as the badge of Sir Reginald Bray (Fig. 263), the architect[Pg 278] to Henry VII, for whom he built the magnificent Chapel in Westminster Abbey and completed St. George’s Chapel at Windsor. The badge is now used by Lord Bray, who is descended from Sir Reginald’s brother.
Hemp brake or hackle.—A tool used for crushing hemp. Its most well-known heraldic representation is the badge of Sir Reginald Bray (Fig. 263), the architect[Pg 278] for Henry VII, who designed the stunning Chapel in Westminster Abbey and finished St. George’s Chapel at Windsor. The badge is currently used by Lord Bray, who is a descendant of Sir Reginald’s brother.




Knots.—A form of badge that is composed of one or more cords or straps twisted into open knots and used to symbolize the bond of a vow. The best known, perhaps, is the Stafford knot (Fig. 264), which from being the badge of the Earls of Stafford has been appropriated by many institutions connected with that county. The Heneage knot, also on a single line, is Fig. 265, and is sometimes accompanied by the motto, “Fast though untied,” and Fig. 266 is the Bowen knot of four bows. Fig. 267 is[Pg 279] from among the devices on the robe of the effigy of Anne of Bohemia on her tomb at Westminster Abbey, and is thought by Boutell to convey the idea of a monogram. He also sees in the Wake and Ormond knot (Fig. 268) the initials W and O entwined. A modern attempt was made to form a monogram of the silken tags represented as depending from the seal shape of the bookplate (by C. W. Sherborn, R.E.) of the celebrated J. Robinson Planché, Dramatist and Somerset Herald.
Tangles.—A type of badge made from one or more cords or straps twisted into open knots, used to symbolize the connection of a vow. The most famous may be the Stafford knot (Fig. 264), which originated as the badge of the Earls of Stafford and has been adopted by many organizations associated with that county. The Heneage knot, also made from a single line, is Fig. 265, and is sometimes paired with the motto, “Fast though untied.” Fig. 266 shows the Bowen knot with four loops. Fig. 267 comes from the decorations on the robe of the effigy of Anne of Bohemia on her tomb at Westminster Abbey and is thought by Boutell to represent a monogram. He also interprets the Wake and Ormond knot (Fig. 268) as the initials W and O intertwined. A contemporary effort was made to create a monogram from the silk tags depicted as hanging from the seal shape of the bookplate (by C. W. Sherborn, R.E.) of the notable J. Robinson Planché, Dramatist and Somerset Herald.




The Bouchier knot is Fig. 269, and Boutell mentions a Bouchier badge formed of the knot tied to a coudiere or elbow piece, as from a monument in Westminster Abbey.
The Bouchier knot is Fig. 269, and Boutell mentions a Bouchier badge made from the knot tied to a coudiere or elbow piece, as seen on a monument in Westminster Abbey.
The Dacre knot is less a knot than a badge, consisting of an escallop shell linked by a cord with a ragged staff or a billet (Fig. 270). In the same way a sickle and a garb are tied together in the badge of Lord Hastings, and are suggestive of the way in which initial letters of names were linked with each other and with badges in the splendid pageants of the sixteenth century.
The Dacre knot is more of a badge than a knot, featuring an escallop shell connected by a cord to a jagged staff or a billet (Fig. 270). Similarly, a sickle and a bundle of grain are joined in the badge of Lord Hastings, hinting at how the initial letters of names were intertwined with each other and with badges during the extravagant festivals of the sixteenth century.
The Lacey knot is shown at Fig. 271.
The Lacey knot is shown in Fig. 271.
[Pg 280]
[Pg 280]
Lozenge.—Fig. 272.
Lozenge.—Fig. 272.



Manche or Maunche.—A severely conventionalized form of a sleeve, derived from the actual sleeve which was worn at a tournament, as a ladies’ favour, floating from the shoulder of a favoured knight. The illustrations are from the fifteenth century seal of Lord Hastings (Fig. 273), and from a MS. of the following century relating to the same family (Fig. 274).
Manche or Maunche.—A highly stylized version of a sleeve, inspired by the actual sleeve worn during a tournament as a lady's favor, draped from the shoulder of a favored knight. The illustrations come from the 15th-century seal of Lord Hastings (Fig. 273), and from a MS. of the following century related to the same family (Fig. 274).
Mullet.—A five-pointed star-like figure whose name is derived from Mollette, the rowel of a spur (Fig. 293).
Mullet haircut.—A five-pointed star shape whose name comes from Mollette, the end piece of a spur (Fig. 293).
Pall.—An heraldic figure which occurs in the arms of certain Archbishoprics, being indeed a representation of the Pallium, which is an especial vestment of an Archbishop. Mr. Everard Green, Rouge Dragon Pursuivant, has fully dealt with this in an admirable monograph which is among the Archaeologia of the Society of Antiquaries, from which it appears certain that the pall is not the arms of a particular see, but is an ensign of the ecclesiastical rank of an archbishop.
Sullen.—A heraldic symbol that appears in the coats of arms of some Archbishoprics, representing the Pallium, which is a special vestment worn by an Archbishop. Mr. Everard Green, Rouge Dragon Pursuivant, has thoroughly explored this in an excellent monograph included in the Archaeologia of the Society of Antiquaries, which shows that the pall isn't the coat of arms of a specific see, but rather a symbol of the ecclesiastical rank of an archbishop.
Pheon.—The head of a dart, the so-called broad arrow of Government stores. It usually has its inner[Pg 281] edges engrailed, but this is not essential any more than are the rigidly straight lines with which it is generally drawn. There are many other forms in early use that are much more satisfactory, such as Fig. 275, which is from an early sixteenth century MS. The pheon is understood to be point downwards as in the example, unless it is otherwise described.
Peon.—The tip of a dart, commonly referred to as the broad arrow of government supplies. It typically has its inner[Pg 281] edges curved, but this isn't necessary any more than the strictly straight lines with which it is usually depicted. There are many other shapes from earlier times that are much more appealing, like Fig. 275, which comes from an early sixteenth-century MS. The pheon is understood to be oriented point down, as shown in the example, unless stated otherwise.

Roundels.—Circular charges whose names differ according to their tincture. Thus a roundel or is supposed to be a flat piece of gold and is called a Bezant after Byzantium. A roundel arg. is a Plate; a roundel gules is a Torteau; the Hurt is azure; the Pellet or Ogress is sable; the Pomme is vert. Ancient armorists also mention Golpes, which are purpure; Guzes, sanguine; and Oranges, tenné; but these are not actually used in English heraldry. Another roundel, called a Fountain, is barry-wavey arg. and az., and is further alluded to under its name (Fig. 250). The use of the heraldic names of the various roundels is not obligatory, however, their description by tinctures, like other charges, being equally correct. They are frequently themselves charged and may be of ermine or other fur, and be treated in every way as other flat spaces. Their treatment in relief or otherwise is largely a matter of taste, and whether a roundel be treated as flat or globular must depend on the character of the surrounding work. The frequently made suggestion that bezants and plates, being derived[Pg 282] from flat objects, should always be flat, while others should always be globular, would often be awkward if carried out in practice, especially in sculpture; and even if the derivations be correct, a roundel as a circular object without other qualification is just as conceivable as a roundel derived from a coin. Suitability to the general design seems to be the governing factor here as elsewhere.
Roundels.—Circular symbols whose names change based on their colors. So, a roundel or is thought to be a flat piece of gold and is called a Bezant after Byzantium. A roundel arg. is a Plate; a roundel gules is a Torteau; the Hurt is azure; the Pellet or Ogress is sable; and the Pomme is vert. Old heraldists also mention Golpes, which are purpure; Guzes, sanguine; and Oranges, tenné; but these aren’t commonly used in English heraldry. Another roundel, known as a Fountain, is barry-wavey arg. and az., and is referenced again under its name (Fig. 250). While it's not required to use the heraldic names for the different roundels, describing them by their colors is equally valid, just like other symbols. They can often be emblazoned with other designs and may be represented in ermine or other furs, and treated just like any other flat shapes. How they are depicted in relief or otherwise largely depends on personal preference, and whether a roundel is shown as flat or round should rely on the overall design context. The common idea that bezants and plates, being based on flat objects, should always be represented flat, while others should always be round, would often be clumsy in practice, especially in sculpture; and even if the origins are accurate, a roundel as a circular form without further detail is just as plausible as a roundel based on a coin. It seems that relevance to the overall design is the key factor here, as it is elsewhere.


Portcullis.—A strong grille for the protection of a fortified gateway. It was made of heavy beams securely clamped together and shod with iron, and is represented with the chains on either side by which it was suspended. The example (Fig. 276) is from the Chartulary of Westminster Abbey, where it forms part of the painted decoration of the MS. as one of the favourite badges of Henry VII. It has given a name to one of the pursuivants of arms, and as part of the armorials of the city of Westminster is one of the most familiar charges.
Gate.—A strong grille used to protect a fortified gateway. It was made of heavy beams tightly secured together and reinforced with iron, typically shown with chains on either side that were used to suspend it. The example (Fig. 276) is from the Chartulary of Westminster Abbey, where it is part of the painted decoration of the MS. as one of the favorite symbols of Henry VII. It has also been used as the name for one of the pursuivants of arms and, as part of the coat of arms of the city of Westminster, is one of the most recognizable symbols.
Quatrefoil (Fig. 277).—A four-leaved charge, derived from clover or from a four-petalled flower.
Quatrefoil (Fig. 277).—A design featuring four leaves, inspired by clover or a flower with four petals.
Shakefork (Fig. 278).—An unusual charge which occurs in the Arms of Cunningham.
Shakefork (Fig. 278).—A unique emblem that appears in the Arms of Cunningham.
[Pg 283]
[Pg 283]



Spade.—Emblematic of agriculture and industry. It is of great variety of form. Figs. 279 and 280 are fifteenth and sixteenth century forms of these implements, which were usually of wood shod with iron, as in the examples.
Shovel.—Symbolic of farming and construction. There are many different shapes. Figs. 279 and 280 show examples from the fifteenth and sixteenth centuries, and these tools were typically made of wood with iron tips, as seen in the illustrations.


Spear.—Is usually described as a tilting spear, and when its shaft is without swell as a javelin. It is regarded as the emblem of manhood, as the distaff is the symbol of womanhood. As usually depicted, without the vamplate, it appears as in Fig. 281; but there is no reason against representing the plate in addition if it is thought desirable. Although the tilting spear was most frequently used with the blunted head, the coronel or roc, it is almost always represented heraldically with a sharp spear point. The shaft is sometimes parti-coloured, or else grooved into flutings as it was in actual use. In some cases these grooves were so large and deep[Pg 284] as to result in a form of the girder principle by which great lightness and strength were obtained. The Arms of Shakespeare, granted in 1546, are: Or on a bend Sable a spear Gold.
Javelin.—It's often described as a tilting spear, and when its shaft has no swell, it's like a javelin. It's seen as a symbol of manhood, just as the distaff represents womanhood. Typically shown without the vamplate, it looks like in Fig. 281; however, there’s no issue with including the plate if desired. While the tilting spear was usually used with a blunted head, known as the coronel or roc, it’s almost always depicted in heraldry with a sharp point. The shaft can be in different colors or have grooves like it did in real use. In some cases, these grooves were so prominent and deep that they created a girder design, providing both great lightness and strength. The Arms of Shakespeare, granted in 1546, are: Or on a bend Sable a spear Gold.
Spurs.—As the peculiar symbol of knighthood are naturally of frequent occurrence as charges. They are given star-shaped rowels unless the more ancient form with a single point is intended, and it is then blazoned a Prick Spur.
Tottenham Hotspur.—As the unique symbol of knighthood, they often appear as charges. They are typically depicted with star-shaped rowels unless the older version with a single point is meant, in which case it is described as a Prick Spur.
“The Spurs ben given to a knight to signify diligence and swiftness.”
“The Spurs are given to a knight to represent hard work and quickness.”
Sruttle.—Another name for winnowing fan (Fig. 282).
Strut.—Another term for a winnowing fan (Fig. 282).



Sword.—Is sometimes borne in allusion to St. Paul, as it is in the Arms of the City of London. Unless otherwise described, a straight sword with a cross hilt, an arming sword as it was sometimes called, is understood. Its position—that is to say, the direction of the blade—whether pale, wise or fesswise, and where there are more swords than one, their relative positions and the direction of their points are duly stated.
Sword.—Sometimes represents St. Paul, as seen in the Arms of the City of London. Unless described otherwise, it refers to a straight sword with a cross hilt, known as an arming sword. Its position, including the direction of the blade—whether vertical, horizontal, or diagonal—and the arrangement of multiple swords, along with the direction of their tips, are clearly specified.
Trefoil (Fig. 283).—Is always represented with a stalk, as in the example, but the term slipped is always[Pg 285] included in the blazon nevertheless. The form of the charge is usually as given, but in rare instances it appears as in Fig. 284, which is from a fifteenth century MS. in the Heralds’ College.
Three-leaf clover (Fig. 283).—It's always shown with a stalk, as in the example, but the term "slipped" is still[Pg 285] included in the description. The shape of the charge is typically as shown, but in rare cases, it appears as in Fig. 284, which comes from a fifteenth-century manuscript in the Heralds’ College.
Water Bouget.—This, like the maunche, is an instance of the conventionalization of an actual thing into a shape that bears but remote likeness to the original form. Although there are instances in which its derivation from water carriers, its undoubted origin, is more nearly suggested, its heraldic form was clearly established in the fourteenth century, chiefly in connexion with the family of Bourchier, which furnished so many persons of note to mediaeval history.
Water Bottle.—This, similar to the maunche, is an example of how something real has been transformed into a shape that only vaguely resembles its original form. While there are some cases where its connection to water carriers—its undeniable origin—is more clearly indicated, its heraldic design was definitely established in the fourteenth century, mainly associated with the Bourchier family, which produced many notable figures in medieval history.
[Pg 286]
[Pg 286]
CHAPTER XII
Marks of Cadency



In order to distinguish the various members of a family among themselves certain additions to the shield called marks of cadency are employed; and in the earliest days of the heraldic system a son charged the arms that he derived from his father with such a mark of difference as he thought fit and effectual, but by the middle of the fourteenth century some amount of regularity was arrived at, and by the end of the sixteenth century the present method had become usual. In this system the eldest son is distinguished by a file or label of three points, which consists of a horizontal part from which depend the lambeaux (Fig. 286 et seq.). Its origin is extremely obscure, and whether it represents the points of garments, or tongues or labels threaded on a cord, no one can say with certainty. It seems probable that it may have originally been a favour or distinction whose history and original significance have[Pg 287] been lost. The effigy at Artois of Charles Count d’Eu has a label which passes round the shoulders, exactly as other collars did, and consists of large labels charged with castles and suspended from what appears to be a narrow cord (Fig. 288).
To differentiate family members, certain additions to the shield called marks of cadency are used. In the early days of heraldry, a son would add a mark of difference to the arms he inherited from his father as he saw fit. By the mid-fourteenth century, there was some regularity established, and by the late sixteenth century, the current method became common. In this system, the eldest son is marked by a file or label with three points, which includes a horizontal part from which the lambeaux hang (Fig. 286 et seq.). Its exact origin is unclear, and it's uncertain whether it represents points of garments, tongues, or labels on a cord. It likely started as a favor or distinction, but its original meaning has[Pg 287] been lost. The effigy in Artois of Charles Count d’Eu displays a label that wraps around the shoulders, much like other collars, and has large labels adorned with castles hanging from what seems to be a narrow cord (Fig. 288).
On a shield the label is borne in chief and passes over any charges that may be in that part of the arms. In early examples the pendant parts are wider than the rest, in some cases much wider, as in the Garter Plate of Gaston de Foix, Comte de Longueville and Captal de Buch, whose label is charged with a complete coat of arms repeated on each point, a cross charged with five escallop shells, which are the arms of John de Grielly, a previous Captal de Buch who married Blanche de Foix. In later times the points of labels were widened at the ends as in Fig. 289, a form which in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries had become as squat and ugly as the still common type (Fig. 290). In ordinary cadency the label which extends from side to side of the shield is no longer used, being reserved for members of the Blood Royal, and a shortened form takes its place[Pg 288] in ordinary coats of arms. Distinctions of cadency are provided to the number of nine, and no regular provision is made beyond the ninth son; not because others are to go undifferenced, but because in old heraldic treatises great importance is ascribed to that mystic figure 9. There were nine tinctures (including the rare colours tenné and sanguine), nine ordinaries, nine partitions, or methods of displaying charges with ordinaries, and so forth. The differences are as follows:—
On a shield, the label is placed at the top and goes over any symbols that may be located in that section of the coat of arms. In earlier examples, the hanging parts were wider than the rest, sometimes much wider, as seen in the Garter Plate of Gaston de Foix, Comte de Longueville and Captal de Buch, whose label features a complete coat of arms repeated at each tip, along with a cross decorated with five scallop shells, which represent the arms of John de Grielly, a former Captal de Buch who married Blanche de Foix. In later periods, the tips of labels were made wider at the ends, as shown in Fig. 289, and by the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries, they had become as squat and unattractive as the still common style seen in Fig. 290. In standard cadency, the label that extends across the shield is no longer used, as it is reserved for members of the Royal Blood, and a shortened version is used instead[Pg 288] in typical coats of arms. There are nine distinctions of cadency provided, and no formal provisions are made beyond the ninth son; not because others remain undifferentiated, but because old heraldic texts attach great significance to the mystical number 9. There were nine tinctures (including the rare colors tenné and sanguine), nine ordinaries, and nine methods of displaying charges with ordinaries, among other things. The differences are as follows:—











[Pg 289]
[Pg 289]
A mark of cadency is borne on any part of a coat that may be found most suitable for its conspicuous display, but always in such a manner that it may not be mistaken for a charge. It is generally placed somewhere in chief or sometimes in the centre of the shield, and its colour may be any that is well seen. Bossewell says (1572): “Every difference ought to be placed in the moste evidente part of the coat armour, videlicit, in the place where the same maie soonest be scene or perceived.” And another early writer indicates the distance at which a difference should be easily perceived on a banner or other flag as eighteen yards.
A mark of cadency is displayed prominently on any part of a coat that is most suitable for clear visibility, but it should never be confused with a charge. It's usually placed at the top or sometimes in the center of the shield, and its color can be any that stands out well. Bossewell says (1572): “Every difference should be placed in the most visible part of the coat armor, specifically, in the spot where it can be seen or noticed the quickest.” Another early writer suggests that a difference should be easily recognized from a distance of eighteen yards on a banner or flag.
The sons of the eldest son bear each his own difference charged upon the label of his father, and in similar manner the sons of the second son of the head of the family charge their differences on their father’s crescent, and so forth. As marking the degree of nearness to the headship of the family such distinctions are disused or changed as circumstances dictate, but in some cases a second or other junior son continues to use his difference after his father’s death in order to prevent confusion with his elder brother who has in due course succeeded to the undifferenced coat, and in spite of the inevitable clashing with the second son of that elder brother, who would also bear a crescent for difference. Such a method of distinguishing “Houses” as well as sons would, of course, become impossible in a very few generations, and this points to the superiority of the mediaeval method of differencing as well as to what is the principal weakness of modern heraldry in England as a system, namely, the want of distinction between the branches[Pg 290] of a family. That, however, is more a matter for the scientific herald. The mark of cadency may be placed on the crest as well as on the arms, but it is not commonly done, except when the crest is used alone.
The sons of the eldest son each carry their own unique marking based on their father's label, and similarly, the sons of the second son of the family head use their markings on their father's crescent, and so on. These distinctions indicate how close they are to the family leadership, and they can be changed or discarded as needed. However, sometimes a second or younger son keeps his marking after their father passes away to avoid confusion with his older brother, who has taken over the plain coat of arms. This can lead to clashes with the second son of the older brother, who would also have a crescent marking. This way of differentiating "Houses" and sons could quickly become unfeasible in a few generations, highlighting the advantages of the medieval system of differencing and the main flaw of modern heraldry in England: the lack of differentiation between family branches. But that's primarily a concern for heraldic experts. The mark of cadency can be placed on the crest as well as on the arms, but that's not usually done unless the crest is used on its own.[Pg 290]
It should be noted here that though daughters (other than Princesses of the Blood) do not difference their arms personally, for they rank equally among themselves, they do bear their father’s difference so long as he bears it.
It should be noted here that even though daughters (other than princesses of the blood) don’t personalize their coats of arms, since they rank equally among themselves, they do carry their father’s difference as long as he does.
When by impalement or other means the individuality of the bearer is sufficiently pointed out, marks of cadency are frequently considered to be redundant, and are therefore omitted; but their inclusion is preferable.
When the individuality of the bearer is clearly indicated by impalement or other methods, marks of cadency are often seen as unnecessary and are omitted; however, including them is better.
Royal cadency follows a method apart, and when arms are assigned by the Sovereign to the various members of the Royal Family, as is done by warrant on their arrival at full age, the proper individual mark of cadency is assigned at the same time. At the present day it always takes the form of a label; which is plain for the Prince of Wales, and charged in some distinctive manner for other members of the Blood Royal.
Royal cadency has its own unique system, and when the Sovereign grants arms to different members of the Royal Family, which happens by warrant when they reach adulthood, the appropriate mark of cadency is given at that same time. Nowadays, it typically appears as a label; it's plain for the Prince of Wales and decorated in a distinctive way for other members of the Royal Blood.
The labels of the other living Princes and Princesses to whom arms have been assigned are as follows: and it should be noted that all these various labels are Argent. The Princess Royal (Duchess of Fife) bears over the Royal Arms a label of five points charged with three crosses gules alternating with two thistles ppr.
The labels of the other living princes and princesses who have been given arms are as follows: it's important to note that all these different labels are silver. The Princess Royal (Duchess of Fife) has a label with five points above the Royal Arms, featuring three red crosses alternating with two purple thistles.
The Princess Victoria differences her arms with a label of five points charged with three roses alternately with two crosses gules.
The Princess Victoria displays her arms with a five-point label featuring three roses alternating with two red crosses.
The Princess Maud (Queen of Norway) bears a label[Pg 291] of five points charged with three hearts and two crosses gules.
The Princess Maud (Queen of Norway) has a label[Pg 291] with five points featuring three hearts and two red crosses.
The Duke of Connaught has a label of three points, charged on the centre point with St. George’s Cross and on each of the others with a fleur-de-lis Azure.
The Duke of Connaught has a three-point label, with St. George’s Cross on the center point and a blue fleur-de-lis on each of the other points.
The Princess Christian, of Schleswig-Holstein, bears a label of three points, the centre of which is charged with St. George’s Cross and each of the others with a rose gules.
The Princess Christian of Schleswig-Holstein has a label of three points, the center of which features St. George’s Cross and each of the other points has a red rose.
The Princess Louise (Duchess of Argyll) bears a label of three points, the centre point charged with a rose, each of the others with a canton gules.
The Princess Louise (Duchess of Argyll) has a label with three points, the center point featuring a rose, and each of the other points with a red canton.
The Princess Beatrice (Princess Henry of Battenberg) bears a label of three points, the centre one charged with a heart and each of the others with a rose.
The Princess Beatrice (Princess Henry of Battenberg) has a badge featuring three points, with the center one displaying a heart and each of the others showing a rose.
In Royal Achievements the labels are charged on the crest and supporters as well as the arms, and in these positions are usually couped at the ends, though there is no reason why they should be so; on the contrary, remembering that these figures are “in the round” it would be preferable to follow the ancient usage.
In Royal Achievements, the labels are placed on the crest and supporters as well as the arms, and they are usually cut off at the ends, though there's no reason for that; in fact, considering that these figures are "in the round," it would be better to stick with the traditional style.
A further distinction from the arms of the Sovereign is made by substituting for the Imperial Crown, which is borne on the heads of the lion crest and supporter and also encircles the throat of the unicorn, the coronet which is proper to the personage concerned.
A further distinction from the arms of the Sovereign is made by replacing the Imperial Crown, which is placed on the heads of the lion crest and supporter and also wraps around the throat of the unicorn, with the coronet that belongs to the individual in question.
[Pg 293]
[Pg 293]
INDEX
PAGE
PAGE
- Accessories, 139
- Accomplishments, 16, 19
- Aldegrever, 34
- Alexander First, official seal of, 66
- Alloa House, shields at, 113, 114, 115, 157, 161, 217, 219
- Altar screen, 250
- Amman, Jordan, 35, 108
- Amore, 144
- Angels, 144
- Animals as crests, 127;
- and monsters, 66;
- on flags, 257;
- on the bardings of horses, 257
- Anne of Bohemia, knot design of, 278
- ” of Brittany, 116, 212
- ” Devon Countess, seal of, 140
- ” Queen, 108
- Ring, 267, 288
- Dom Anselm, 40
- Anthony de Bec, seal of, 98
- Architectural symbols, 204
- Silver, 44
- Duke of Argyll, 155
- Coat of arms accessories, 139
- ” CLOTHING, 3
- Armor, 123
- Arundel, crown of the Earl of, 154
- Assyrian lion, 80
- Diminution, 67
- Enhancements, 6
- Sky Blue, 44
- Badges, 141
- Banners, 28, 69;
- of the Garter, 255;
- painted, 262
- Bar, 50
- Barnacles, 268
- Baronet, 156;
- of Nova Scotia, 156
- Baronet helmet, 129
- Baron's cap, 154;
- coronet, 154
- Barry, 47
- Bars-gemelle, 50
- Basel, arms of, 271
- Lord Basset of Drayton, 20
- Bassetaille enamel, 178
- Bathing, the Order of the, 16;
- insignia of various ranks, 163
- Stick, 52
- Battering ram, 268
- Beaumont, Sir Edmund, coat of arms, 238
- Lace bedspread, 264
- Duke of Bedford, 85
- Beham, Hans Sebald, 34, 35
- Bells, 277
- Flex, 51
- Bendlet, 52
- Bend sinister, 52
- Flexible, 48
- Berkeley, arms of, 64
- Bertie's arms of, 268
- Coin, 281
- Bible, 70
- ” Winchester Cathedral, 164
- Bill, 197
- Birds, 89
- [Pg 294] Birmingham, the city of, 52
- The Black Prince, 8, 75;
- surcoat, 102, 248
- Blacksmiths’ Company, coat of arms, 277
- Coat of arms, 15, 38, 54, 75
- Blois, badges at, 205
- Wild pig, 232
- Bolt plate, 192
- Border, 59
- Sandro Botticelli, 261
- Bourchier, Louis Robsart, Lord, 17
- ” Knot, 279
- Bowline knot, 278
- Brass, large-scale, 184
- Bray, Sir Reginald, badge, 277
- Brewys, Sir John de, brass of, 184
- Brittany, badge of honor, 205
- Bronze pestle and mortar, 188
- Duchess of Brunswick, 265
- Belt buckles, 268
- Bugle, 269
- Gold seal of Henry VIII., 149
- Buonamici, 31
- Burges, 13, 226
- Duke Charles of Burgundy, 251
- Butler, Sir James, coat of arms, 238
- Byron, arms of, 52
- Cadence, 286
- Cambridge University, coat of arms, 70
- Canton, 58
- Maintenance Cap, 155
- Lord Carnarvon, 146
- Cast iron cookware, 185
- Caxton, 4
- Ceilings, 213
- Cellini, 180
- Centaur, 95
- Ceremonial shields, 9, 29;
- structure of, 30
- Champlevé enamel, 171
- Prayer beads, 269
- Fees, 50;
- flat and in relief, 29;
- their arrangement, 61
- Charles I, great seal of, 74
- ” II., great seal of, 110
- ” V., Emperor, emblem of, 192
- ” Count d’Eu, labeled effigy, 287
- ” the Bold, 251
- Checkered, 48
- Rook in chess, 270
- Chester, city of, 83
- Chevron, 52
- Leader, 52
- Fireplace mantels, 212
- Knighthood, the Order of, 4
- Treatment options, 7, 19
- Five Ports, 83, 84
- Cinquefoil, 270
- Cistern, lead pipe, 200
- Civic honor, 270
- Clarence, Duke of, 109
- Clarion, 270
- Pope Clement VII, 240
- Cleobury, W.T., 238
- Cloisonné enamel art, 181
- Clouds, 270
- Rooster, 79, 92
- Cockatrice, 271
- Collar, of the Order of the Garter, 158;
- of St. Patrick, 162;
- of the Thistle, 160;
- of the Bath, 162;
- of Toison d’Or, 193
- Mantling colors, 137
- [Pg 295] Company, 49
- Crowns, 271;
- crest coronet, 271;
- mural crown, 273;
- naval crown, 273;
- crown vallery, 273;
- crown palisado, 273;
- eastern crown, 273;
- celestial crown, 274
- Royal Crowns, 152
- ” OF PEERS, 153
- Cotise, 51
- Counterchange, 49
- Counter-Company, 49
- Counter-active, 46
- Counter-variation, 46
- Couped up, 54, 84
- Crosses, 96
- Crossroad, 5, 53;
- bottonée, 100;
- couped, 54;
- calvary, 97;
- crosslet, 99;
- crosslet-fitchy, 99;
- fleuretté, 97;
- flory, 97;
- furchée, 101;
- interlaced, 53;
- moline, 97;
- nowy, 54;
- parted and fretty, 53;
- patonee, 97;
- patée, 99;
- pomell, 100;
- potent, 101;
- quadrate, 54;
- quarter pierced, 54;
- recercelée, 99;
- tau, 101;
- urdée, 100;
- voided, 53
- Crest, 37, 118;
- ceremonial use, 118;
- difficulties in treatment, 130;
- dragon’s head, 127;
- of the Black Prince, 126;
- panache, 125;
- tourney crest, 136
- Queens Regnant Coats of Arms, 37
- Crescent moon, 192, 274, 288
- Crown, Imperial, 148;
- of Henry V., of Henry VIII., of Charles II., 148;
- Georgian, 149
- Crusades, 2
- Cutwork, 261
- Dacre knot, 279
- Damascening, 198
- Dancette, 56
- Day, Lewis F., 240
- Demi-lions, 83
- Countess of Derby, 146
- Devices at Alloa House, 220, 221
- Diana de Poitiers, emblem of, 192
- Diapering, 110
- Splitting, 83
- Distribution plans, 82, 91
- Field division, 47
- Dolphin, 93
- Donatello, 189
- Interconnected, 56
- Cadwallader's Dragon, 182, 183
- Dragon head crest, 127
- Duke's crown, 153
- Dürer, 31, 32, 34, 79
- Eagles, 89;
- plan for distribution, 91
- Eagle of the Emperor, 90;
- of the Holy Roman Empire, 146;
- of Prussia, 146;
- on lock-plate, 190
- Earl's crown, 154
- Eastern impact on heraldry, 6
- Edmond Beaufort, Duke of Somerset, seal of __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__., 141
- Edmund, Prince of Langley, 60, 90, 272
- Edward the Black Prince, 8, 75
- ” the Confessor, 92
- ” I, 3
- ” II, 59
- ” III, 29, 62, 68, 140
- ” IV, 29
- Queen Eleanor, 3
- Electrotype (still relevant term), 202
- Queen Elizabeth, 107, 109
- [Pg 296] Elizabethan decor, 36
- In crisis, 56
- Embroidery, 246
- Embroidered sleeves, 252
- ” BADGES, 250
- Enamel, 170;
- Bassetaille, 178;
- Champlevé, 171;
- Cloisonné, 181;
- designs and drawings, 180;
- “Limoges enamel,” 177;
- plique-a-jour, 180
- England, coat of arms, 8, 69, 75, 83
- Engraved, 56
- Decorative engraving, 196
- Improved, 52
- Deleted, 84
- Eric, King of Sweden, coat of arms of, 253
- Ermine furs, 44
- Erminois, 44
- Erskine, Henry de, 113
- Scallop shell, 274
- Escharotic, 275
- Estoile, 275
- Esquire's helmet, 129
- Engraved design, 200
- Falcon, 91
- Fess up, 50
- The Field, 41
- ” of the Cloth of Gold, gold seal of the treaty, 149
- Firebacks, 185
- Fish, 93
- Fishmongers' Association, 94
- Fitzalan, Earl of Arundel, 154
- Fitzjames, 37
- Flavors, 61
- Flanders, coat of arms, 252
- Flasks, 61
- Fleur-de-lis, 101
- Florence, arms of, 103
- Florentine coats of arms, 35
- ” SHIELD, 112
- Flowers, 5
- Foreign interference, 11
- Foster's Peerage, 40
- Water feature, 275;
- lead, 201
- France, arms of, 8, 62
- Frederick II, coat of arms, 265
- French castles, 205
- Wall art, 209
- Froissart, 27
- Rifle, 58
- Fylfot, 276
- Vyne Gallery, 212
- Clothes, 84
- Wreaths, 5
- Garter belt, the, 156, 158;
- collar of the, 107;
- Knight of the, 20;
- order of the, 136, 158
- Garter straps, 35
- Gaston of Foix, 136, 287
- Geneville, coat of arms, 248
- George the Lesser, Order of the, 158
- Geratting, 62
- German coat of arms, 78;
- Gothic influence in, 78
- Gesso, 18, 214;
- its preparations, 215;
- use, 116;
- Cennino Cennini, 215
- Gilbert, Alfred, 109
- Glaive, 197
- Duke of Gloucester, 29
- Goat, 85
- Gobony, 49
- Godmanchester, official emblem, 103
- Golden Fleece, 193, 251
- Goldsmiths' Company, coat of arms, 85
- Hits, 281
- Gothic lion statues, 76
- ” Revival, 12
- [Pg 297] ” WORK, 17
- Goutté d'Or, etc., 62
- Great George, the, 158
- ” SEALS, 17, 110, 140
- Greek symbols, 21
- Green, Everard, 238, 280
- Greyhounds, 140
- Grielly, arms of, 287
- Griffin or Gryphon, 87
- Grocers' Association, 133;
- arms of, 64
- Red, 44
- Gutted, 62
- Guzes, 281
- Gyron, 58
- Gyro pattern, 47
- Halberd, 198
- Hammer, 276
- Hampton Court Palace, 147, 214
- Harps, 108
- Harpy, 93
- Hawk's bells and jesses, 277;
- lure, 277
- Helmet, 117;
- ceremonial use, 118;
- development of form, 119;
- its structure, 120
- Helmet, 122;
- as a sign of rank, 128
- Hemp brake, 277
- Heneage knot, 278
- Henry V, 106, 140;
- Great Seal of, 17, 18, 20
- ” V, 17, 18, 29, 35;
- chantry, 146
- ” VI, arms of, 236
- ” VII, 11, 106, 158;
- badge of, 282;
- tomb, 182
- ” II of France, coat of arms, 192
- ” Prince of Wales, 35
- ” son of Swanus, seal of, 66
- Coat of arms, origin of, 1;
- eastern influence, 6;
- foreign influence on, 11;
- Gothic influence, 10, 11;
- Italian influence, 12
- Heraldic features, 20
- ” SHORTHAND, 55
- ” ANTELOPE, 84
- ” TIGER, 84
- Hinge with lions, 191
- Holbein, 12, 243
- Holy Roman Empire, eagle of, 146
- Horse, 85, 230
- Human figures, 94;
- arms, 95;
- hands, 95;
- heads, 95
- In pain, 281
- Light displays, 164;
- methods, materials, 164
- Stabbing, 61
- In fess, etc., 63
- In the world, 62
- Indented, 56
- Inescutcheon, 58
- Order insignia, 156
- Home decor, 210
- Inverted, 56
- Ireland, arms of, 110;
- Great Seal for, 110
- Celtic harp, 108
- Isabella of France, 59
- Italian glass art, 240
- ” IMPACT, 78
- ” SHIELDS, 30, 31, 35
- Jacobean decor, 36
- Jambs, 84
- James I., 107, 109;
- arms of, 254
- Jane Seymour, queen, 150
- [Pg 298] Javelin throw, 283
- Jesse's, 277
- John, Duke of Argyll, 155
- ” Earl of Mar, K.T., 161
- ” King of France, 268
- ” Lord Erskine, 114
- ” Prince of Eltham, 50, 176
- Catherine, Queen of France, 192
- Kellie, device for earldom of, 220
- Keys, 194
- Knights helmet, 129;
- of orders, 144;
- supporters of, 144;
- other insignia, 156
- Ties, 278
- Kress, 34
- Tag, 286
- Count Laborde, 105
- Laces, 265
- Lace knot, 279
- Ladies, arms of, 36
- Valances, 127
- Lancaster Risen, 106
- University of Leeds, emblem of, 94
- Leigh, Gerard, 87
- Leland, 275
- Leven and Lord Melville, 217
- “Limoges” enamel, 177
- Lines, various, 56
- Lions, 66;
- Assyrian 80;
- head, 84;
- leg, 84;
- Renaissance, 78
- Lock plates, 189
- Louis VII, 102
- ” XII, 155, 205;
- badge of, 212;
- medal of, 116
- Throat lozenge, 58
- ” SHIELD, 36
- Lozenge, 48
- Luroques, arms of, 30
- Malatesta, 106
- Male griffin, 88
- Mantling, 127, 134, 208;
- colour treatment of, 137;
- rules for various ranks, 137
- Mar and Kellie, Earl of, 219
- Lady Margaret Campbell, 114
- ” of Anjou, 236
- Cadency marks, 288
- Marquis's crown, 153
- Iron hammer, 276
- Martelli, arms of, 189
- Martlet, 92
- Mary, the Queen, 107
- Maunche, 280
- Mecklenburg, Israel van, 31
- Diapering medal, 116
- Medieval treatment, 6
- Medici, emblem of, 267
- Mermaid, 94
- Metalworking, 181
- Sculpted arms, 157
- Matsudaira family crest, 276
- Monsters, 66
- Memorial brasses, 184
- Moon, 274
- Mortar and bronze, 188
- Motto shield, 30
- Mowbray, 141
- Mullet hairstyle, 280
- Nebula, 56
- Neptune, 95
- Niello, 198
- Nixon, Forbes, 40
- Duke of Norfolk, 141
- Norreys, badge of Sir John, 236
- Ockwells Manor, stained glass at, 236
- Ogress, 281
- [Pg 299] Alternatively, 44
- Oranges, 28
- Ordinary People, 51;
- proportion of, 51
- Heraldry origins, 1
- Originality, 13
- Orle, 59
- Marquis Ormonde, 87
- Oxford University, coat of arms, 202
- Graphic banners, 262
- Pasty, 52
- Pall, 280
- Play, 48
- Style crest, 125
- Pan flute, 270
- Political parties, 47
- ” PER PALE, ETC., 47
- Pavilion, 26
- Peacock, 4, 92
- Peon, 44
- Peer's helmet, 129
- Pelham, 5
- ” ID badge, 268
- Pelican, 92
- Pellet, 281
- Penicaud, Nardon, enamel by, 177
- Flag, 255
- Per pale, etc., 47
- Percy, Henry de, 68
- ” SHRINE, 111
- Pheon, 280
- Philip II, 102
- Phoenix, 73
- Stack, 54
- Pirckheimer, 34
- Planché, J. Robinson, 279
- Plants, 5
- Dish, 281
- Plique-à-jour enamel, 180
- Field points, 41
- Battle of Poitiers, 5
- Poker job, 37, 217
- Apple, 281
- Security gate, 282
- Animal poses, 70
- Powerful, 46
- Prowess, 56
- Powder horn, 196
- Powell, John, 13, 226
- Prickly spur, 284
- Ratio, 16, 19;
- of ordinaries, 51
- Pugin, 13, 226
- Purple, 44
- Wood burning art, 37, 217
- Raguly, 56
- Ralph Neville, Earl of Westmoreland, seal of __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, 140
- Renaissance crest design, 9, 10
- ” SHIELDS, 27
- ” WORK, 17
- Hammered shield, 195
- Ribbon, 52
- Richard, Duke of Connaught, 91
- Robert, King of Naples, 105
- Robsart, 17
- Coat of arms, 2
- Roman sculpture, 21
- Roman shields, 35
- Broken, 56
- Roses, 106
- Roundel, stained glass window, 151;
- from Netley Abbey, 236
- Badges, 281
- Royal crest, 37, 38, 146, 227, 236
- ” BANNER, 69
- ” Cadence, 153, 290
- ” Crowns, 152
- ” CREST, 233
- ” Crowns, 148, 149, 150;
- [Pg 300]official type, 150
- Crown helmets, 129
- ” MANTLING, 138
- Sable, 44
- Sagittarius, 95
- St. Alban’s Abbey, shields from, 35
- St. Edmund, arms attributed to, 272
- St. Gatien Cathedral, shield in, 33
- St. George's Chapel, crowns on, 148
- St. James, 274
- St. Patrick, the order of, 162
- Crossed shapes, 53
- Sandwich seal, 84
- Wild men, 95
- Decorating ideas, 217
- Martin Schongauer, 28, 31
- Scotland, royal coat of arms, 38
- Scottish Crown Jewels, 148
- Sculpture, 147, 208
- Seal, 84, 98, 103, 109, 139, 149
- Seals, 67, 140, 141
- Segrave, John de, seal, 139
- Sown, 62
- Sgraffito, 209
- Shakespeare, coat of arms, 284
- Sherborn, C.W., 279
- Motto on shield, 30;
- construction, 23;
- foliated, 33, 36;
- shapes, 32, 33, 34, 36
- Armor, 21, 28;
- ceremonial use of, 28;
- “for Peace,” 28, 29;
- Norman, 22, 23, 25, 26;
- ridged, 27, 28;
- square, 25;
- triangular, 24, 25, 35
- Boats, 83
- Shovel, Adm. Sir Cloudesley, 5
- Solis, Virgil, 35
- Somerset, seal of the Duke of __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, 141
- Shovel, 282
- Spear, 283
- Sphinx, 94
- Tottenham Hotspur, 284
- Sruttle, 284
- Stafford knot, 278
- Stag party, 85
- Colored glass, 151, 223
- ” Designs and drawings, 225
- Standard, 255
- Order stars, 160
- Stephen King, 95, 120
- Lord Stourton, 275
- Subordinates, 58
- Supporters, 139
- Swan, 4
- Swiss stained glass, 240
- Sword, 284
- Symbolism, 4
- Syon deal, 247
- Siren, 94
- Syrinx, 270
- Thistle, the order of the, 160
- Tilted Spear, 283
- Extracts, 42
- Golden Fleece, badge of, 251
- Torregiano, 11, 182
- Torse, 127
- Torteau, 281
- Competitions, 2, 27, 118
- Tournament helmet, 123
- Loot, 59
- Three-leaf clover, 284
- Trick, sketching in, 55
- Triton, 95
- Trumpet flags, 261
- Tudor coat of arms, 10, 226
- [Pg 301] ” ROSE, 107
- Ulster emblem, 96
- Unicorn, 230
- Union pin, 260
- ” Jack, 258
- Vair, 45
- Valence, William de, 63, 126
- Parchment, 164
- Green, 44
- Vervels, 277
- Queen Victoria, 37
- Visconti, coat of arms, 195
- Viscount's crown, 154
- Voiders, 61
- Wake and Ormond knot, 279
- Wales, crown of the Prince of __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__, 153
- Warwick, Earl of, crest of, 237
- Water bottle, 285
- Wavy, 56
- Weldon, W. H., Esq., C.V.O., 178
- Westmoreland, Earl of, seal, 140
- Wheat bundles, 84
- Widows, arms of, 36
- William de Valence, 63, 126
- ” Lord Hastings, official stamp of, 141
- ” of Sense, 11
- Williment, J., 12
- Winchester Cathedral, Bible, 164
- Winnowing machine, 284
- Cardinal Wolsey's Arms, 147
- Wood carving, 211
- Wreath, 269
- Wyvern, 88
- York Rose, 106
INDEX TO ILLUSTRATIONS
PAGE
PAGE
- Altar piece, 250
- Amore, 145, 147, 209, 211, 218
- Angel, 140
- Anne of Bohemia, tie, 278
- ” Brittany medal, 116
- Ring, 267, 288
- Antelopes, "Heraldic", 237
- Miter, 194
- Armor, 184
- Arms, imaginary, 218;
- in trick, 55
- ” of Cambridge University, 71;
- of City of London, 88;
- of Edward the Confessor, 229;
- of Erskine, 113, 115, 157;
- of Goldsmiths’ Company, 86;
- of Grocers’ Company, 64;
- of Prince John of Eltham, 60, 77;
- of Kress (German), 136;
- of Oxford University, 202;
- of Pope Paul III, 210
- Assyrian wall carving, 81
- Embroidered badge, 251
- ” of Diane de Poitiers, 192;
- of Louis XII, 206;
- of Medici, 267;
- of Toison d’Or, 86, 87;
- Badges, 29, 136, 213
- Balances, 86
- Banners, 242
- Bardings, 18
- Barnacles, 268
- Barry, 47
- Basilisk, 271
- Basel, arms of, 271
- Battering ram, 268
- Beaumont, arms of Sir E., 239
- Bend, 51, 137
- Flexible, 48
- Engraved bill, 197
- Ticket, 278
- Wild boar, 232
- Book, 71, 202
- Ex-libris, by Dürer, 95, 136;
- German, 94
- Border, 57, 59, 60
- Bouchier knot, 279
- Bowline knot, 278
- Bows, 192
- Breys, 268
- Bronze pestle and mortar, 188
- ” SHIELD, 189
- Buckle up, 269
- Buckle, 86, 174
- Bugle, 95, 269
- Bulls, 219
- ” HEAD, 140
- Burgundy, coat of arms, 251, 252
- Burned wood panel, 218
- Sir James's coat of arms, 239
- Cadency symbols, 288
- Cambridge University, coat of arms, 71
- Canting coat of arms, 94
- Canton, 59
- Embroidered cap, 249
- Car show, 86
- Cardinal hat, 147
- Castle, 137
- [Pg 304] Castles, 171
- Ceiling decorations, Hampton Court, 214
- Champlevé enamel, 171, 174, 176
- Chaplet, 269
- Charles, Count d’Eu, statue, 287
- Charles II, royal seal, 110
- ” IV, sealed as Emperor, 92
- Checky, 48
- Rook in chess, 270
- Chevron, 53
- Leader, 51
- Five-leaf clover, 270
- Water tank, 200
- City of London, coat of arms, 88
- Civic award, 269
- Clarion, 270
- Pope Clement VII's coat of arms, 241
- Rooster, 79
- Cockatrice, 271
- Collar of the Garter, 149;
- of the Thistle, 161;
- of the Toison d’Or, 193
- Columbine flowers, 237
- Columns, 193
- Silvered copper panel, 202
- Cornish choughs, 147
- Crown, 195;
- crest, 271;
- of an earl, 219;
- of the Prince of Wales, 153
- Crowns, 202
- Counteract, 46
- Crescent Moon, 288
- Croissants, 192
- Crest, 88, 94, 95, 136, 184, 220, 237, 239, 244;
- enamelled, of W. H. Weldon, Esq., 179;
- panache, 125, 135;
- various treatments, 132
- Emblems, 145, 196
- Crossed, 53, 88, 265
- ” calvary, 97;
- couped, 54;
- crosslet, 99;
- crosslet fitchée, 99, 115, 157, 161, 219;
- engrailed, 147;
- fleuretté 97;
- flory, 97, 229;
- formée, 99;
- Maltese, 99;
- moline, 97, 98, 288;
- nowy, 54;
- patée, 99;
- patonee, 97;
- quadrate, 54;
- quarter pierced, 54;
- voided, 53;
- voided and interlaced, 53
- Crown, 89, 136, 137, 186, 187, 192, 193, 194, 201, 211, 218, 227, 233, 242;
- official type, 151;
- of a King of Arms, 179;
- palisado, 273;
- Tudor, 149, 151;
- vallery, 273
- Crowns, 272, 273;
- embroidered, 253, 254
- Cupid, 218
- Mugs, 86
- Dacre knot, 279
- Dauphiny, seal of, 93
- Italian decorative shield, 30, 31
- Device cases, 220, 221
- Diane de Poitiers, emblem, 192
- Diaper, 115, 157, 161, 218, 206
- In diapers medal, 116;
- shield, 112, 113, 115
- Dogs, 95
- Dolphin, 200
- Dolphins, 93
- Donatello, shielded by, 189
- Double quatrefoil, 288;
- badge, 229
- Dragon, 86, 89, 183, 186, 187, 229
- Dragons, 88
- Albrecht Dürer, 79, 86, 87, 95, 136, 137
- ” pageant car by, 86;
- school of, 136
- Eagle, 86, 136, 141, 239
- ” double-headed, 90, 190, 193, 197;
- lace, 264;
- of the Emperor, 90;
- plan for distribution on shield, 91
- Eagles, 92, 201
- Earl's crown, 219, 220, 221
- Eastern crown, 273
- Edward the Confessor, arms of, 229
- [Pg 305] Eleanor, Queen, cloak pin, 171
- Embroidered patch, 251
- ” LINEN, 250
- Embroidery, 248, 254
- Nardon Penicaud Enamel, 177
- ” Champlevé enamel, 171, 174, 176
- ” Limoges, 177, 179;
- plate for, 174
- Enamel cloak clasp, 171
- ” SHIELD, 176
- England, coat of arms, 9
- Engraved design, 8, 197, 199
- Horse riding figure, 206
- ” Seal, 18
- Eric XIV, King of Sweden, coat of arms of, 253
- Sable, 44
- ” Badge, 213
- Erskine, coat of arms, 113, 115, 157, 161
- Scallop, 278
- Garnet, 275
- Feathers, 29, 267;
- peacocks’, 136
- Fess up, 51, 137
- Fireback, 186, 187
- Fireplace, Château de Blois, 213
- Banners, 259
- Flavors, 61
- Fleur-de-lis, 9, 60, 77, 89, 93, 102-5, 141, 151, 191, 192, 200, 201, 214, 237, 239, 288;
- embroidered, 249, 251, 252
- Florentine glass decor, 241
- Water feature, 275
- France, weapons of, 9
- Frederick II of Denmark, coat of arms of, 265
- Sgraffito Frieze, 209
- Swastika, 276
- Clothes, 139
- Garter belt, 227
- ” COLLAR, 149
- Garter shield, 157
- Gateway, Château de Blois, 206
- Gesso, 220, 221
- ” SHIELDS, 161, 219
- Glaive, 197
- Godmanchester, emblem of, 103
- Gout, 62
- Great seal of Charles II, 110
- Bus service, 187
- Greyhound dogs, 140
- Griffin, 189, 221;
- seated, 87
- Griffins, 86
- Henry VII's Chapel Grille, Westminster, 183
- Grimm, arms of, 94
- Grocers' Company, coats of arms, 64
- Gyronny, 47, 115
- Engraved halberd, 199
- Hammer, 277
- Harp instrument, 108, 109, 227
- Hawk's bells and straps, 278;
- lure, 278
- Heart, on fire, 218
- Helmet, 119;
- tilting, 121;
- tourney, 124;
- crest for tourney, 136
- Helmet, 18, 31, 79, 86, 88, 94, 119, 121-5, 135, 136, 137, 140, 141, 145, 179, 184, 196, 218, 220, 237, 239, 244
- Hemp brake, 278
- Heneage knot, 278
- Henry VI, coat of arms, 237
- ” VII badge, 183
- ” VIII seal of approval, 89
- Coat of arms antelopes, 237
- ” SLAB, 145
- ” TIGER, 141
- Hinge with lions, 191
- Holbein, 271
- Holy Spirit, 242
- Horns, 95
- Horse, 229
- Dogs, 95
- Human figure, 94, 95, 184, 189, 195, 196, 244
- [Pg 306] Human figures, 86, 145, 209, 211, 218
- Imaginary limbs, 218
- Metalwork, 190, 191, 192, 193
- James I, embroidered coat of arms, 254
- Keys, 194;
- papal, 210
- Ties, 278, 279
- Label, 286, 287, 288
- Laces, 264, 265
- Lacey knot, 279
- Lasso de Castilla, Arms of Don Pero, 137
- Lead tank, 200
- ” Water feature, 201
- Leopard face, 147
- ” FACES, 86
- Typography, 220, 221
- Messages, 256
- "Limoges" enamel, 177, 179
- Lines, multiple, 56
- Lion, 89, 137, 186, 188, 220, 233
- ” Assyrian, 81;
- passant, 67, 75, 147;
- passant guardant, 9, 18, 60, 68, 71, 77, 141;
- rampant, 66, 67, 68, 72, 79, 137, 139, 140;
- rampant guardant, 72;
- rampant regardant, 72, 89;
- salient, 72;
- sejant, 76
- Lions, 9, 18, 60, 89, 151, 184, 227, 237, 239, 242, 243;
- conjoined with ships, 84;
- embroidered, 248-54;
- faces of, 137;
- heads of, 137;
- in enamel, 171, 174;
- lace, 265;
- on hinge, 191;
- plans for distribution on shields, 83, 89, 137
- Lock plate, 191;
- with eagle, 190
- London Coat of Arms, 88
- Louis XII coin, 116
- Cough drop, 279
- Cough drops, 48
- Lymphad, 115
- Dude, savage, 94, 95
- Mantling, 79, 88, 94, 95, 135, 136, 137, 179, 220, 237, 244
- Mar and Kellie, the arms of the Earl and Countess of __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_0__,, 219
- Martlet, 229, 288
- Maunche, 141, 280
- Maximilian I, Emperor, 86, 87
- Diaper medal, 116
- Italian Medals, 93
- Medici emblem, 267
- Memorial plaque, 184
- Miter, 243
- Logo, 221
- Mortar, bronze, 188
- Slogans, 30, 64, 86, 88, 184, 202, 218, 220, 221, 233, 237, 239, 256, 267
- Mullet hairstyle, 288
- Mural crown, 273;
- decoration, 64, 86
- Naval crown, 273
- Nebulée, 57
- Ockwells Glass, 237, 239
- Orle, 59
- Ostrich feathers, 267
- Beauty pageant car, part of, 86
- Pasty, 51, 115, 157, 161, 219
- Pale and wearing a diaper, 113
- Pallets in a chevron pattern, 69
- Play, 48
- Style crest, 125, 135
- Panel by Donatello, 104
- ” In sculpted iron, 193
- ” IN COPPER, 71
- Pan flute, 270
- Pope keys, 210;
- tiara, 210
- Parted and anxious, 53
- Pope Paul III's coat of arms, 210
- Pavoise, 26
- Pelican, 93
- Per bend, 47
- ” CHEVRON, 47
- ” FESS, 47;
- indented, 239
- ” FAINT, 47, 49
- ” SALTIRE, 47
- Pheon, 281
- Phoenix, 93
- Stack, 54
- Pisano, medal from, 93
- [Pg 307] Plate ready for enamel, 174
- Shield points, 41
- Poker game, 218
- Porcupine, 206, 213
- Drawbridge, 282
- Powerful, 46
- Powder horn, 196
- Prince of Wales' crown, 153
- Heraldic printer’s mark, 94
- Wood burning art, 218
- Every three months, 47
- Quatrefoil, 282
- Hammered shield, 195
- Rose, 107, 147, 288;
- irradiated, 107
- Roses, 49
- Roundabouts, 241
- Royal emblem, 9, 18, 60, 77, 89, 149, 186, 187, 211, 214, 227, 237
- ” Crest, 233
- St. Edmund, coat of arms, 272
- Saltire, 53, 140
- Savage dude, 94, 95
- Weights, 86
- Sculpted arms, 147
- Seal, Gold Bulla of Henry VIII, 149;
- of Anne, Countess of Devon, 140;
- of Anthony de Bec, Bishop of Durham, 98;
- of Charles IV, 92;
- of Dauphin, 93;
- of Edmond Beaufort, Duke of Somerset, 141;
- of Henry IV, 18;
- of John de Segrave, 139;
- Privy, of Henry VIII, 89;
- of Ralph Neville, Earl of Westmoreland, 140;
- of Sandwich, 84;
- of Sigismund, 92;
- of William Lord Hastings, 141;
- Segrave Seal, 149
- Snake, 89, 195;
- nowed, 256
- Sgraffito mural, 209
- ” PANEL, 210
- Shield, 88, 89, 94, 95, 136, 137, 237, 239, 244;
- bronze, by Donatello, 189;
- cusped, fifteenth and sixteenth century, 32;
- decoration, 30, 31;
- diapered, 112, 113, 115;
- embroidered, 253;
- from the tomb of Prince Edmund of Langley, 90;
- in enamel, 176;
- in gesso, 161, 219;
- Italian, 145, 210;
- of the Black Prince, 9;
- points of, 41
- Shields at Alloa House, 113, 115, 157;
- decorated, 33, 34, 36;
- derived from the tournament form, 33;
- fourteenth century, 24;
- heater shape, 24, 25;
- in gesso, 113, 115, 157, 220, 221;
- Norman, 22;
- ridged, 27, 28;
- square, 25;
- tournament, 26, 33
- Boat, 115
- Ships with lions, 84
- Snake, 89, 195
- Shovel, 283
- Spear, angled, 283
- Sruttle, 283
- Stabius, arms of , 136
- Staffordshire knot, 278
- Colored glass, 227, 229, 230, 231, 232, 233, 235, 237, 239, 241, 242, 243, 244
- Standard, 256
- Backers, 86, 88, 89, 140, 141, 145, 186, 187, 196, 211, 209, 211;
- royal, 237
- Swan, 234
- Sword, 88, 136
- Syon coping, arms from, 248
- Syrinx, 270
- Talpas, medal from, 93
- Thistle necklace, 161
- Papal tiara, 210
- Heraldic tiger, 141
- Tilting steering wheel, 121;
- spear, 283
- Tinctures, 44
- Golden Fleece badge, 86, 87, 251;
- collar, 193
- Torse, Florence, 134
- Tournament collar, 287
- Tournament helmet, 124
- [Pg 308] ” Helmet and crest, 136
- Three-leaf clover, 256, 284
- Treasure, 59, 219
- Fake arms, 55
- Tschertts, arms of, 95
- Tudor crown, 140
- Unicorn, 86, 231
- UK flag, 259
- Vair, 45, 151;
- ancient form of, 46
- Different lines, 56
- Wake and Ormond tie, 279
- Warwick, coat of arms of the Earl of, 236
- Water bucket, 284
- Weidlitz, Hans, 94
- Weldon, W. H., peak of, 179
- William de Valence's shield, 176
- Wings, 94;
- dragons’, 88
- Wings joined in attraction, 151
- Winnowing machine, 283
- Wirsung, pancreatic ducts, 94
- Cardinal Wolsey, coat of arms, 147
- Woodworking, 211
- Wyvern, 94
Transcriber’s Note:
Minor errors and omissions in punctuation, hyphenation, and capitalization have been fixed.
Minor errors and omissions in punctuation, hyphenation, and capitalization have been corrected.
Illustrations have been moved to avoid breaking paragraphs, so it may be necessary to scroll up or down to find their locations.
Illustrations have been moved to prevent breaking up paragraphs, so you might need to scroll up or down to find them.
Some words with potential alternative spellings were left as in the text, including jowlopped, marygold, spandrils, Poictiers, applique, and gouttee.
Some words with possible alternative spellings were kept as they are in the text, including jowlopped, marygold, spandrils, Poictiers, applique, and gouttee.
Page 55: Three instances of non-Unicode shapes have been designated by [Shape]. [Shape 1] is similar to an Greek lambda (Λ), but obtuse. [Shape 2] is a circle with a dot in the middle and five lines radiating from it. [Shape 3] is a cross with three arcs on the top.
Page 55: Three instances of non-Unicode shapes have been labeled by [Shape]. [Shape 1] looks like a Greek lambda (Λ), but it's more blunt. [Shape 2] is a circle with a dot in the center and five lines extending out from it. [Shape 3] is a cross with three curves on the top.
Page 58: “displaying an augumentation” changed to “displaying an augmentation”.
Page 58: “displaying an augmentation” changed to “displaying an augmentation”.
Page 62: “known as guttee or goutee” changed to “known as guttée or gouttee”.
Page 62: “known as guttee or goutee” changed to “known as guttée or gouttee”.
Page 99: “patée or formee” changed to “patée or formée”.
Page 99: “patée or formee” changed to “patée or formée”.
Page 100: “Cross Pomell” changed to “Cross Pommel” in the Fig. 118 caption.
Page 100: “Cross Pomell” changed to “Cross Pommel” in the Fig. 118 caption.
Page 106: “Maltesta in Italy” changed to “Malatesta in Italy”.
Page 106: “Maltesta in Italy” changed to “Malatesta in Italy”.
Page 111: “like the semé” changed to “like the semée”.
Page 111: “like the semé” changed to “like the semée”.
Page 119: “more or less cylindical” changed to “more or less cylindrical”.
Page 119: “more or less cylindrical” changed to “more or less cylindrical”.
Page 173: “Champlévé is usually” changed to “Champlevé is usually”.
Page 173: “Champlévé is usually” changed to “Champlevé is usually”.
Page 216: “in this way car” changed to “in this way care”.
Page 216: “in this way car” changed to “in this way care”.
Page 279: “J. Robinson Planche” changed to “J. Robinson Planché”.
Page 279: “J. Robinson Planche” changed to “J. Robinson Planché”.
Index entry spellings were changed to match the spelling in the text:
Index entry spellings were updated to align with the spelling in the text:
Page 295: “furchee” in the index changed to “furchée”.
Page 295: “furchee” in the index changed to “furchée”.
Page 295: “botonée” in the index changed to “bottonée”.
Page 295: “botonée” in the index changed to “bottonée”.
Page 295: “Durer” in the index changed to “Dürer”.
Page 295: “Durer” in the index changed to “Dürer”.
Page 296: “French chateaux” in the index changed to “French châteaux”.
Page 296: “French chateaux” in the index changed to “French châteaux”.
Page 298: “Lambriquins” in the index changed to “Lambrequins”.
Page 298: “Lambriquins” in the index changed to “Lambrequins”.
Page 298: “Nebulee” in the index changed to “Nebulée”.
Page 298: “Nebulee” in the index changed to “Nebulée”.
Page 298: “Ogresse” in the index changed to “Ogress”.
Page 298: “Ogresse” in the index changed to “Ogress”.
Page 304: “crosslet fitché” in the index changed to “crosslet fitchée”.
Page 304: “crosslet fitché” in the index changed to “crosslet fitchée”.
Page 304: “patonce” in the index changed to “patonee”.
Page 304: “patonce” in the index changed to “patonee”.
Page 305: “Chateau de Blois” in the index changed to “Château de Blois” in two places.
Page 305: “Chateau de Blois” in the index changed to “Château de Blois” in two spots.
Download ePUB
If you like this ebook, consider a donation!